everest base camp trek

How to trek to Everest Base Camp

Sep 7, 2024 • 9 min read

From route information to things to pack, here's everything you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp. Westend61/Getty Images

Few experiences are as humbling as standing at the foot of the world’s tallest mountain. On the border between Tibet and Nepal , Mt Everest – known as Sagarmatha in Nepali and Chomolongma (or Qomolangma ) in the Sherpa or Tibetan language – tops out at nearly 9km (5.5 miles). After trekking for at least a week to reach Everest Base Camp (EBC), with the prospect of more hiking days still ahead as you descend, the sight of this mighty mountain surrounded by its high-altitude friends is as emotional as it is beautiful.

While this trek takes a lot of effort, some expense, and a solid two-week time commitment, the combination of Tibetan-influenced Sherpa culture, good trekking infrastructure and mountain scenery grander than anywhere else on earth makes this an unmissable trail. Whether you’re a first-timer to Nepal narrowing down your shortlist of possible trekking routes or a repeat visitor yet to make the pilgrimage to Base Camp, you won’t be disappointed. 

Here's what you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal.

Why trek to Everest Base Camp in Nepal?

Mt Everest straddles the Nepal-Tibet border, but when people talk about trekking to Everest Base Camp , they almost always mean the route in Nepal. As well as having excellent infrastructure for trekkers, Nepal is more open and accessible to tourists, and from this side, the only way to reach Base Camp is on foot (or by helicopter, if you’re short on time but flush with funds). A nicely paved road leads most of the way to the mountain on the Tibetan side.

While the unobstructed views of Everest are arguably better from the Tibetan side (take it from someone who’s seen both) there’s more to this trek than just the views of the mother mountain. You’ll enjoy an unforgettable cultural experience alongside the physical challenge of one of the world's best trekking trails. If you’re a physically active, outdoors-loving, adventurous traveler, this trek ticks all the boxes!

How long does the Everest Base Camp trek take?

The most commonly trekked route starts in Lukla, a mountain village with a tiny airstrip served by regular turboprop flights from Kathmandu . The trail meanders through Sagarmatha National Park – Nepal's highest national park – climbing steadily to EBC before returning to Lukla. It’s an in-and-out route, rather than a circuit, and the trek typically takes 12 to 14 days. Here's the most popular itinerary.

• Day 1: Fly from Kathmandu (1400m/4593ft) to Lukla (2860m/9383ft), then hike to Phakding (2610m/8562ft)
• Day 2: Hike to Namche Bazaar (3440m/11,286 feet)
• Day 3: Acclimatization day at Namche Bazaar
• Day 4: Hike to Dingboche (4410m/14,468ft)
• Day 5: Hike to Tengboche (3860m/12,664ft)
• Day 6: Acclimatization day at Tengboche
• Day 7: Hike to Lobuche (4940m/16,207ft)
• Day 8: Hike to EBC (5364m/17,598ft)
• Day 9: Begin the return trek by hiking to Tengboche
• Day 10: Hike to Namche Bazaar
• Day 11: Hike to Lukla
• Day 12: Return by plane from Lukla to Kathmandu

Completing the route more quickly is not recommended because of the increase in altitude. However, there are many ways to extend the trek for an extra challenge or to get away from the crowds. Here are a few options, but if you’re seeking off-the-beaten-path adventures, many trekking companies can tailor a bespoke route to suit your needs.

• Kala Patthar: Add an extra day by climbing to this viewpoint at 5644m/18,519ft before you begin the return trek to Lukla. The 360-degree views of Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, Makalu and Cho Oyu are sensational!
• Gokyo: You can detour west from EBC to the turquoise-colored Gokyo Lakes, some of the highest freshwater lakes in the world. Returning to Lukla via the village of Gokyo will add about three days to the trek and you can summit Gokyo Ri (5357m/17,575ft) for epic views.
• Pioneer's Route: You can skip the nail-biting flight to Lukla on the old Pioneers’ Route, which climbs from Bhandar or Salleri (accessible by bus or 4WD from Kathmandu) to Lukla over six days. This was the route that early mountaineers, including Sir Edmund Hillary, took before the Lukla airstrip was built in the 1960s.
• Tumlingtar to EBC: For a quieter trek, follow the ancient trail through Makalu Barun National Park, joining the main EBC route at Lukla after about 10 days of walking. This challenging route to EBC takes about 22 days in total, starting with a flight from Kathmandu to Tumlingtar.
• Three Passes: Make a circuit of the Sagarmatha National Park on the stunning Three Passes Trek – a very challenging route for experienced hikers that crosses three of the Everest region's highest passes over about 20 days, starting on the main EBC trail.

What to expect on the trek

If this is your first trek in Nepal, EBC is a great route to start with as the infrastructure is good and the views can’t be beaten, but it’s not entirely typical of Nepal's trekking routes – many trails are much more rugged, with simpler accommodation, more basic food, more challenging paths, and far fewer travelers. If you’ve trekked elsewhere in Nepal, you may be surprised by how busy the EBC route is – those photos of human traffic jams on Everest were taken at bottlenecks on the mountaineering route to the summit, but even lower down the mountain, there are plenty of people around.  

Expect to spend three to eight hours per day walking along well-maintained trails, though the number of hours walked each day typically decreases as you ascend. You’ll pass through forests, trace the path of the tumbling Dudh Kosi River, and cross some dizzying swing bridges, before reaching the horseshoe-shaped hill town of Namche Bazaar – the largest settlement in Solukhumbu , the local name for the Everest region.

After Namche, the landscape becomes rockier, and the mountain peaks feel much closer. Along the way, you’ll pass Buddhist monasteries such as Tengboche, stupas, prayer wheels, and walls of ceremonial mani stones bearing Tibetan inscriptions, as well as the school founded by Sir Edmund Hillary at Khumjung, and a small museum where you can see what some locals believe is a “real” yeti skull.

The trail boasts a wide range of accommodations, especially on the first few days of the trek. As well as budget-friendly teahouses (simple lodges with restaurants offering rooms with shared bathrooms), there are some luxury lodges with artful decor and gourmet meals. Mountain Lodges of Nepal and Everest Summit Lodges offer high-quality accommodation at matching prices.

While more upmarket lodges have reasonable bathroom facilities, don’t expect long, hot showers every morning. Your daily washing routine is more likely to involve a bucket of warmed water (if you’re lucky!) and a washcloth. While walking the trails, toilets are limited; use facilities at lunch or tea stops. Facilities range from rare Western-style sit-down toilets to Asian-style squat toilets and literal holes in the ground. Keep your toilet paper and soap on hand, and be mindful of limited water supplies.

Is the Everest Base Camp trek hard?

The two-week trek to EBC requires stamina but not superhuman powers. Many older kids manage it, for example, but you'll find it easier if you're reasonably fit and have some experience of multi-day mountain trekking. If you’ve never hiked in your life, you may struggle, but if you have a regular workout routine of some kind, you’ll probably do fine. Pre-trek gym-based or outdoor training is a good idea.

Lukla – the most common starting point for the trek – sits at 2860m (9383ft), and you’ll climb to 5364m (17,598ft) at base camp, The trek gets harder the higher you go because the air gets thinner and the temperatures colder, especially at night. The trail is steep in places, and some of the earlier days are relentlessly uphill, such as the climb from Phakding to Namche Bazaar at 3440m (11,286ft) on day two of the hike.

Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) is a risk on any trek above 2500m (8202ft). To give your body time to adjust, acclimatization days are essential, and guides will build these stops into the schedule. Some people start to feel the effects of altitude above 3000m (9800ft), and by 4000m (13,100ft), almost everyone will have an elevated heart rate, faster breathing, and maybe a headache and difficulty sleeping.

Some people adjust quickly to altitude, but others don’t. While everybody responds to altitude differently and there’s no guarantee a fit traveler will withstand altitude better than their out-of-shape friend, the overall experience tends to be easier if you’re fit and healthy.

Medications such as Diamox ( Acetazolamide ) are available in Kathmandu (or at home) to help reduce mild symptoms as you adjust to the altitude, but it's important to be alert for more serious warning signs of AMS . If you feel unwell, descend immediately to a lower elevation – mountain sickness can be deadly.

Best Time to Trek to Everest Base Camp

The peak seasons for trekking in Nepal are from October to November, and March to May. These are the busiest times to trek to Everest Base Camp but also the best times to go for fine weather. The season for mountaineering ascents of Everest is the spring – while climbing and trekking are not the same thing, the trails will be more crowded at this time as mountaineering groups also trek to EBC.

During the monsoon season from June to September, trails can be slippery, visibility poor, and flights into and out of Lukla are often delayed or canceled. Winter (December–February) is not necessarily a bad time to trek, but you'll need to be well-prepared for the cold. Not all tour operators offer treks in winter and many businesses on the trail close, but those who hit the trails can enjoy an uncrowded experience.

Practicalities for the trek to Everest Base Camp

As of April 2023, foreign trekkers in Nepal must be accompanied by a guide on routes through the Everest region. This increases the cost, as prices vary depending on group size, quality of accommodation and the season, but it simplifies planning.

You can join a group trek arranged through a trekking agency, or trek independently with a Nepali guide. Some top Nepali-run tour companies include Kathmandu-based Royal Mountain Travel , social enterprise Beyond the Clouds Travel and private tour specialist LaMa Walks . Solo women may like to trek with a female guide – 3Sisters Adventure Trekking trains and employs Nepali women as guides.

Prices for guided treks typically include return flights between Kathmandu and Lukla, trekking permits and national park fees, hotel or teahouse accommodation, and porters (and sometimes pack animals). Cheaper tours may require you to pay for some things as you go – for example, food at teahouses – so these trips don’t always work out cheaper than all-inclusive tours. Food costs are high in the Everest region compared to Nepal's cities, as almost everything needs to be carried in by porters.

Permits and paperwork

As well as arranging a guide, trekkers need to register for a Trekkers' Information Management System (TIMS) card, administered by the Trekking Agencies' Association of Nepal (TAAN) . You'll also need to pay the entry fees for Sagarmatha National Park . Both can be arranged at the Tourist Service Center at Bhrikutimandap in Kathmandu. Nowadays, most guided tour companies take care of all your paperwork for trekking in Nepal.

An Everest Base Camp packing list

When packing for your trek, consider whether you’ll be trekking with a porter, as there are often restrictions on how much weight they will carry. This is different from a guide, who will show you the way but won’t carry your stuff. Also consider the quality of accommodation, as this will affect what you need to carry to stay warm overnight. If you leave home without something, you should be able to pick it up in Thamel (Kathmandu's main tourist district) before you start your trek.

Trekking poles should be considered an essential piece of kit, and they can be bought inexpensively in Kathmandu. It’s easy to spot first-time trekkers in Nepal as they’re usually the ones without poles; second-timers don’t make that mistake! Here’s a basic list of other things to pack:

• Sleeping bag/bag liner (but check what is included on any organized trek)
• Lightweight down jacket (or equivalent)
• Waterproof jacket or a poncho
• Merino wool or polypropylene base layers
• Hiking boots – already broken in, not purchased in Kathmandu – and hiking socks
• Clothing to wear overnight, such as a tracksuit
• Quick-drying underwear that you can handwash on acclimatization days
• A warm hat and a sunhat
• Personal medications and first-aid items (guides normally carry the basics)
• Hand sanitizer and biodegradable wet wipes
• Bar or liquid soap
• Toothpaste and a toothbrush
• Toilet rolls or tissue packets
• Nail clippers and blister treatment, such as sticking plasters and antiseptic ointment

This article was first published Jan 14, 2013 and updated Sep 7, 2024.

Explore related stories

Mar 14, 2023 • 4 min read

To reduce accidents and promote jobs, Nepalese authorities recently announced a ban on solo trekking in national parks and conservation areas.

Jul 3, 2024 • 10 min read

Jun 11, 2024 • 9 min read

Jun 3, 2024 • 8 min read

Apr 16, 2024 • 13 min read

Feb 22, 2024 • 3 min read

Dec 23, 2023 • 7 min read

Sep 18, 2023 • 7 min read

Aug 31, 2023 • 10 min read

Dec 26, 2022 • 14 min read

Everest Base Camp Trek

Kathmandu |

Kathmandu | Nepal

Max Altitude

Trekking Km

Get in Touch with Our Trek Expert

67000 /person $ /person.

• September-2024
• October-2024
• November-2024
•  USD 1500 +5% GST for Non-Indians and OCI card holders
• +5% GST (Goods and Services Tax)
• Services from Kathmandu to Kathmandu.
• Lukla flight, Food & Stay in Kathmandu included.

Offload 5300

• Backpack offload is optional.
• Choose add-ons during booking. If missed, log in and add them later.
• Book off-load at least 10 days before the trek.
• For offline bookings at the base camp, a convenience fee of Rs. 6500 applies.
• Cancellations made before the trip date will receive a full refund.

5% GST will be applicable on Add-ons

For more information. Please complete this form.

Trek Name: Everest Base Camp Trek

Adventure Type: Trekking

Base Camp: Kathmandu

Season: Summer | Autumn |

Month: March | April | May | September | October | November |

Country: Nepal

Altitude: 18200 Ft.

Grade: Difficult

Rail Head: Kathmandu is not connected to any Railways

Stay: Hotel and teahouse

Food: Meals while on trek & at Hotel/Guesthouse (Veg & Eggs)

Location: Kathmandu

Distance: 112 Km.

Trail Type: Circle trail | Camping in various locations, starting and ending at the same point.

AirPort: Kathmandu (Tribhuvan International Airport)

EBC - The Base of World's Highest Peak

The Everest Base Camp Trek (EBC) trek is one of the world's most iconic and lifetime trekking experiences. Located in the Khumbu region of Nepal , the trek provides a view of the world’s highest peak, Mount Everest. It is at an altitude of 18200 ft. and if you get the chance to trek to see the mighty Everest, take a moment to think for a lifetime adventure and then move forward with all your steps with us, as here we are to provide you the way and only you can give yourself the chance!

Why Everest Base Camp Trek is a Must-Do Trek?

When it comes to trekking in the Himalayas, Mt. Everest is the most celebrated peak not just in our country but all across the globe. For avid trekkers and mountaineers, getting up close to the highest mountain peak in the world is a once-in-a-lifetime experience. This classic trek takes place in the Bagmati Zone of Nepal and allows you to experience the immense beauty of the surroundings. Along your trek, you will get to witness 4 of the 6 highest mountain peaks in the world — Cho Oyu (8,201 m), Mt. Makalu (8,470 m), Mt. Lhotse (8,516 m), and Mt. Everest (8,848 m) .

Everest Base Camp Trek is a teahouse trek, which means you will stay at some of the highest villages in the world and get a close look at their cultures and traditions, and life in the remote corners of the Himalayas. Staying at the Sherpa villages you will get to learn a lot about the mountain lifestyle and how inextricably the people are connected to the mountains. There are many notable junctures throughout the trek and Kala Patthar is one such point. Standing at an altitude of 5,500 m it offers an astonishing view of Mt. Everest . EBC trek presents a wonderful opportunity to experience the grandeur of the Himalayas, the imposing challenge and thrill of the climb, and the charming culture of Nepal.

Trekking in Nepal is all about trekking amidst the biggest mountain ranges and on this trek, you will see mountains surrounding you. All along the way, you can feel the sense of legacy left behind by the greatest mountaineers. Crossing the route beyond Namche Bazaar, you will come across, Tenzing Norgay Stupa, a tribute to the great mountaineer, who was the first to scale Mt. Everest along with fellow mountaineer Edmund Hillary. Also, just near Dughla on Everest highway, there are memorials for distinguished mountaineers who dedicated their lives on the slopes.

Reaching Everest Base Camp means trekking through the traditional Sherpa villages , with warm and friendly villagers, hidden Gompas, picturesque mountain views, and exceptional natural beauty. Those who take part in such a trek will never forget the amazing experience.

Best time for Everest Base Camp Trek

There are two seasons to visit Everest Base Camp:

Summer and Autumn. To be considerate, the best months are March, April, May, September, October, and November . In these periods the weather conditions are at best and the views of the mountains are clear. During your trek, you will get to stay at Teahouses. The simple wooden houses are designed to provide warmth in the low temperatures.

Get yourself ready for the 2 weeks journey. A journey that can be covered with at least 13-15 days. The trekkers arrive at Kathmandu and then the journey proceeds through the key destinations: Lukla , Phakding, Namche Bazaar , Tengboche, Dingboche, Lobuche, Gorakshep, Everest Base Camp, and finally Kala Patthar by covering to and fro distance of 112 kilometers.

About The Trek

Your journey will start at Kathmandu from where you will take a short flight to Lukla. The iconic trek starts at Lukla in the southern part and the trail weaves towards Namche Bazaar in the north. We will stay a day here, acclimatizing to the higher altitudes. It then diverges in the northeast direction towards Pheriche and Dingboche. Once we reach Dingboche, we will spend a day at Dingboche as a rest day. From Dingboche, the route continues to Lobuche. Everest Base Camp is a little further east from here and the Kala Patthar viewpoint can be seen towards the west.

There are other variations to the trek route as well, where the trek bifurcates towards Gyoko Ri early on at Namche Bazaar. The route then follows the left side to arrive at the Base Camp. Sometimes people also prefer trekking from Jiri village instead of Lukla, Jiri is a short bus ride away from Kathmandu. However, trekking from Jiri adds a couple of days to the trek as Jiri is considerably further away from Lukla. The EBC trek follows a gradual ascent up to the base camp, following which there is a steep descent. The entire journey lasts for 13 days and in between, we also have acclimatization days as well.

What Can You Expect At The Trek

It is a difficult grade trek. Trekking to the Everest Base Camp requires exceptionally high physical fitness and while the trek is not dangerous, you need to prepare well for it. A variety of factors add to the difficulty of the trek like the terrain, the duration of the trek, the distance covered every day, and the number of days spent at high altitude and a difficult exit in case of emergencies. While all trek is not especially tricky but it is surely an endurance test.

It is a high altitude trek and as such chances of AMS are quite high but with adequate hydration, proper rest, and a well-planned itinerary taking into consideration the acclimatization criteria will help counter such issues. Our trek leaders are mountaineering-certified individuals with a keen understanding of AMS and other high-altitude issues. They can detect the signs of AMS early on and adopt necessary measures for the prevention of the same. Our Trek Leaders are also all Wilderness First Aid Responders, who are diligent in handling emergencies.

The trek from Lukla to Everest Base Camp Trek  is 50 km and it takes 13 days to complete the trek starting from Kathmandu. To mitigate the risks of being at a higher altitude for such a long time, we have incorporated acclimatization and rest days in the itinerary. Mt. Everest can be spotted multiple times on the trek even in the initial part of the trial.

In cold conditions, batteries drain pretty quickly be it phones, cameras, or Kindles. Make sure to bring spare batteries with you. Some teahouses allow you to charge your phone and other electronics but they will charge you for it.

Be prepared for extreme weather conditions as the weather at high altitudes is unpredictable. Layer properly to regulate your body temperature and stay comfortable while trekking. When its sunny, the weather can get quite warm and you may even have to discard a couple of layers in the first few days of trekking, however, the temperature at night drops pretty quickly. Make sure to drink a lot of water to stay hydrated and avoid altitude sickness. Also, remember that sunburn happens much quicker at higher altitudes so always wear sunscreen and keep your sunglasses ready.

Accommodations at Everest Base Camp Trek  will be in teahouses in Sherpa villages or mountain lodges. Also, keep enough cash with you as there are no ATMs in Lukla. Also, if you want to do some last-minute shopping for trekking gear and equipment, Kathmandu is a good place to do so.

What is the Difficulty Level of EBC Trek

The Everest Base Camp trek is difficult as it is at a high altitude. The EBC height is 18,200 ft. Although the trekking journey is comfortable due to the higher altitude one needs preparation. We welcome first-time trekkers also, but fitness requirements and preparation are a must.

The trek takes around 13-15 days, including acclimatization days, which can be physically demanding. A variety of factors add to the difficulty of the trek like the terrain, the duration of the trek, the distance covered every day, and the number of days spent at high altitude and a difficult exit in case of emergencies. While all trekking is not especially tricky, it is surely an endurance test.

As it is a high altitude trek and chances of AMS are quite high but with adequate hydration, proper rest, and a well-planned itinerary taking into consideration the acclimatization criteria will help counter such issues. Our trek leaders are mountaineering-certified individuals with a keen understanding of AMS and other high-altitude issues. They can detect the signs of AMS early on and adopt necessary measures for the prevention of the same. Our trek leaders are also all Wilderness First Aid Responders, who are diligent in handling emergencies.

Weather conditions and Temperature at EBC Trek

In the higher altitudes, the weather keeps changing and can be unpredictable. With cold temperatures, especially at higher altitudes, snow, and rain can be mostly expected.

The temperature at Everest Base Camp (EBC) in the Summer Months the day is pleasant, around 15-16 degrees Celsius, and at night, it is 0 to -2 and -3 degrees Celsius. In Autumn months the temperature is -7 degrees Celsius and sometimes even lower.

• Who can Participate
• Important Links
• How to Reach
• Trek Essential

Who Can Participate

• Age; 15 years.
• Experience of any high altitude trek, at least 1 treks of 4,000m/13,100ft.
• The climber must be fit and have sufficient stamina to cover 6 km of distance in 35 minutes without stress.
• The climber should be able to carry a 12-16 kg backpack.

Arrive At Kathmandu

• Altitude: 1,400 m/ 4.600 ft.
• Spend the day exploring Kathmandu.
• A short briefing session in the evening.
• Stay in a hotel (included in cost).

Welcome to trekkers’ paradise, Nepal. Nepal is characterized by beautiful Himalayan summits, rich natural biodiversity, and beautiful culture and history. Once you arrive at Kathmandu airport, you can take a taxi to the booked hotel in Kathmandu. There are loads of taxis available at the airport and you can easily find one to drop you off at the hotel. Once you check in to the hotel, you can freshen up, and in the evening, you will receive a briefing session where you will learn about the trek and your schedule for the upcoming days. If you have any questions about the trek, then you can clear them at the time of the briefing session. Post the briefing session, you can explore Kathmandu and do some last-minute gear and equipment shopping if you want.

Note that, from April 2019 most flights have been diverted to Ramechhap airport due to construction and crowding at Kathmandu Airport. Ramechhap is a small Airport Ramecchap in Manthali and 4 hrs drive away from Kathmandu. In this case, your flight will be booked for the next day. So take an early night flight to Kathmandu and get ready to leave Kathmandu City by 1 o’clock so that you can take an early morning flight from Ramechhap airport.

Fly to Lukla, Trek To Phakding | Enjoy A Scenic Flight Journey

• Altitude: Lukla - 2,850 m/ 9,350 ft | Phakding - 2,600 m/ 8,500 ft.
• Trek Distance(Lukla to Phakding): 7 km | 4-5 hrs.
• Altitude Gain: 1200 m/ 3,900 ft.
• Early morning flight to Lukla (30 minutes).
• Easy and gradual descent.
• Cheplung village lies en route from where you can see Mt. Khumbila.
• You can buy or refill your water bottles from teahouses on the way.

Get ready for a beautiful flight from kathmandu or ramechap to Lukla. Its a short flight of about 35 minutes that will take you over a panoramic landscape. On these flights, the planes are quite small but the journey is quite scenic. Our representatives will meet you at Lukla airport and this is where your trek towards Everest Base Camp starts.

After arriving at Lukla, we will start our trek towards Phakding after some refreshments. The trail is 9 km long and passes through Nepali mountain villages, green mountains, suspension bridges, and forests to Phakding. It takes about 4 to 5 hrs to complete the trek. From Lukla, the trek begins with a gradual ascent, with a few ups and downs along the way. Along the route, you will witness amazing views of Kusum-Kanguru as you cross a suspension bridge on your way. After a short climb, you will arrive at Ghat Village and after another one and a half hours of gradual walking, you will arrive at Phkading. En route, you will also spot boulders that are carved with Buddhist Prayers. We will stay overnight in Phakding.

Phakding To Namche Bazaar | A Major Trading Hub In Khumbu

• Altitude: 3,450 m/ 11,300 ft
• Trek Distance:  10 km | 7 hrs.
• Altitude Gain: 850 m/ 2,800 ft.
• Moderate level of climb and steep climb before Namche Bazaar.
• Namche Bazaar is the capital of the Khumbu region.
• You will get the first views of Mt. Everest today.
• You will spot Kongderei and Thamserku Peak.
• Monjo village is the mid-point of the trek.
• A Swiss suspension bridge on the Dudhkosi River. It is one of the major attractions.
• Dudhkosi River is considered the lifeline of the Khumbu Region.
• Today you will enter the Sagarmatha National Park (a UNESCO World Heritage Site).

Post breakfast, we will start our trek toward Namche Bazaar. The route today is surrounded by green mountains and will take you through suspension bridges over the Dudh Koshi and Bhote Koshi rivers. Before entering the Sagarmatha National Park, you will have to obtain permits and then the trail follows a steep ascent before arriving at Namche Bazaar. Namche Bazaar is an important trading hub of the Khumbu region.

We will start our trek early in the morning from Phakding and soon you will cross a suspension bridge over the Dudh Koshi River, the walk from here is easy and pleasant with short uphill and downhill climbs. You will cross another suspension bridge over the Bhote-Koshi River. It is a busy area and you may notice a multitude of trekkers and porters here. After a 20-minute climb from this area, you will arrive at Monjo. Monjo is a pit stop for many trekkers and many people also camp here. At Monjo, you will see interesting watermills that are used to grind barley, a staple diet of the Sherpas. Monjo is situated right below the majestic Thermasarkhu peak (6,608 m) and quite close to this village is the entrance to the Sagarmatha National Park.

Treading along the Dudh Koshi River, you will arrive at the Sagarmatha National Park. At this point, your trekking permit will be checked and the officials will keep a record of all the trekkers going ahead. Sagarmatha is a UNESCO World Heritage Site that showcases stunning mountain views and rich biodiversity. Here, you may spot rare Himalayan species like snow leopards and the lesser panda. The presence of Sherpa settlements with their unique culture makes the trek even more interesting. A gradual walk from Sagarmatha National Park will lead you to Namche Bazaar. From Namche Bazaar, you will catch the first glimpses of Mt. Everest. Namche Bazaar is a historic trading center of the Khumbu area and you can stock up on essentials from this point. At night we will stay here at a guesthouse.

Acclimatization Day | Explore Namche Bazaar

Wake up to the beautiful views of the highest Himalayan peaks and enjoy a delicious breakfast. Today we will stay in Namche Bazaar allowing our bodies to acclimatize to high altitudes. You can spend the day exploring the surroundings and enjoy the culture and hospitality of Nepal. Namche Bazaar is a commercial hub so you can do any last-minute trek shopping from here. The market has a vibrant atmosphere and there are a couple of restaurants and coffee shops as well.

You can do a short hike to Sagarmatha National Park headquarters.  From here, you can get a good view of Ama Dablam, Mt. Everest, and other Khumbu peaks. Sherpa Cultural Museum is close by and lies just above Namche Bazaar. The museum gives you a fair amount of details about the history of the Himalayas, the geographic and cultural aspects, mountaineering history, and information about the various flora and fauna in the region. You will see many pictures of Tenzing Norgay and Edmund Hillary from their climb and maps detailing their trails as well. In the evening, take acclimatization walks around the market, preparing your body for higher altitudes. Soak in the Nepalese Buddhist culture, food, and traditions.  Namche Bazaar gained popularity during the time when Tibetan salt was traded for grains from Nepal\\s lowlands. Nowadays, you can see a roaring trade of rugs, clothing, dried meat, and salt in the village center. There are many shops that also offer locally made handicraft items, you can buy them as souvenirs or gifts for your friends and families. You will stay the night at a guesthouse in Namche Bazaar.

Namche Bazaar To Tengboche | Visit The Largest Buddhist Monastery Of Khumbu

• Altitude: 3,850 m/ 12,650 ft.
• Altitude Gain: 400 m/ 1,350 ft.
• Trek Distance: 11 km | 5 - 6 hrs.
• Mixed ascent till Phunki Tenga.
• Steep ascent after Phunki Tenga to Tengboche.
• Tengboche has the biggest monastery in the area.
• You can attend a prayer ceremony held by the monks to invoke protection on your expedition.
• Cross another high bridge at the village of Phunki Tenga.

Start your day with a delicious breakfast and get ready for your trek to Tengboche from Namche Bazaar. It’s an 8 km long trail and is a fairly easy trek accompanied by the views of the majestic Himalayas. You will also spot Himalayan Wildlife on the way as well.

Tengboche is a small alpine valley that is situated at an altitude of 3860 m and the trek starts with an easy walk. The trek from Namche Bazaar to Tengboche is extremely beautiful and along your trek, you will get a bird’s eye view of Dudh Koshi River down below and the epic mountain views as Thamserku (6,608 m), Kantega (6,782 m), Ama Dablam (6,812 m), Lhotse (8,516 m) and Everest (8,849 m) comes into view.

A 20-minute walk from Namche Bazaar will take you to the top of Namche Bazaar. From here the trek descends to Khumjung, a Sherpa village and then climbs up the sides of the mountains through some stairs and then diverges from the Everest Highway at Sanasa. You will be able to catch glimpses of Lhotse, Nuptse, and Mt. Everest from here. This is probably the best view of Mt. Everest you will get until you reach Gorakshep when climbing to Kala Patthar. Two hours of pleasant walking will bring you to Sanasa. Up to Sanasa, it is a walk-through forest covered with Oak and Rhododendrons. It is a great location for bird watching and you may spot the Danphe Pheasant, the national bird of Nepal. Musk-deer and Himalayan Tahr, a Himalayan goat that looks like an antelope are commonly spotted in these areas. You will also spot the Tengboche monastery from here which you will reach in the later part of your trek.

Next, following a gradual descent, you will reach the Imajtse River at Phungitenga at an altitude of 3,250 meters. Phunki Tenga is a small Himalayan settlement with teahouses and army posts.  The climb down can be a little tougher as the terrain is rocky and uneven. You will reach a suspension bridge over the river and after you make the crossing, you will need to get permits at a checkpoint to proceed further in your trek. From here it is a strenuous climb of about an hour that will take you to a Buddhist monastery just before Tengboche and finally to Tengboche village. This is the last part of today’s trek and you can expect the trail to be rocky with a couple of switchbacks. Don’t push yourself too hard, take it slow and steady as you make your trek uphill.

Tengboche Monastery, locally known as Dawa Choling Gompa is the largest monastery in the Khumbu region. It overlooks the beautiful region and the mountain landscapes around it. There are daily prayers that occur around 7:00 am and once around 3:30 pm. You can take part in the prayers if you truly want a cultural experience. It is one of the important cultural aspects of the EBC Trek. Enjoy the serenity at this revered place of worship and night your stay will be in the guesthouses at Tengboche.

Tengboche To Dingboche | Stunning Views Of Ama Dablam

• Altitude: 4,350 m/ 14,250 ft.
• Altitude Gain: 500 m/ 1,600 ft.
• Trek Distance: 12 km | 6-7 hrs.
• Gradual descent and a little bit of ascent after Lobuche River to Dingboche.
• The trail passes through lush forests of birch, conifer, and Rhododendron trees.
• The route offers amazing views of Ama Dablam standing over you.
• The trail crosses the Imja River to reach Pangboche.
• Continue along the Imja Valley and Lobuche River before ascending to Dingboche.

Today, we will begin our trek towards Dingboche. From Tengboche, cross bridges and rivers accompanied by beautiful mountain views to Dingboche. Stone steps will lead you through forests of Rhododendrons, conifers, and birches, and at the bottom of the forest lies the Deboche village. From here, the trail rises and enters into the alpine meadows and Dingboche. Dingboche is the only place in the entire Khumbu region where barley is grown. The views of the Himalayas are amazing from Dingboche. Start your trek from Tengboche and walk towards Pangboche Village, you will get to see some beautiful views of Mt. Ama Dablam and from Pangboche we will trek towards Pheriche and to Imja Valley. The beautiful Lobuche River passes through Imja Valley and from here a steep hike will take you to Dingboche. The trek takes about 6 to 7 hrs and for the most part, the difficulty is moderate.

At the beginning of the trail, you will first descend into a forest trail passing the small settlement of Deboche. As you trek from Tengboche to Dingboche, the scenery changes as you gain altitude, greenery slowly giving way to barren landscapes, and the trails gradually becoming more rugged and it will also start getting cold and windy. In the initial part of the trek, you will pass by a wall with stone inscriptions and a small stream will keep you company along the trail. You will have to cross the stream to the left-hand side of the valley. The majestic Ama Dablam dominates the skyline ahead of you. About two hours into the trek, you will arrive at Pangboche, a mountain village, where you get beautiful views of Mt. Everest. From Pangboche, you will hike upwards towards the valley, and throughout the trek, you will slowly gain elevation. Although the trek is mostly uphill, the slope is relatively easy without extremely steep inclines. Ama Dablam continues to stay in view, however, you will only get to see a tiny sliver of the top of Mt. Everest. Lhotse and Nuptse become quite prominent now.

Soon you will arrive at the village of Shomare, your last village before Dingboche. Ama Dablam remains in view but now you will get to see a different angle of the mountain from what you have seen before. The trail continues winding to the valley side and you will cross another river before entering Dingboche village. Dingboche is a lovely Himalayan hamlet and you will see agricultural fields protected by stone walls. Once at the village, we will check into a guesthouse and we will stay the night in the guesthouse.

Dingboche (Rest Day) | Acclimatize To Higher Altitudes

Today is a rest day at Dingboche, which will help us acclimatize to the high altitude. As we exert a good deal of energy on the trek, our body needs to get accustomed to less oxygen at higher elevations. So instead of taking a rest day, if continue to gain elevation it can result in altitude sicknesses like dizziness, nausea, and headache or potentially even more dangerous conditions like cerebral or pulmonary edema. To prevent these issues, we start our acclimatization process at the 11,500 ft mark. Since Namche Bazaar is quite near that elevation, we start our acclimatization process from Namche Bazaar itself.

For acclimatization, you can walk around the village. Dingboche village has many farms and crop fields sparse across the village, native crops include barley, potatoes, and buckwheat. You can also do a short hike around the village to Chukung. Its a 3 - 5 hrs trek that takes you to an altitude of 4,730 m. Chukung lies in the Imjatse Valley towards the east. Although the trek is gradual you can feel the effects of thinning air. Chukung has a couple of teahouses as well and you get a superb view of the surrounding areas from here. Some of the views are exceptionally beautiful as you continue to climb higher and higher. Explore the valley and the surrounding areas, return back to the guesthouse. This hike will prepare your body for the next few days at higher altitudes.

Dingboche To Lobuche | Pay Your Respects In Everest Memorial

• Altitude: 4,950 m/ 16,200 ft.
• Trek Distance: 6 km | Duration: 4-5 hrs.
• Altitude Gain: 600 m/ 1,950 ft.
• Tricky climb on moraine and rocky terrain.
• You can visit the memorial shrine.
• The top of the ridge is filled with prayer flags and stones which are memorial shrines for climbers who lost their lives on Mt. Everest.
• As you cross Khumbu Glacier, you will see Mt. Nuptse (7,861 m).

Today’s walk will take you from Dingboche to Lobuche through alpine pastures and in the summertime, you can see Yaks grazing in these pastures. You will trek towards the end of the moraine of the Khumbu Glacier offering spectacular views of Mt. Nuptse. At the moraine, you will see stone monuments, these are dedicated to six Sherpas who died in an avalanche along with monuments dedicated to other mountaineers. From here, it’s a steep climb towards Lobuche where you will get a magnificent view of Mt. Nuptse and the sunset over this mountain peak is even more spectacular. From Dingboche, you will have to ascend a small ridge behind the village, towards the north you can see Lobuche Peak (6119 m) and the snowfields of Cho La. Later you will cross Khumbu Khola, the huge glacier moraines of the Khumbu Glacier flowing from Everest. Crossing the memorial cairns, and following the valley stream, you will arrive at Lobuche in the early afternoon. The 6 hrs trek covers 7 km and brings us much closer to the Everest Base Camp.

Start the hike from Dingboche along the inclined path running alongside the mountain’s wall and go further into the valley. As you make your turn along the path and inside the valley, you arrive at the village of Pheriche, we will be staying here on our way back from the base camp. For the next 2 to 2.5 hrs, you will follow into the valley, while the incline is not very difficult but you are at a high altitude, so take it slow and steady and avoid using too much energy too quickly. A river lies in front of you and crossing the river, you will arrive at the village of Thukla. This is a great spot to rest for a couple of minutes, refuel yourself and continue on the trek.

The next part is going to be the toughest part of the trek today as you climb to Lobuche. The climb takes you along a zig-zag path all the way to the Thukla Pass and it becomes steeper and steeper as you climb until you reach the edge of the Khumbu Glacier and the Everest Memorial.  The oxygen gets less and less from here and the temperature also starts to get lower. The remaining part of the trek follows the left side of the glacier as you reach the village of Lobuche and you will also gain a little elevation from the glacier as you arrive at Lobuche. In front of you, you get to see a beautiful view of Nuptse in front of you. Lobuche is a small Himalayan village with only a handful of teahouses. We will stay the night here before we head out to the last village on the trek tomorrow.

Lobuche To Gorakshep | Excursion To Everest Base Camp

• Altitude: Gorakshep - 5,150 m/ 16,900 ft | Everest Base camp - 5,350 m/ 17,700 ft.
• Altitude Gain: 200 m/ 800 ft.
• Lobuche To Gorakshep : 6 km | 3-4 hrs.
• Gorakshep To EBC : 3 km away each | 3hrs.
• It’s Everest Base Camp Day Today.
• Good steep climb to Gorakshep.
• It takes about 3 to 4 hrs to reach Gorakshep.
• Lunch is at Gorak Shep.
• A steeper climb to Everest Base Camp.
• The trek to Everest Base Camp is not very difficult.
• Trekker's stop point is just below the actual base camp. 
• Most tour groups are not allowed to enter or stay in EBC.
• Make sure you carry your day pack since you will need water.
• You can enjoy amazing views of Nuptse, Khumbutse, and Pumori mountains from the base camp.
• Overnight stay in Gorakshep.

Note: Drinking water in Gorakshep is chargeable. We don’t include drinking water on the trek which you can buy from a number of places between $1 to $3 a bottle (it gets more expensive towards the base camp). The better alternative is to buy water tablets in Kathmandu/Pokhara for around $2 and treat the water.

Today is the most exciting day of the trek as you make an excursion to the Everest Base Camp. An adventurous journey and a great trekking experience await you. Waking up early, have your breakfast, and gear yourself up. We will follow the trail from Lobuche through narrow gaps in the mountains and glacial moraines along the Khumbu glacier to Gorak Shep, the last village on the trek. Post lunch in Gorak Shep, we begin our trek to the Everest Base Camp, the ultimate adventure of this entire journey. We follow the lead of Sherpas as the trail changes every season as the glaciers move. It takes about 7 hrs of walking to reach Everest Base Camp. Spend some time at the base camp, celebrate your victory, capture some stills, and descend back to Gorakshep. Overnight stay will be at Gorakshep.

The trek today can be broken down into two parts, the first part is the trek from Lobuche to Gorakshep and the second part is an excursion to EBC and back to Gorakshep. After breakfast at Lobuche campsite, we begin our trek towards Gorakshep. It is a 6 km hike that takes about 4 hrs. Walking along the sandy and rocky parts, you will gradually gain elevation as you walk alongside the Khumbu Glacier. Mt. Nuptse looms on the horizon in front of you. Some sections of the trail are a little steeper than others. On the way, you will pass Sherpa flag monuments indicating that you are getting closer to the Everest Base Camp.

The last section of the trail directs into a glacier before you reach Gorak Shep. the terrain is rocky and uneven with inclines and declines. Be cautious and watch your step in this part and always pay heed to the trek leader's advice to complete the patch safely. You can see a sliver of the top of Mt. Everest from here, right behind Nuptse. Soon the village of Gorak Shep comes into view guarded by Kala Patthar and Pumori in the back. Make your way into the guest house have some lunch, reenergize yourself and get ready for the next part of the trek.

From Gorak Shep, you will walk right along the Khumbu Glacier, the Everest Range lies right behind it. It is a vast glacier and as you continue walking along the side of the glacier, you will constantly gain elevation until you reach the base camp. The incline is not very steep and is slightly moderate. A technical terrain lays ahead of you with a mixture of sand and rocks and it can get pretty slippery at some points as well. As long as you watch your steps, you will be good. Continue on and you will reach a point where the Khumbu icefall comes into better view as it winds down from the mountain to the valley. More Sherpa prayer flags mark the way to the base camp. In the final stretch of the trail, you will see numerous prayer flags flowing in the wind and the popular Everest Base Camp Rock. You have made it to the Base Camp, congratulations! While this is not the actual base camp, it is a trekker’s base camp. Most tour groups are not allowed to enter or stay in EBC. Once you have had enough time to enjoy the area around EBC, it is time to head back to Gorakshep. Follow the rocky trail back to Gorak Shep. We will stay the night in Gorak Shep.

Hike To Kalapatthar And Retreat Trek To Pangboche | Enjoy Arresting Views Of Mt. Everest

• Altitude: Kalapatthar - 5,550 m/ 18,200 ft | Pangboche - 4,000 m/ 13,100 ft.
• Gorakshep To Kalapatthar: 2 km each way | 3 - 4 hrs.
• Gorakshep To Pangboche: 19 km | 7-8 hrs.
• Altitude Loss: 1,150 m/ 3,800 ft
• Steep climb to Kalapatthar (difficult).
• Gradual descent to Pangboche.
• Start early in the morning to avoid early morning clouds.
• Kala Patthar is the rocky hilltop below Pumori.
• Views from the summit: Everest, South Col, Lhotse, Makalu, Khumbu Glacier & icefall, Pumori & Everest Base Camp.
• Breakfast at Gorakshep after the Kalapatthar hike.

After your trek to EBC and back to Gorakshep, you are now ready to climb Kala Patthar. Gorakshep is also a good place to roam around, it has a couple of teahouses and it also used to be the base camp for climbing Mt. Everest in the 1950s. The trek starts with an easy walk from Gorakshep and you will be walking on sandy fields. After this, there is a steep climb of 45 minutes. After the strenuous climb, you will come to level fields and the walk is easy and gradual. You will have the comfort of walking for the next one hour, post which there is another steep climb to Kalapatthar for about half an hour. Mt. Everest from this point looks closer than you can imagine. From here, you will trek down to Pangboche.

Start your day early and leave your stuff at Gorakshep, only carry a daypack with the essentials as you will return to Gorakshep. As you cross the sandy trail and begin ascending, you will notice the Gorakshep village and Khumbu Glacier behind you including Ama Dablam. The top of Mt. Everest begins to peek out above the surrounding mountain ranges. The more you gain altitude the more Mt. Everest will come into view. The best part of today’s trek is that all along the trek you can enjoy the landscape of the surroundings and not just on the summit. The higher you get, the rockier and trickier the trail gets. Be mindful and watch your steps. The last patch is especially rocky.

The summit is a little difficult to navigate as well. You will know you are near the summit when the Sherpa prayer flags and weather reading device come into view. Take your time and dont rush to the summit to avoid any accidents. Once you reach the summit, you will get to see the breathtaking views of the entire Sagarmatha National Park but the main attraction is of course Mt. Everest itself. You will get the best view of Mt. Everest from here. Below Everest lies the Khumbu icefall that feeds into the Khumbu Glacier and to the right is the face of Mt. Nuptse. On the opposite side of the lake, you will see even more glaciers, lakes, and mountains, as far as your eyes can see. After spending some time at the top, descend the same path that you came in. When you are back in Gorakshep have a nice meal and refuel yourself as we will descend to Pangboche.

On the trek down, the first village will be Lobuche and throughout the trek, you will again be alongside the Khumbu Glacier. You have already completed this section while ascending up so you now have an idea of what to expect. The trek is a little tricky till Sagarmatha National Park sprawls out in front of you and the rest of the part is manageable. You can have some snacks at Lobuche before heading down to Pangboche.

As you descend, you will come to the intersection where one path diverges towards Dzonghla village, Cho la pass, and Gyoko Ri, and the one on the left heads towards Pangboche. Stay on the left side of the trail and you will come across another difficult patch of the trek. You will head down from the moraine wall of the Khumbu Glacier and descend to the Thukla Pass. Crossing the Everest Memorial, begin a tricky hike down to the river below and soon you will arrive at Pangboche.

Pheriche lies just below Dingboche so after crossing Thukla, you can take the lower path towards Pheriche instead of taking the higher path towards Dingboche. Once we arrive at Pangboche, you will check into a teahouse, have your dinner, and rest for the night before heading down to Namche Bazaar the next day.

Pangboche To Namche Bazaar | Buy Some Souvenirs

• Altitude: 3,450 m/ 11,300 ft.
• Trek Distance: 14 km | 6 - 7 hrs.
• Altitude Loss:  550 m/ 1,800 ft.
• Moderately, continuous descent and short ascent just before Namche Bazaar.

After your descent to Namche Bazaar, the cumbersome part of the trekking is almost over. From here on the descent will be easy after having the Everest Base Camp trek. But we recommend starting early as it is a long walk. Start the journey by heading down to the village, across the river, and again climbing back up the valley wall. You can rest here for some time, and catch your breath before resuming your decline down the valley. 

Once you have declined the path, you will cross a suspension bridge followed by a 2 km incline along the valley wall. As you zig-zag up towards the trail, it becomes forested and once you have completed the uphill ascent, it is a fairly smooth walk for the remaining 5 km to Namche Bazaar. The path to Namche Bazaar is etched on a valley wall and there’s the river below. Soon the path bends inwards and you are welcomed with views of Namche Bazaar. Descend down to the village below and check into a teahouse. Rest well. Tomorrow will be the last day of your trek.

Namche Bazaar To Phakding To Lukla | Last Day Of Trekking

• Altitude: Phakding - 2,600 m/ 8,500 ft, Lukla - 2,850 m/ 9,350 ft.
• Altitude Loss: 600 m/ 1,950 ft.
• Trek Distance: 16 km | 7 - 8 hrs.
• Moderate, continuous descent till Phkading and gradual ascent to Lukla.
• Start your trek early in the morning as it is a long day trek.
• Stop at Phakding for lunch.
• Stay in Lukla.

Waking up to the lovely weather at Namche Bazaar, you can visit the place and roam around a little bit. You can explore the market and buy souvenirs from your trip to the Everest Base Camp and buy gifts for your friends and family. There are several local handicraft stores in Namche Bazaar as it is the biggest trade hub in the Khumbu region. You can also take a small walk-in around the Sagarmatha National Park and enjoy the local cuisine as well. Post which treks down to Phakding, it is an easy trek down to the village. The beauty of the distant mountains with several waterfalls adds to the beauty of your journey. This is the beauty of Nepal trekking, there will be a few uphill climbs but you will manage it very easily. The lush green beauty and forests will take your pain away. After this easy walk, you will reach Lukla. This will be your last day with the Sherpas and other crew members, so you would like to enjoy the day with a delicious dinner and a few drinks.

Right at the beginning of the trek, you will begin to lose elevation, after about 45 minutes of walking, you will arrive at a rest stop, the same that you came in on when ascending towards the basecamp. This is where you will get the last glimpses of Mt. Everest. After this point, there are no mountain views anymore only little peeks from behind the forest covers. You will cross a few suspension bridges and continue alongside the river as the initial steep decline eases into a more moderate decline. While most of the trek is downhill, there are a few uphill climbs as well. Pass by Sherpa stones into the village of Phakding. You are more than halfway to Lukla by now. We will stop at Phakding for lunch before descending further down the valley with river views, mountain ridges, and suspension bridges. You will also have several stair sections and an incline path all the way through. Passing by a few more villages, you will arrive at Lukla, your final stop for the day.

Fly Back To Kathmandu | Bid Adieu To The Mountains

• Morning flight to Kathmandu.
• Your trek to Everest Base Camp is over.
• Spend the day in Kathmandu or fly back to your onwards destination.
• Hotel accommodation in Kathmandu is included in the cost.

Note:  Weather conditions may cause flight cancellations. Delays are possible any time of the year but are more typical on summer departures. Keep one or two buffer days.

Today you will have to wake up early as flights to Kathmandu are generally scheduled in the morning. This is because during the daytime, the weather is generally windy and there might be a delay in the flight timings. However, you can expect a slight delay in your early morning flight as well if the weather is not suitable. As you make your way through the security checks and your flight takes off from Lukla airport, you will have a magnanimous view of the surroundings. Drive back to Kathmandu from Ramechhap Airport and overnight stay in a hotel. You can book your further journey from here. We wish you a great journey towards your home with lots of memories.

Day-1: Arrive At Kathmandu

• Altitude(Kathmandu): 1,400 m/ 4.600 ft.

Day-2: Fly to Lukla, Trek To Phakding | Enjoy A Scenic Flight Journey

• Altitude : Lukla - 2,850 m/ 9,350 ft | Phakding: - 2,600 m/ 8,500 ft.

Note: Flights to Lukla are prone to delay due to weather, keep two or three buffer days in your plan.

Day-3: Phakding To Namche Bazaar | A Major Trading Hub In Khumbu

• Trek Distance: 10 km | 7 hrs.

Day-4: Acclimatization Day | Explore Namche Bazaar

• Today is acclimatization day.
• You can hike up to Sherpa Cultural Museum to get a view of Everest and Ama Dablam.
• It’s worth exploring the town, a good place to buy trekking gear.
• ATMs, internet cafes, shops, and restaurants are available at extra cost.
• Stay in the guesthouse.

Day-5: Namche Bazaar To Tengboche | Visit The Largest Buddhist Monastery Of Khumbu

Day-6: tengboche to dingboche | stunning views of ama dablam, day-7: dingboche (rest day) | acclimatize to higher altitudes.

• Rest Day helps you acclimatize well to high altitudes.
• A small hike today will show you the world’s six tallest peaks including Lhotse (8,516 m), Makalu (8,463 m), and Cho Oyu (8,188 m).
• From another location, you can see the Imja Khola Valley and Dingboche Valley.

Day-8: Dingboche To Lobuche | Pay Your Respects In Everest Memorial

• Trek Distance: 6 km | 4-5 hrs.

Day-9: Lobuche To Gorakshep | Excursion To Everest Base Camp

• Gorakshep To EBC : 3 km each way | 3hrs.

Day-10: Hike To Kalapatthar And Retreat Trek To Pangboche | Enjoy Arresting Views Of Mt. Everest

Day-11: pangboche to namche bazaar | buy some souvenirs, day-12: namche bazaar to phakding to lukla | last day of trekking.

• Altitude: Phakding - 2,600 m/ 8,500 ft | Lukla - 2,850 m/ 9,350 ft.

Day-13: Fly Back To Kathmandu | Bid Adieu To The Mountains

Note: Weather conditions may cause flight cancellations. Delays are possible any time of the year but are more typical on summer departures. Keep one or two buffer days.

Pulse rate at rest must be in between (60 to 90 beats per minute).

Blood Pressure Reading must be in between (DIASTOLIC 70 – 90, SYSTOLIC 100 - 140 mm Hg).

Respiratory rate at rest must be in between (12 to 20 breaths per minute).

Should not have Liver and kidney issues.

Should not have Diabetes Mellitus, Bronchial Asthma, Heart problems, Hypertension, etc.

No pacemaker implant.

People with Sinus issues, Epilepsy please contact to trek coordinator before booking the trek.

If your BMI is not normal, Please contact our Trek coordinator before Trek booking.

        Medical & Disclaimer Form (Mandatory Documents) Click here to download Medical & Disclaimer Form

• Government Employees can avail the benefit of Special Casual Leave (SCL) when they join us for a trekking expedition. As per the rules of the Pay Commission, Special Casual Leave can be availed for up to 30 days in a calendar year for trekking/mountaineering expeditions through a registered organization. Trek The Himalayas is a registered adventure tour operator by the Indian Mountaineering Foundation (IMF) and the Ministry Of Tourism (MOT).
• Trekkers have to apply for leave at least 20 days before the trek departure date.
• This service is exclusive to Indian government employees and is applicable only for treks within India.
• Do mail at info@trekthehimalayas to apply and mention your booked trek date and trek name.
• Junior trekkers (below 15 years) should have a company of parents/guardians.
• Trekkers between 15 to 18 years can come solo with the disclaimer form signed by parent/guardian.
• Medical & Disclaimer Form (Mandatory Documents) Click here to download Medical & Disclaimer Form

Exercise For Difficult

Fitness Regime For:

Calculate Your Bmi

Your BMI value is

Congratulations, your body is in good conditions!

Medical & Disclaimer Form (Mandatory Documents)  Click Here.

How To Reach

Pick-up information.

• It is essential for everyone to arrive at Kathmandu (1:00 pm). 
• Upon booking the trek, you are required to come to our hotel. Your trek coordinator will provide you with details such as the name of the Kathmandu hotel, its location, and the contact person's number.

Options to Reach Kathmandu

The best way is to fly to Kathmandu Tribhuvan International Airport, which receives airlines mostly from South-east Asia and Europe. A number of direct flights fly from Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Bangalore and Varanasi to Kathmandu. Popular airlines that operate regularly are Jet Airways, Air India, IndiGo and Nepal Airlines.

Delhi to Kathmandu by train + bus 

• Day 1: Take a train from Delhi to Gorakhpur. The Vaishali Express leaves Delhi at around 19:45 and arrives at Gorakhpur Junction at 09:10 next morning, or there's another train from New Delhi at 17:20 arriving Gorakhpur at 06:35 next morning. The fare is around Rs. 2440 (£35 or $54) in AC1, Rs. 1240 (£18 or $27) in AC2, Rs. 785 (£12 or $18) in AC3 or Rs. 315 in Sleeper Class - check current times and fares at www.indianrail.gov.in or www.irctc.co.in.
• Day 2: Take a bus or jeep from Gorakhpur to the Nepalese frontier at Sunauli (Indian side) and Bhairawa (Nepalese side, often also called Sunauli). Journey time about 3 hours, Rs. 55 (£1 or $2).

3. Walk across the frontier, it's then a few minutes’ walk to the Bhairawa bus station. Take a bus or jeep on to Kathmandu. Buses take 9 to 12 hours, cost about 120 Nepalese Rupees or 230 Indian Rupees (£1 or $2). There are many buses daily, either daytime buses leaving regularly until about 11:00 or overnight buses leaving regularly from about 16:00 until 19:00. Indian rupees may be accepted here in Bhairawa, but not further into Nepal.

4. It's also possible to travel via Varanasi An overnight train links Delhi & Varanasi. Buses link Varanasi with the Nepalese border.  

Drop-Off Information

• For your return journey from Kathmandu, you have the flexibility to choose between road or air transport options. Please note that our services extend only to the hotel, and the standard hotel check-out time is 11:00 am.

1. Accommodation (as per the itinerary):

• Day 1 and Day 13 Hotel Accommodation in 3 Star Hotel in Kathmandu with Bed & Breakfast.
• Day 2 to Day 12 Accommodation in Teahouse.

2. Meals (Veg + Egg):

• All meals Lukla to Lukla from Day 2 Lunch to Day 13 Breakfast
• Fresh fruit after dinner every day.

3. Support:

• 1 Versatile base camp manager handles communication and deploys extra manpower in emergencies.
• 1 Mountaineering & First aid qualified professional trek Leader.
• Local experienced guides (Number of guides depending on the group size).
• Enough support staff.

4. Trek equipment:

• Sleeping bag.
• Gaiters & Crampon (if required).

5. First aid:

• Medical kit, Stretcher, Oxygen cylinder, Blood pressure monitor, Oximeter, Stethoscope.

6. Transportation (as per the itinerary):

• Arrival Departure Airport Transfer as per itinerary.
• Domestic airport transfers for Lukla.
• Kathmandu to Ramecchap /Lukla, and back.

7. Mules/porters to carry the central luggage.  8. Clock room facility available at the base camp for additional luggage. 9. All necessary permits and entry fees, up to the amount charged for Indian. 10. Services from Kathmandu to Kathmandu. 11. TIMS card. 12. EBC Map. 13. Farewell Dinner in Kathmandu. 14. Trek Completion Certificate 15. Complementary Trekking Kit Bag (Duffle bag if opted for Porter facility).

1. Insurance (Mandatory). 2. Food during the transit. 3. Any kind of personal expenses. 4. Mule or porter to carry personal luggage. 5. Emergency evacuation, hospitalization charge, etc. 6. Anything not specifically mentioned under the head Inclusion.

7. Extra Expenses.

• Porters for the personal bag*.
• Wifi, charging batteries, and hot showers.
• Customary gratuities for guides & porters.

8. Nepal entry visa (approximately USD 40, Bring Two Passport Size photos) only for foreigners (Not for Indians). 9. Unforeseen costs due to flight cancellation, weather conditions, etc. 10. Extra night accommodation in Kathmandu. 

Things can be provided on demand and availability (participant has to pay extra for these things).

1- Satellite phone/set phone -  a type of mobile phone that connects via radio links via satellites orbiting the Earth instead of terrestrial cell sites like cell phones. Therefore, they can operate in most geographic locations on the Earth's surface.

2- Gamow/PAC HAPO Bag (Portable Hyperbaric Bag) - is a unique, portable hyperbaric chamber for the treatment of acute mountain sickness (AMS), also known as altitude sickness.

3- AEDs (Automated External Defibrillators) -  are portable life-saving devices designed to treat people experiencing sudden cardiac arrest, a medical condition in which the heart stops beating suddenly and unexpectedly. 

Cancellation terms:

Cancellations prior to 25 days from the start of the Trip

Refund options

• 5% deduction of trek fee
• 100% cash voucher for any trip till one year
• Transfer your trek (any trek, any date) to your friend

Cancellation between 24 days and 15 days to the start of the Trip

• 30% deduction of trek fee
• 100% cash voucher for same trip till one year
• 85% cash voucher for any trip till one year
• Transfer your trek (same trek, any date) to your friend

Cancellation between 14 days and 10 days to the start of the Trip

• 50% deduction of trek fee
• 80% cash voucher for same trip till one year
• 70% cash voucher for any trip till one year
• Book the same trek, in the same season, with any other batch

Cancellation less than 9 days to the start of the trek

• No cash refund
• 20% cash voucher for the same trip till one year
• 10% cash voucher for any trip till one year
• Transfer your trek (same trek, same date) to your friend

Note- If a booking is made using a voucher or discount code, the policies related to vouchers and discounts cannot be modified.

In the unlikely event that TTH cancels a trek prior to the scheduled departure date:

While it is extremely rare for TTH to cancel a trek, we understand that unforeseen circumstances or natural disasters may occasionally require us to do so before the scheduled departure. These circumstances could include continuous rain or snow, thunderstorms, snowstorms, landslides, floods, earthquakes, or any other natural calamity that poses a risk to the safety of our trekkers. Additionally, unforeseeable events such as local riots, curfews, pandemics, lockdowns, government orders, or any similar situations that compromise the safety of the trekking experience may also necessitate a cancellation.

In the event of such a cancellation, TTH will provide you with a voucher equivalent to the amount you paid for the trek. This voucher can be redeemed for any of our treks within the next year, allowing you to still enjoy an adventure with us at a later date.

The issuance of a voucher is not applicable in situations where you are required to descend from the trek for any reason. The trek leader may make the decision to send you down from the trek due to factors such as insufficient fitness level, symptoms of Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS), high blood pressure, exceeding the designated turn-around-time, health concerns, or if you are found smoking, drinking, or violating the rules set for the trek. In such cases, the provision of a voucher does not apply.

In the rare event that TTH shifts a trek:

We would like to emphasize that weather conditions in high-altitude areas are highly unpredictable and can undergo sudden changes at any time, irrespective of the day. Additionally, circumstances beyond our control, such as natural disasters, political unrest, pandemics, and lockdowns, may impact the feasibility of conducting a trek. In cases where we are unable to proceed with an event due to such circumstances that are beyond our direct control, we will make every effort to provide you with an alternative trek that is safer and more suitable.

In such situations, we will issue a voucher to offset the cost difference between the originally scheduled trek and the alternative trek. This voucher can be redeemed at any time within one year from the date of issue. Please note that a refund fee or reimbursement of the cost difference is not applicable in these cases.

• Change of trek batch is dependent on the availability of seats in the batch
• In case of transferring a trek to a friend, he/she should satisfy all the mandatory requirements put forward by TTH
• TTH holds the right to change/cancel the policies, without prior notice
• Cash refund is applicable only in case of bookings made without using any promotional offer code or vouchers

Cash Voucher Terms:

• This is a non-transferable voucher
• The voucher cannot be merged with any other offer of Trek The Himalayas
• The voucher is valid for Trek booked directly with Trek The Himalayas in India
• To avail the voucher please use your register phone number or e-mail id
• All the other Terms of booking a trek with Trek The Himalayas are applicable to the voucher
• Trek The Himalayas holds rights to add/remove any of the Terms and Conditions without prior notice

Itineraries are based on information available at the time of planning and are subject to change. "Trek The Himalayas" reserves the right to change expedition dates, people or itineraries as conditions warrant. If a trip must be delayed or the itinerary changed due to bad weather, road conditions, transportation delays, government intervention, airline schedules, sickness, or other contingency for which TTH or its agents cannot make provision, the cost of delays and/or other changes are the responsibility of the participant. TTH reserves the right to decline, or accept, any individual as a trip member for any reason whatsoever.

Trek Essentials

PDF Of Trek Essential Download

Frequently Asked Questions(FAQ)

How to register/create an account with tth.

To register with TTH, visit our website - www.trekthehimalayas.com and create your account. To create your account you will need to use your email address and fill in all the details, set your unique password and your account is ready to use.

How to book a trek?

• To book a trek with TTH, you first need to register with us and create an account.
• Choose the trek that you want to do and click on available dates.
• You will land at the login page, fill in the required details.
• Add Participants, choose add-on services click on the Pay now button, choose your preferred payment method, and make the payment. TTH accepts multiple payment options, including credit/debit cards, net banking, and UPI.
• You will receive a confirmation email from TTH with all the necessary details about the trek, including the meeting point, transportation, accommodation, and other important instructions.
• Click Here to watch Video

Made a payment but did not receive any confirmation.

please send an email to us at [email protected] or reach out to the numbers provided in the Help and Support section of your Trek Page. We will ensure that your issue is promptly resolved.

How to book off-load luggage and transportation?

To book services such as off-load luggage and transportation, you can find them listed as add-ons. These additional services can be booked at the time of your initial booking. If you miss booking add-ons during the initial reservation, you can log in anytime and easily book 4 days before the departure date add-ons through the platform.

If I have booked the wrong trek or date, how can I make changes?

In such a situation, please log in to your account and transfer your trek or date to the desired one within 12 hours or drop us an email at [email protected] 10 days before the departure date of the trek. After the initial 12-hour period, any changes will be processed according to the cancellation policy.

I am a beginner and confused which trek to book.

We recommend visiting our "Suggest Me a Trek" page. By filling out the form, our experts will contact you with the best possible trek options based on your preferences and experience level. Alternatively, you can reach out to us via email at [email protected] or give us a call using the numbers provided on our website for personalized assistance and recommendations.

How is family trek different from regular trek?

Family treks differ from regular treks by focusing on ease of difficulty, offering shorter durations for younger participants, Kid-friendly and easily digestible foods, child-friendly activities, maintaining a higher guide ratio for diverse age groups, and implementing additional safety measures for families.

Ideal treks for children.

Family Trek with Kids recommendation Only Dayara Bugyal and Chopta Chandrashila Trek.

Minimum age for children to trek with TTH.

Minimum age for TTH treks is typically 7 years, though this may vary depending on the specific trek.

Can we take children to high altitudes with their guardian?

Yes, you can take a kids to a high-altitude trek with a parent. Discuss with a trek expert before booking a trek.

Can we send kids without Parents/guardian?

• Medical & Disclaimer Form (Mandatory Documents) Click here to download medical and disclaimer form

How to prepare a child for a high altitude trek?

Physical Fitness: Ensure your child is physically fit. Engage them in regular exercise, outdoor activities, and hikes to build stamina and endurance. Hydration: Emphasize the importance of staying hydrated at high altitudes. Encourage your child to drink water regularly, even if they don't feel thirsty. Proper Nutrition: Provide a well-balanced diet with sufficient carbohydrates for energy and foods rich in iron to prevent altitude sickness. Adequate Sleep: Ensure your child gets enough sleep in the days leading up to the trek. Quality rest is crucial for altitude adaptation. Educate on Altitude Sickness: Teach your child about the symptoms of altitude sickness, such as headache, nausea, and dizziness. Encourage them to communicate any discomfort immediately. Appropriate Clothing and Gear: Dress your child in layers to adjust to changing temperatures. Ensure they have appropriate trekking gear, including sturdy footwear. Positive Mindset: Foster a positive mindset. Encourage your child, and let them know it's okay to take breaks when needed. Medical Check-Up: Schedule a medical check-up before the trek to ensure your child is fit for high-altitude activities. Consult with a healthcare professional about any potential health concerns.

Kind of food will be served during the trek for children.

TTH takes special care to provide wholesome and nutritious food for children on treks. Here are some of the foods that are typically served for children: Breakfast: For breakfast, TTH serves a variety of options like porridge, cornflakes, bread, butter, jam, honey, boiled eggs, omelettes, and pancakes. Children can choose from these options to fuel themselves for the day's trek. Lunch: For lunch, TTH serves lunch which includes rotis, vegetables, rice, dal, and salad. The rotis are usually made fresh on the trek and are a good source of carbohydrates. The dal and vegetables provide protein and other essential nutrients. Snacks: TTH provides healthy snacks like fresh fruits, dry fruits, energy bars, cookies, and biscuits to keep the children energized throughout the day. Dinner: For dinner, TTH serves a hot and wholesome meal which includes soup, rice, dal, vegetables, and a non-vegetarian dish (if requested in advance). Children can also choose from a variety of desserts like custard, jelly, and fruit salad. Dietary requirements: If a child has any special dietary requirements, TTH can cater to those needs as well. For example, if a child is lactose intolerant or allergic to nuts, the kitchen staff can make arrangements to accommodate those requirements.

How to choose the right trek?

Choosing the right trek for a beginner can be a bit overwhelming as there are many factors to consider such as distance, elevation gain, terrain difficulty, weather, and time of year. Here are some tips that can help you choose the right trek for a beginner:

1. Determine fitness level:  Assess the fitness level of the beginner to understand their physical capabilities. This will help you select a trek that is challenging but not too difficult.

2. Choose a well-traveled trail:  A well-traveled trail will have more amenities such as signposts, water stations, and shelter. It is also safer as there will be other hikers on the trail.

3. Consider the length of the trek:  For beginners, it is recommended to start with a shorter trek that can be completed in a day or two. This will help them get acclimatized to trekking and build their confidence.

4. Look for gradual elevation gain:  Choose a trek with a gradual elevation gain rather than steep ascents. This will make the trek easier and more enjoyable.

5. Check the weather:  Check the weather forecast before selecting a trek. Avoid treks during the monsoon season or winter when the trails can be slippery or dangerous.

6. Research the trail:  Read about the trail to get an idea of the terrain, altitude, and difficulty level. This will help you select a trek that is suitable for the beginner.

7. Consult with an expert:  If you are unsure about which trek to choose, consult our trek expert Mr. Nitin (+91 70600 59773) between 10 AM to 6 PM (Tuesday - Friday). Mr. Nitin will provide you valuable advice and guidance.

Overall, it is important to choose a trek that is enjoyable, challenging but not too difficult, and suitable for the beginner's fitness level and experience.

Can a beginner choose a tough trek?

It is not recommended for a beginner to choose a difficult Himalayan trek. Trekking in the Himalayas can be physically and mentally challenging, especially if you are not used to the high altitude, steep slopes, and rugged terrain. Choosing a difficult trek without the proper experience, fitness level, and preparation can be dangerous and put you at risk of altitude sickness, injury, and other hazards.

If you are a beginner, it is recommended to start with an easier trek and gradually build up your skills and experience. This will help you understand the challenges of trekking in the Himalayas, and also prepare you physically and mentally for a more difficult trek in the future. It is also important to choose a trek that matches your fitness level, experience, and interest.

What is the age limit for a beginner trekker?

There is no specific age limit for a beginner trekker. However, it is important to consider your physical fitness, health condition, and personal interests before embarking on a trek. Trekking in the Himalayas can be physically and mentally demanding, and requires a certain level of physical fitness and endurance.

If you have any pre-existing medical conditions or are above a certain age, it is recommended to consult with a doctor before embarking on a trek. It is also important to listen to your body and take breaks as needed during the trek to prevent exhaustion or injury.

If I am solo, can I join the trek in a group?

Yes, you can join the trek. We have fixed departure groups where you can simply book your trek and we will take care of curating a group.

How does my family get updated about my Trek?

Before you start the trek, it is recommended that you make all the necessary phone calls as during the trek you may or may not receive network coverage, once you come back to the Base Camp, you can reconnect with your family via phone once again. You can share your trek coordinator contact detail with your family members to get the latest updates about your trek batch.

What food can I expect?

At TTH, we provide wholesome and nutritious meals during the trek. The food is vegetarian and includes a variety of dishes such as rice, dal, vegetables, chapati, paratha, pasta, noodles, and soup. We also offer snacks such as biscuits, and salty, and dry fruits during the trek. Special dietary requirements such as vegan, gluten-free, or Jain food can also be arranged if informed in advance.

I am allergic to some foods.

If you are allergic to some foods, you need to let us know in advance so that we can make arrangements accordingly.

How safe is trekking with TTH?

TTH is a trekking company that prioritizes the safety of all its participants, including women trekkers. They have a comprehensive safety system in place, which includes a dedicated team of experienced and trained trek leaders and support staff who are equipped to handle emergency situations and provide first aid.

TTH also takes specific measures to ensure the safety and comfort of women trekkers. They have a separate tent accommodation for women trekkers, female trek leaders, and support staff. They also provide separate toilet facilities for women and encourage a safe and respectful environment for all trekkers.

Moreover, TTH has a strict policy against any kind of harassment and has a zero-tolerance policy towards such incidents. They have a designated Internal Complaints Committee (ICC) to investigate and address any complaints related to harassment or misconduct. Overall, TTH has a good reputation for safety and responsible trekking practices, and women can feel comfortable and safe while trekking with them.

How TTH will manage if I am the only woman in the group?

In case you are the only women in the group, we provide a single sleeping arrangement. Also, during the trek, the trek leader will always remain by your side to provide optimum safety and reassurance.

How can I know that other women are in the batch?

You can reach out to the trek coordinator to inquire about the number of female trekkers and their respective states who have booked the trek. Please note that the trek coordinator cannot disclose personal details of any trekker. Once you've confirmed your booking, a WhatsApp Group will be created for all the trekkers in your batch. This allows you to connect with fellow trekkers before the trek begins.

Can I know in advance, which trek is led by a women Trek Leader?

While many of our treks are led by female trek leaders, however, it is not possible to know which trek leader is assigned to which group. But nonetheless, whether the trek leader is male or female you can be completely assured of your safety and security with us.

Can I trek with periods? If yes, then where can I dispose of the sanitary pad?

Yes, it is possible to trek with periods. However, it is important to take some extra precautions and preparations to ensure a comfortable and safe trekking experience. Here are some tips that can help you trek during your period: 

1. Use menstrual hygiene products that you are comfortable with, such as tampons, pads, or menstrual cups. It is recommended to carry enough supplies for the entire duration of the trek. 

2. Pack wet wipes, hand sanitizer, and plastic bags to dispose of used hygiene products. 

3. Wear comfortable and breathable clothing that allows for easy movement and reduces friction. Avoid wearing tight or restrictive clothing that can cause discomfort. 

4. Carry pain relief medication, such as ibuprofen or acetaminophen, in case of menstrual cramps.

5. Stay hydrated and maintain a balanced diet to support your energy levels and overall health. 

6. Take breaks as needed and listen to your body. If you feel uncomfortable or experience any unusual symptoms, seek medical attention immediately. It is also recommended to consult with a doctor before going on a trek during your period, especially if you have a pre-existing medical condition or are taking medication. 

By taking necessary precautions and being prepared, you can have a safe and comfortable trekking experience even during your period. We provide proper disposal facilities for sanitary pad disposal during the trek.

How will the accommodation be during the trek?

We offer three person tents with twin-sharing for optimum comfort. A woman trekker will share a tent with another woman trekker and if you are the only woman in the group, you will be given a single accommodation for your comfort and privacy.

Are trek poles, Jackets and other equipment available for rent from Trek The Himalayas?

Yes, we do provide gears on rent. You can book it using you TTH account directly.

Who will be with us on the trek from Trek The Himalayas?

Mountaineering qualified Experienced and first aid certified Trek Leader, First Aid Certify local guide, Cook, helpers and supporting staff.

Who can not join the trek?

People suffering from Bronchitis, Asthma, High blood pressure, Epilepsy (got faints), TB , Heart problem or on higher BMI side are strictly not allowed to go on any Himalayan trek. Apart from this if you had any medical history, please let us know.

When it gets really cold can I consume alcohol?

No. Alcohol and smoking isn’t allowed while on trek. It is totally misconception that it will keep you warm. Your body need to acclimatize properly and for that eat properly and drink enough water; these things will keep you warm.

What type of toilet facility is TTH providing at the trek?

Toilet tents provide a convenient solution for answering nature's call in the great outdoors. Dry toilets, in particular, offer a highly sanitary approach. By digging a pit and utilizing mud and a shovel, you can easily cover up your waste. This method ensures cleanliness and hygiene while camping or exploring in the forest. 

Remember to pack essential toiletries to complete your outdoor bathroom kit and maintain proper personal hygiene during your adventures. With these practices in place, you can enjoy nature while also respecting it.

How do I manage the negative temperatures on the trek at higher camps? Do I need special jackets?

Layer Up From Head To Toe Eat Full Meals, never sleep empty stomach You can keep warmee (if you’re more susceptible to cold). Use sleeping bag in right way and don’t leave free space in sleeping bag.

For upper body – Thermal layer – T-shirt (full-sleeves) – Fleece T-shirt (for extreme colds) – Fleece layer – Thick Jacket/Down Jacket – Waterproof or Windproof layer (outermost layer, when it is snowing or raining) - For Lower Body – Thermal layer – Hiking pants (normal) or Winter hiking pants

Based on how warm you feel you can skip any of the above layers. Your outer later should be windproof since it is windy at high altitude. The idea behind layering is that the more insulation you have the less cold you feel, and instead of wearing a very thick jacket if you wear multiple layers, your body will be better insulated against the cold.

Do you provide crampon/micro spikes and gaiters?

Yes, we provide micro spikes and gaiters, if required.

What documents need to carry on trek?

Mandatory documents: 2 xerox of ID having address (addhar card/driving license), 2 Passport size photographs, hard copy Medical form signed & sealed by doctor, disclaimer form sign by trekker and high altitude insurance.

If we come prior the trek date, Do you provide accommodation?

No. We don’t but we can suggest you good hotel/Stay nearby pick up location.

Do we get enough water for drinking?

Yes, trekker must carry 2 water bottles 1 litre each so they can refill it at campsite for drinking and keep themselves hydrate.

What kind of shoes we should buy for the trek?

You should buy shoes which has these three features –Good grip, Ankle Support and additional water resistant layers. Generally, we advise Quechua Trek 100, MH 500 and MH 100.

What happens if some members of the team need to turn back before the summit?

No one is forced to go on. There is always enough staff to split the party according to need and regroup later at the camp. Most people have no trouble reaching the highest campsite. If some members decide not to climb the final distance they can wait for the climbers to come back down the same way or take a lateral path to the descent route.

What makes Trek The Himalayas Best Trekking Company in India?

Trek The Himalayas is the safest and most trusted trekking organization in India. Our deep expertise and commitment ensure that each trekker can fully immerse in the Himalayan beauty while experiencing a well-organized and memorable journey. We are proud to be recognized among the best trekking companies in India and have been awarded the PHD Samman Award two years consecutively for Best Adventure Tour Operator . Our founders, themselves are proficient mountaineers and belong to the hilly states of India. At TTH we follow all the safety protocols. Our Trek Leaders are expertly trained in First Aid and Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) management. The extensive experience is a key factor in establishing us as the best trekking company in India .

What is the Everest Base Camp trek?

The Everest Base Camp trek  is a popular trekking route in Nepal that leads to the base camp of the world’s highest peak, Mount Everest. It  is located in the Khumbu region of Nepal, at an altitude of approximately 18,200 ft above sea level. The trek shows the stunning views of Mount Everest and surrounding peaks and also gives a wonderful opportunity for trekkers to experience the local Sherpa town and culture.

How long does the Everest Base Camp trek take?

The trek to   Everest Base Camp   usually takes about 13-14 days including acclimatization days. Trekkers start their adventure upon arriving in Kathmandu, then proceed through key destinations such as Lukla, Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, Dingboche, Lobuche, Gorakshep and finally Everest Base Camp, and Kala Patthar.

Lukla is one of the most adventurous and thrilling airports you will ever get to see. It is located at a high altitude with a very short runway. The further journey provides the beautiful experience of sherpa culture, Namche Bazaar, food, and a glimpse of Mountain peaks. In the high altitude, the area is rugged but still in some parts fertilization can be seen. There are monasteries where one can offer prayers and the Everest Memorial , dedicated to climbers who lost their lives during their ascent of Mount Everest. 

Which is the best time for the Everest Base Camp trek?

The best time for the Everest Base Camp trek is during Summer and Autumn . In these periods the weather conditions are at best and the views of the mountains are clear.   And if we talk about specifically the best months to visit EBC are March, April, May, September, October, and November.

Trekkers are treated to the best sunrises over Everest, in the early morning light. Along the way, they can explore vibrant local places like Namche Bazaar Sherpa town and monasteries. Namche  Bazar is a famous market for shopping and you can collect souvenirs. During the trek, you will go through Sherpa town and can experience the Sherpa culture as  well as the serene Tengboche Monastery, an important spiritual site with panoramic views of the surrounding peaks. The people of Sherpa culture are very helpful and are considered superhumans, as they are very much acclimatized to that area and very well experienced in tackling any situation. 

What is the difficulty level of the Everest Base Camp trek?

Although the EBC trek is not challenging while trekking, it's difficult due to high altitudes. With every new spot, the altitude rises and the chances of Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) are very common. It is strictly guided to have a regular exercise routine before going to the EBC trek  to ensure you're physically ready. Our Trek Leaders emphasize the importance of staying hydrated and provide continuous guidance to help you manage the altitude. With the right preparation and support, you can make the most of this incredible journey.

Our Leaders also guide trekkers to always inform them if they feel any uneasiness or discomfort during the trek. This proactive approach will help for early intervention to prevent minor issues from escalating. However, our trek leaders are highly trained and can often recognize signs of altitude sickness or fatigue through body language and symptoms before trekkers even mention them. They provide timely guidance to ensure a safe and enjoyable trek.

Some key points as trekkers, we should always be aware of and keep in mind for a healthy trek.

●  Keep drinking plenty of water. It is important in preventing Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS)  and its symptoms, such as headaches and nausea.

●  Eat regularly. Consuming protein bars and other energy-rich snacks will help in keeping your energy levels up throughout the trek.

●  Keep using moisturizers and lotions to prevent sunburn and keep your skin healthy in the harsh mountain environment.

What is the altitude of Everest Base Camp trek?

The altitude of Everest Base Camp is approximately 18,200 ft. 

Is there a permit required for the EBC Trek?

Yes, trekkers are required to obtain permits for the Everest Base Camp trek . However, when you trek with TTH, all the necessary permit arrangements are taken care of on your behalf. This means you can focus entirely on enjoying your journey without the hassle of paperwork. TTH ensures that everything is in order, so you can embark on your adventure worry-free.

Is it necessary to have prior trekking experience for the EBC trek?

While prior trekking experience is not mandatory, it is highly recommended. The trek involves long days of walking at high altitudes, so a good level of fitness and some trekking experience can be beneficial. It is important to prepare well with physical fitness and exercise before going on the EBC trek.

One can also follow the TTH fitness chart, which includes essential exercises specifically designed for high-altitude treks . The chart outlines the recommended exercises along with the optimal time and duration for each, allowing you to plan your fitness routine effectively. This structured approach ensures you’re well-prepared for the challenges of trekking at higher elevations.

What kind of accommodation can I expect on the Everest Base Camp trek?

Accommodations along the Everest Base Camp trek are in teahouses or lodges, offering a unique and immersive experience. You'll be staying in some of the highest villages, and get a rare opportunity to witness the daily lives and customs of the local Sherpa communities. These lodgings not only offer a comfortable place to rest but also allow you to engage with the rich cultural traditions and lifestyles of people living in the remote corners of the Himalayas. Each stop along the route offers a chance to experience the warmth and hospitality of the mountain communities and adds a deeper dimension to your   trekking adventure .

How is the weather and temperature on the EBC trek?

At higher altitudes, weather conditions can be highly variable and unpredictable. You should be prepared for cold temperatures, as well as the possibility of snow and rain.

The temperature at Everest Base Camp (EBC)  varies significantly depending on the time of year. During the summer months, from March to May, temperatures at EBC are generally mild, ranging from 15-16°C during the day. However, nighttime temperatures can drop considerably, falling to around 0°C to -2°C, and sometimes even lower.

During the autumn months, from September to November, temperatures at EBC can plummet to around -7°C, and in some cases, they can be even colder. These lower temperatures can make the environment quite challenging, especially for those unprepared for the cold.

Given these temperature variations, trekkers must be well-prepared with appropriate warm clothing and gear. Layered clothing, including thermal base layers, insulated jackets, and high-quality gloves and hats, will help ensure comfort and protection against harsh conditions. Additionally, having proper sleeping gear and thermal liners will make nights at the base camp more bearable. Being prepared for these temperature extremes will enhance your trekking experience and help you enjoy more. 

How should I prepare for the trek?

Preparation includes physical training, obtaining necessary permits, packing appropriate gear, and acclimatizing to high altitude.

What should I pack for the Everest Base Camp Trek?

Warm Clothing:  Layering is key. Pack thermal wear, insulated jackets, and warm layers to keep yourself comfortable in varying temperatures. A good base layer, fleece jackets, and a down jacket are recommended to manage the cold.

Waterproof Jacket and Pants:  A high-quality   waterproof, and windproof jacket and pants will protect you from rain, snow, and strong winds.

Sturdy Trekking Boots: Go for well-fitting trekking boots with good ankle support. They should be waterproof and have a robust grip to handle rocky and uneven terrain.

Sleeping Bag:  Choose a sleeping bag rated for cold temperatures, with a temperature rating suitable for sub-zero conditions. This ensures you stay warm during chilly nights.

Trekking Poles: Trekking poles help with balance and reduce strain on your knees, especially on steep or uneven trails. Adjustable, lightweight poles are best for this trek.

Sunglasses, Sunscreen, and Lip Balm: Protect yourself from the high-altitude sun. Pack UV-protective sunglasses, high-SPF sunscreen, and moisturizing lip balm to prevent sunburn and chapped skin.

Personal Medications and First Aid Kit: Bring any personal medications you may need, along with a basic first aid kit. This should include items for treating minor injuries, altitude sickness, and common ailments.

How do I deal with altitude sickness?

Altitude sickness is a risk on high-altitude treks. To minimize the risk, ascend gradually, stay hydrated, and allow time for acclimatization. If symptoms occur, it's important to update your trek leader and they will help you with the best guidance and might provide medical attention if needed.

What are the essential points to keep in mind when preparing for the Everest Base Camp trek?

Some essential points to keep in mind while preparing for the Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek:

1.  Physical Fitness : Ensure you are in good physical condition. Engage in regular cardio, strength training, and endurance exercises to prepare your body for the trek.

2.  Acclimatization : Allow time for proper acclimatization to high altitudes to prevent Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS). Follow a gradual ascent plan and adhere to rest days.

3.  Permits : Obtain all necessary permits and documents. TTH typically handles these permits for you.

4.  Packing : Pack appropriate gear, including warm clothing, waterproof layers, sturdy trekking boots, a high-quality sleeping bag, and trekking poles.

5.  Hydration and Nutrition : Stay hydrated and maintain a balanced diet. Carry energy-boosting snacks like protein bars and keep up with regular water intake.

6.  Health and Safety : Inform your trek leader if you feel unwell at any point. Follow their advice and be aware of AMS symptoms.

7.  Weather Conditions : Prepare for varying weather conditions. Even during favourable seasons, temperatures can drop significantly, especially at higher altitudes.

8.  Carry Sufficient Cash:  There are no ATMs in Lukla, so it’s crucial to bring enough cash for emergencies. Additionally, Kathmandu offers some of the best and most affordable options for purchasing trekking equipment, so ensure you have sufficient funds for both emergencies and any gear you may need.

What are some of the top Nepal treks?

The T op Nepal treks are   Khopra Ridge , Annapurna Base Camp Trek  & Mera Peak Expedition .  

Can I charge electronic devices during the trek?

Yes, most teahouses offer charging facilities, but there may be a small fee for using them. Bring a power bank as a backup to ensure you have enough power for your devices.

What is the cost of the Everest Base Camp Trek?

The cost varies depending on the trekking company, inclusions, and the length of the trek. Generally, it includes permits, accommodation, meals, guide and porter fees, and transportation. It does not typically cover international airfare or personal expenses.

Is it possible to trek solo?

While solo trekking is possible, it’s recommended to trek with a guide or as part of a group for safety reasons. Guides provide support, navigation, and help with local regulations and permits.

Explore Most Informative Articles on Everest Base Camp Trek

Adventure travel in india- trek the himalayas.

Explore the diverse beauty of adventure travel in India with Trek the Himalayas. India offers a wide range of treks, from easy hikes for beginners to challenging high-altitude trails for experienced trekkers. Trek the Himalayas, one of the best trekking companies in India, provides customized trekking packages across Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, and more. Discover popular treks like Kedarkantha, Valley of Flowers, and Har Ki Dun, or challenge yourself with high-altitude treks like Everest Base Camp and Chadar Frozen River. For those seeking cultural experiences, explore treks like Markha Valley and Har Ki Dun for unique insights into local traditions. With 15 years of experience, Trek the Himalayas ensures an unforgettable trekking experience in India’s most stunning landscapes.

Post-Monsoon Treks - EBC Trek and Annapurna Circuit Trek

Nepal, renowned for its breathtaking landscapes and cultural richness, offers some of the world's most iconic trekking adventures. Among these, the Everest Base Camp Trek and the Annapurna Circuit Trek are standout journeys that attract adventurers globally. Post-monsoon, from September to November, these trails become veritable paradises. The Everest Base Camp Trek, known for its awe-inspiring views of Mount Everest and the surrounding peaks, and the Annapurna Circuit Trek, celebrated for its diverse scenery and vibrant local cultures, offer the best conditions for trekking during this season. Experience the splendor of Nepal's post-monsoon trekking season with these unparalleled adventures, where every step promises unforgettable views and experiences. For the best post-monsoon treks, the Everest Base Camp Trek and Annapurna Circuit Trek are unmatched choices.

Everest Base Camp Trek 2024 - Trekking in Nepal

In today’s evolving world, traditional education often falls short in teaching critical life skills. Experiential learning programs bridge this gap by emphasizing hands-on experiences and real-world challenges. Trek The Himalayas' Experiential Learning Blueprint offers diverse activities, from team-building to leadership development, cultivating teamwork, problem-solving, and resilience. Our program spans various age groups with a commitment to safety and excellence. A recent collaboration with Doon School took students on the Everest Base Camp Trek, blending adventure with education. This holistic program fosters mental health, creativity, and social skills, transforming students into well-rounded individuals. By harnessing the power of outdoor experiences, Trek The Himalayas enriches education and empowers students to embrace challenges, explore new horizons, and become future leaders.

Trekking in Nepal - Trek The Himalayas

Trekking in Nepal is a must for adventure seekers. With Trek The Himalayas, experience iconic routes like Everest Base Camp, Annapurna Base Camp, and Khopra Ridge. The diverse range of trails caters to all levels, from day hikes to multi-day treks. Popular routes include the Annapurna Circuit and Everest Base Camp. Challenges include steep, rocky trails and unpredictable weather, requiring acclimatization to high altitudes. Despite these, the rewards are immense: breathtaking Himalayan views, friendly locals, and a sense of accomplishment. Trekking in Nepal offers a unique way to connect with nature and culture. Add a trek to your Nepal itinerary for an unforgettable adventure. At Trek The Himalayas, we ensure a memorable experience with expert guidance and support throughout your journey. Whether you choose the challenging Everest Base Camp Trek or the moderate Annapurna Base Camp Trek, you'll witness the beauty of the Himalayas up close.

Best Summer Treks in India - Trek The Himalayas

Experience the thrill of summer with Trek The Himalayas’ exclusive offer on the best summer treks in India! Our curated summer treks provide a unique opportunity to uncover hidden gems in the mountains, offering stunning natural landscapes and exhilarating adventures. Whether you’re drawn to serene meadows, lush forests, or breathtaking mountain views, our treks are designed to fully immerse you in the beauty of the Himalayas. With our affordable trekking packages, you can embark on a memorable adventure without straining your budget. Take advantage of our special savings to explore some of the most picturesque trails and experience the joy of summer exploration. From tranquil alpine meadows to spectacular vistas, our treks promise to leave you with lasting memories and a deep appreciation for India’s majestic landscapes. Book now with Trek The Himalayas and enjoy an adventure that combines natural beauty, thrill, and affordability.

11 Best Himalayan Trek in Autumn 2024 – TTH

Discover the top 11 Himalayan treks with Trek The Himalayas this Autumn 2024, and explore India’s premier trekking destinations. Experience the lush meadows of the Dayara Bugyal Trek, the vibrant forests of the Deoriatal-Chopta-Chandrashila Trek, and the stunning summit views of Kedarkantha. Challenge yourself on the rugged trails of the Bali Pass Trek, immerse in the serene valleys of Har Ki Doon, and enjoy the majestic Kanchenjunga vistas on the Goechala Trek. Traverse the colorful forests of the Sandakphu Trek, walk the spiritual paths of the Gaumukh Tapovan Trek, and marvel at the alpine beauty of the Buran Ghati Pass Trek. The Rupin Pass Trek offers diverse scenery, while the Everest Base Camp Trek provides a legendary journey with breathtaking views of the world's highest peak. Autumn, with its clear skies, mild weather, and stunning landscapes, is the ideal time for these treks. Create unforgettable memories and embark on awe-inspiring adventures in the Himalayas with TTH.

Top 3 Treks in Nepal, Best Nepal Treks - Trek The Himalayas

Discover Nepal's best treks with Trek The Himalayas: Everest Base Camp, Annapurna Circuit, and Langtang Valley. Each trek offers a unique blend of breathtaking scenery and rich cultural experiences. The Everest Base Camp Trek provides unparalleled views of the world's highest peak, combined with a deep dive into Sherpa culture. The Annapurna Circuit offers diverse landscapes, from lush subtropical forests to high-altitude deserts, and the chance to experience the vibrant culture of local villages. The Langtang Valley Trek showcases stunning mountain views, serene forests, and traditional Tamang culture. Whether you're drawn by the challenge, the landscapes, or the cultural immersion, these treks promise unforgettable adventures in the heart of the Himalayas. Join us to explore Nepal's most iconic trekking routes and create lasting memories in these majestic mountains.

Trekking the Path to Everest Base Camp

Trek to Everest Base Camp with TTH and immerse yourself in one of the world’s most iconic high-altitude adventures. This unforgettable trek takes you through rugged landscapes, offering dramatic views of the Himalayas at every turn. As you make your way through traditional Sherpa villages and lush, forested paths, you'll experience the vibrant culture and rich heritage of the region. The journey to Everest Base Camp is not just a physical challenge but a profound exploration of nature and culture. The trek reveals breathtaking vistas of towering peaks, including the mighty Everest itself, and traverses high-altitude terrain that showcases the stark beauty of the Himalayas. Each day presents a new perspective on the grandeur of the world’s highest mountains, culminating in the awe-inspiring view from Base Camp. Join us for this epic journey and create memories of a lifetime as you stand in the shadow of Everest and embrace the adventure of a lifetime with Trek The Himalayas.

Best Post Monsoon Treks 2024 - Autumns Treks | Trek The Himalayas

Experience the best post-monsoon treks of 2024 with Trek The Himalayas and embrace the autumn beauty of the Himalayas. As the monsoon rains recede, the landscapes transform into a lush paradise, offering crystal-clear skies and vibrant colors. Our top picks for autumn treks include the Valley of Flowers Trek, where you'll wander through meadows adorned with a dazzling array of wildflowers. The Hampta Pass Trek provides stunning contrasts between lush valleys and stark alpine scenery, while the Kedarkantha Trek offers panoramic mountain views and a serene, snow-dusted landscape. These treks are perfectly timed for optimal weather, ensuring an unforgettable adventure amidst the refreshed, pristine beauty of the Himalayas. Join us for an exceptional post-monsoon journey and discover the Himalayas in their most captivating autumn splendor!

Countdown of the top autumn treks, Kashmir season commences and much more

Countdown to India's top autumn treks as the Kashmir season commences and more! This season offers a spectacular array of trekking experiences across varying difficulty levels, showcasing some of the most stunning landscapes in the Himalayas. From leisurely hikes to challenging trails, each trek provides a unique opportunity to immerse yourself in the vibrant fall colors and serene mountain vistas. Whether you're seeking an easy trek to enjoy the crisp autumn air or a more strenuous adventure to test your limits, our curated list of treks has something for everyone. Join Trek The Himalayas for an unforgettable autumn adventure, where breathtaking views and thrilling trails await. Experience the beauty of the Himalayas in its autumn splendor and create lasting memories on these extraordinary journeys.

• Date and Price

Rent A Gear

Trek Articles

Quick Links

Trekking & Hiking

Mountaineering

Multi Sports

Himalayan Pilgrimage

Website Privacy

Terms & Condition

Contact Info

Get in touch with us. E-mail us Monday-Saturday (10 AM to 6 PM)

Address: Trek The Himalayas 7/2/1, Convent road, Near SBI Main Branch Dehradun-248001,Uttarakhand

Phone: 8191004846

Email: [email protected]

2024 Trek The Himalayas. All rights reserved

• Classic EBC Trek
• EBC + Gokyo Trek
• Jiri to EBC
• 3 Passes Trek to EBC
• Island Peak and EBC
• Acclimatisation
• Packing List
• Get a Trek Quote

Start planning your Everest base camp trek

We help adventure-seekers plan and book their dream trek to EBC

Welcome to EBC Trek Guide

Reaching Everest Base Camp has become the goal of thousands of avid trekkers the world over. There is a sense of grandeur that comes with trekking through an area considered a Mecca for climbing and mountain enthusiasts.

This website is the most comprehensive online guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek. On it you will find all the information you need to trek safely and successfully in the region.

On this page we provide a general overview to the Everest Base Camp Trek, along with many links to further reading on topics like: Altitude Sickness, Packing Lists, Route Variations and many FAQs!

Plan your EBC Trek

Get a quote from our recommended local EBC trek operator

Everest Base Camp Trek FAQ

What makes the everest base camp hike special.

The iconic Everest Base Camp Trek leads you through the Khumbu Valley, allowing you to experience the immense beauty of the surrounding  Sagarmatha National Park  while simultaneously providing breath-taking vistas of 4 of the 6 highest peaks in the world – My. Everest (8.848m), Mt. Lhotse (8,516 meters), Mt. Makalu (8,470 meters) and Cho Oyu (8,201 meters).

The classic trek retraces the footsteps of Sir Edmund Hillary, Tenzing Norgay and the countless other early pioneers of Mount Everest as you trek from Lukla to the Base Camp.

As a  teahouse trek  you will stay in some of the highest villages in the world as you explore the local culture and traditions of the native Sherpas by learning about their spiritual connection with the mountains.

On the trek you will have the chance to ascend  Kala Patthar , reaching an altitude of 5,500m and witness awe-inspiring views of Mount Everest.

You will also have the chance to explore the various Buddhist monasteries dotted along the trail and learn about a culture steeped in history and tradition, inextricably linked to the very mountains on which you have unforgettable views.

Below we have provided a brief overview of the classic route itinerary, with regional and trekking maps. We have also answered some of the most frequently asked questions on the logistics of the trek, permits, tour guides, weather, insurance, cost, difficulty and what to pack.

Where is the Everest base camp trek located?

All treks in the Everest region are located within the orange rectangle on the map below. The block represents the Everest or Khumbu region of Nepal and shows its location in relation to Kathmandu, where flights to and from Nepal arrive and depart.

The starting point of the Everest Base Camp Trek,  Lukla , is also visible on the map. Other variations of the trek which don’t involve flying to Lukla generally start at Jiri – you can read more about this route variation  here .

What is the best Everest region map?

There are many great trekking maps for the Everest Region. Some take in the Gokyo region, whereas others cover Jiri and further Southern and Western aspects of the region.

We recommend Nepa Maps .

What is the best Everest guidebook?

We recommended taking a detailed guidebook with you on the trek. 

The Lonely Planet Trekking in Nepal Himalaya guidebook is updated regularly and is a well-known, trusted resource used by many trekkers worldwide.

The guide is very detailed and contains information for many treks, meaning you can use it more than once!

How high is Everest base camp?

Everest base camp is 5,364 metres (17,598 ft) high. The graph below shows the altitude profile for the classic Everest Base Camp trek. The order of the names on the horizontal axis shows the typical progression of the hike with the major stops on the way. The graph makes it easier to see the gradual ascent and more rapid descent of the trek.

The highest point on the EBC hike is Kala Patthar at 5,554 meters.

What is the day-to-day itinerary on the Mt Everest base camp hike?

The classic Everest Base Camp Trek starts in Lukla and leads you through the Khumbu Valley to the Everest Base Camp situated on the south-side of Mount Everest.

Most trekker’s adventures, however, begin in Kathmandu where the international airport for Nepal is located. From there it is a short, yet  unforgettable flight into Lukla  from where you will start the actual trekking (try get a seat on the left hand side of the plane for best first views of the Himalaya).

The entire journey including the trek typically lasts between 14 and 16 days, with 12 days on the trail. Of these 12 days, 2/3 will be spent acclimatising to the high altitude, so 9-10 days of actual trekking can be expected.

For those who don’t want to start their trek by flying into Lukla Airport, the  Jiri to Everest Base Camp Trek  variation provides a unique alternative. This trek starts with a bus ride from Kathmandu to Jiri from where the trekking starts. Because Jiri is considerably further away than Lukla, this variation will add around 5 days onto the trek.

Here is a standard itinerary for a 14-day Everest Base Camp Trek experience.

Day 1: Arrive in Kathmandu 

If you have organised a trip with a tour operator they will usually provide airport transfers, otherwise there are loads of taxis available at the airport. Top tip: make sure to agree a price before getting in the taxi. Meters are sometimes used, but rare. We recommend staying in Thamel (which is about 15 minute drive from Kathmandu airport). There are many hotels in Thamel, Kathmandu, with varying degrees of hospitality.

Vibrant streets of Thamel, Kathmandu

Day 2: Fly Kathmandu to Lukla. Trek to Phadking

Weather permitting you will fly from Kathmandu International Airport to Lukla in the morning. Flights to Lukla are prone to delay due to weather. We recommend building as much flexibility into your itinerary to cater for delays (i.e. having a day or two spare after the trek).

If trekking with a tour operator they will have arranged your flight, otherwise you can purchase tickets at the airport for around US$250-$300 return. If you are taking a guide the cost of his flight with be charged at a local rate of about $100 return.

Expect a nerve-racking flight into the famous Lukla Airport that provides great views of the region and of Everest – try to get a seat on the left side of the plane. Once landed, you will start the trek to the village of Phadking – on the way you will pass incredible boulders, carved with Buddhist prayers.

Day 3: Trek from Phadking to Namche Bazaar

This day will be spent trekking from Phadking through Mojo, ending up in Namche Bazaar. Some people cut this day short by stopping in Mojo (if you do the Mount Kailash Teahouse is great, and offers hot showers!).

You will enter the Sagarmatha National Park (a UNESCO World Heritage Site) on this day. You will have plenty of time spent in Namche Bazaar – a small Sherpa market town, with countless sightseeing opportunities including the potential to catch your first glimpse of Everest.

Sign with rules about entering Sagamartha National Park

Day 4: Acclimatization day in Namche Bazaar

At close to 3,500m, Namche Bazaar acts as an important acclimatization stop while doubling up as an opportunity to explore the village and surrounding areas. If it happens to be a Saturday, be sure to check out the market. Most tour guides will take you on a short acclimatization trek to the Everest View Hotel.

If it’s a clear day you should be able to snap some awesome pics of Ama Dablam in the foreground, and Mount Everest in the background. The hotel also provides WiFi at a cost so if you’re looking to call back home or just to connect, bring your device with you. For more information on internet on the trek, check out our detailed article .

Namche Bazaar

Day 5: Trek from Namche Bazaar to Tengboche

The day is spent trekking from Namche Bazaar to Tengboche, the home of the Tengboche Monastery – the largest in the region.

Some variations will take you through the ancient Tibet-Nepal trading route over the Nanpa La pass to Thami.

Day 6: Trek from Tengboche to Periche

The next stop on the trek is Pheriche – the home of the Himalaya Rescue Association . The route takes you through Phangboche, which offers amazing views of Ama Dablam towering above you.

Day 7: Acclimitization Day. Potentially Trek from Pheriche to Dingboche

Pheriche is usually used as a stop for the second acclimatization day. There are various activities to do in the area. Tshola Tsho Lake is a popular destination for trekkers stopping in Pheriche.

Your tour guide might even take you to the nearby village of Dingboche where you will be able to see great views of Lhotse and Island Peak to the east. Dingboche is used as the start to the  variation trek to Island Peak .

Day 8: Trek from Pheriche to Lobuche  

This day is long and is spent climbing over 600m from Pheriche to Lobuche. On the way, you will pass the well-known Khumbu Glacier as well as various memorials to those Sherpas and climbers who have died on Everest.

You will be able to see Scott Fischer’s memorial here. You will also see Lobuche East (make sure to use the zoom on your camera or if you have binoculars to try see any climbers on the peak)

Scott Fischer's memorial

Day 9: Hike from Lobuche to Gorak Shep

Hike from Lobuche to Gorak Shep, the highest permanently inhabited village in the world. Here, you will rest for a while and have something to eat before climbing further to the Everest Base Camp.

The trekker stop point is just before the actual base camp.

Most tour groups are not allowed to enter or stay in Everest Base Camp so take the chance to experience the buzz and excitement of the climbing groups is often limited.

After getting your iconic picture taken at EBC you will descend back to Gorak Shep where you will stay for the night.

Day 10: Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar, then onto Dingboche

Another day of steep trekking allows you to reach Kala Patthar – the highest point on the trek at just over 5,500m. Its location and height result in the best views of Everest, Nuptse and Lhotse in the area. Just hope that the weather is kind to you on this day as it is one of the highlights of the whole trek.

That same day you will descend over 1,000m down to Dingboche where you will spend the night.

View from Kala Patthar with EBC, the Khumbu Glacier, Nuptse and Mount Everest in the background

Day 11: Hike back to Namche Bazaar from Dingboche

Descend back to Namche Bazaar via Tengboche. Keep your camera on you as you pass through the rhododendron covered slopes – making for a great photo.

Day 12: Hike from Namche Bazaar to Lukla

Return all the way back to Lukla with a long day of hiking. Your last night on the mountain will be spent celebrating in Lukla.

Day 13 and 14: Fly back from Lukla to Kathmandu

Catch the return flight from Lukla to Kathmandu in the morning. Onward travel back home our to your next destination!

More Everest Base Camp hike FAQs

How much does it cost to trek to everest base camp.

You can trek to Mt Everest base camp for as little as $700 if you go solo without a guide. Guided tours that often include return flights to Kathmandu cost around $1000-1300 per person depending on the operator. For a detailed breakdown of costs, see our article on the cost of the Everest Base Camp Trek .

Can you trek to Everest Base Camp independently or without a guide / support?

Yes, but it is only advised for trekkers that have experience of high altitude multi-day trekking, and are comfortable carry 15-20kg a day.

Trekking independently is the cheapest option because you forgo any of the amenities and expertise that is typically offered with a guided trek. You will have to arrange your own domestic flights to and from Lukla airport, and arrange accommodation for each stop in the trek.

If you are comfortable organising the logistics of the trek, then this might be an option for you.

Should I join a guided EBC trek / group?

If this is one of your first high altitude trekking experiences then we recommend using a tour operator and joining a guided group. The typical package will include domestic flights, transport to and from the airport, accommodation for every overnight stop, all permits and passes, porters to carry your luggage and of course the expertise of a guide who will provide you with an insight into the region.

Local tour operators are abundant and often cheaper than western operators, but their level of service will be reflected in their price. Hygiene and ethical standards of some of these operators is also questionable. Prices range from £600 ($750) to £1200 ($1500). To book with one of my vetted local operators, check out our booking platform, Skyhook .

Western tour operators will provide a much more consistent service. Without cutting prices, they offer affordable yet comfortable accommodation and will employ the best guides in the region who will be able to converse in English. Prices range from £1200 ($1500) to £2500 ($3200).

When is the best time to hike to Everest Base Camp?

Contrary to what you might think, the best time to go on the Everest Base Camp trek is not during the height of summer. The spring months of February through May is widely considered the peak season or best time to hike to Everest base camp. This is also the time when the region is at its busiest.

Weather during these months is stable and dry – perfect for trekking and for sightseeing. The lower mountains and foothills are most colourful during this time as well, so you can expect verdant fields and hillsides covered in rhododendrons.

September and October is another popular trekking period on the other side of summer that tends to be a little less busy. Another way to avoid the hustle and bustle of peak season is to try some of the trek variations such as the Gokyo Lakes hike .

Trekking in the winter months (November-January) is still possible, but be prepared for temperatures below freezing. Peak summer is known as monsoon season, characterised by short, sharp downpours. The trails are very wet and trekking during these months is not advised.

Read our detailed article on the  best time to trek to Everest Base Camp .

How difficult is the Everest Base Camp Trek?

Contrary to popular belief, Everest Base Camp trek is not very difficult. It requires no prior trekking experience or mountaineering skills of any sort. We have seen people from all walks of life, shapes and sizes completing the trek.

The round-trip length of the trek is 130km, which is spread over just short of two weeks of trekking. Expect to cover around 15km over 5/6 hours of trekking each day – a very achievable number. The hardest part of the trek is the altitude and the effect that it can have on your body.

All good tour operators will factor in acclimatisation days into their itinerary and will aim for a gradual pace of ascent that will ensure your body slowly gets used to the altitude.

We recommend undertaking a gym training programme and practice hikes 6-8 weeks prior to embarking on the trek. Read up more on the  difficulty of the EBC trek  and  how to train for the EBC trek .

Do I need a visa or permit for the EBC Trek?

Yes. If you are a national of a country other than India, you will need to purchase a visa. The 15-day multi entry visa starts at $25 and the 30-day visa goes for $40. The usual guided trek lasts around 15 days, but there is always the possibility of travel delay so we recommending opting for the 30-day visa for a slightly higher price.

You will need a Trekkers Information Management System card (TIMS) as well as a Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit. Tour operators will include both in their price and will obtain them for you beforehand. If you plan to trek independently, however, you will need $20 for the TIMS card and roughly $40 for the Sagarmatha entry permit.

Make sure you bring at least four passport sized photos in case they are needed for permits.

Will I get altitude sickness on the trek to Mt Everest base camp?

Most people who follow the standard route itinerary, take a gradual ascent with acclimatisation days built in and monitor their symptoms will not suffer from any sort of altitude sickness.

That being said, altitude sickness is not correlated to age or fitness and can affect some people worse than others.

Because it is a potential risk, you must read up about  acclimatisation and altitude sickness  so that you understand the symptoms and how to prevent them.

What should I pack for the Mt Everest trek?

Condensing a packing list into one short answer is impossible, so we have compiled a very  detailed and comprehensive EBC Packing List guide  to help you plan and pack for the trek.

It is possible to buy most gear in Kathmandu, but we recommend bringing all the important stuff with you from home. Read our guide for recommendations on what to bring, which brands are trusted as well as items you won’t need during the trek.

What insurance do I need for EBC?

You will need to take out insurance that will cover you for hiking up to altitudes of 6,000m.

Typical travel insurance will not cover this so we have compiled an article that will help you find the right insurance policy that adequately covers delays, accidents and altitude related illness.

World Nomads provide insurance for treks to Everest Base Camp.

Read our detailed guide on  travel insurance for the Everest Base Camp Trek .

EBC Trek Route Variations

There are a number of route variations for the trek to Everest Base Camp. Below we briefly discuss the three most popular options.

Gokyo Lakes Trek

One of the more popular variations of the Everest Base Camp Trek, the Gokyo Lakes Trek , also starts at Lukla and follows the classic base camp trek to Namche Bazaar where it forks north-west.

The trek proceeds through the towns of Dole and Machermo before reaching the stunning Gokyo Lakes. From there you can ascend to the peak of Gokyo Ri in the north, before crossing the Ngozumba glacier and Cho La Pass and re-joining the classic trek at Lobuche.

The detour adds 2/3 days onto the trek but provides the wonderful opportunity to summit a peak while also avoiding some of the busier parts of the trek.

Jiri To Everest Base Camp

This variation of the classic trek offers an alternative to flying into Lukla from Kathmandu to start the trek. The  Jiri variation  starts with an 8-hour bus ride from Kathmandu to Jiri, where the trek begins.

The variation adds an extra 5/6 days onto the trip as you trek through the Solukhumbu region and make your way past Lukla, where the trek then follows the same route as the classic Everest Base Camp Trek.

It involves a scenic, yet long, bus ride as well as a lot more exposure to the Tibetan and Sherpa cultures. Expect to trek through more forests and streams as you start at the relatively low altitude of 1,800m and work your way up to Lukla and beyond.

Three Passes Trek

The  Three Passes Trek  is a tougher variation than the classic Everest Base Camp Trek because it involves crossing three very high passes as well as summiting some walking peaks which are not included on the classic trek.

The variation starts by following the classic trek from Lukla to Namche Bazaar before veering west towards Thame and the remote Nangpa Valley. The first of the three passes encountered is the Renjo La, where you will be afforded magnificent views of Everest before descending to the idyllic Gokyo lakes.

The next pass, Cho La, involves walking up a fairly steep and icy trail before reaching a small glacier at the top. From here, you descend and re-join the main base camp trek where you summit Kala Patthar – the iconic viewpoint. You continue onto base camp itself before descending to Lobuche.

You then head east over the third pass of Kongma La and continue onwards to summit the third peak of Chukking Ri. Once again you will have amazing views of the surrounding peaks that you would not get to see on the classic trek. The circuit is completed by returning to Lukla through the main Everest trail.

Island Peak Climb via EBC

Island Peak  is not so much a variation as it is an expedition in it’s own right. Summiting Island Peak is significantly harder than the trekking any of the routes mentioned above, but it does usually involve a visit to Everest Base Camp to acclimatise before the summit attempt. The climb to the peak is not considered technical although it still requires basic knowledge of jumaring, abseiling,  using crampons and ice axes. Standing at just under 6,200m, altitude is a real factor.

Most climbers of Island Peak use the traditional base camp trek as a means of acclimatising before heading to the Island Peak Base Camp via Dingboche on the main trail, or by traversing the Chongma La pass. Summiting from the base camp typically takes two days and the whole variation will add around 4 days onto the classic EBC trek.

Recent EBC Blog Posts

Coronavirus pandemic: can i still hike to everest base camp (covid 19 update), mount everest deaths rise due to overcrowding, everest base camp trek packing list – exactly what you need to bring, dj paul oakenfold plays gig at everest base camp, food on the everest base camp trek, teahouses on the everest base camp trek.

References:  EBC Trek Guide is maintained by a group of passionate Nepal guides and independent trekkers, many of whom live in Kathmandu and are experts on the trekking trails to Everest and throughout the region. Much of the site is based off personal experiences which are then cross-referenced with secondary sources like trail and travel guides (i.e. Trailblazer,  Lonely Planet ), and third party websites. If you find any inaccuracies on the site please contact us.

Tags: Everest Base Camp Trek, Trekking to Everest Base Camp, EBC Trek

Get my recommendations on the Best EBC trek operators

• Best Hikes In The World
• Appalachian Trail
• European Hikes
• Nepal Hikes
• Patagonia Hikes
• See All Hikes
• Mount Kenya
• Mount Kilimanjaro
• Mount Toubkal
• See All Mountains
• South Africa
• New Zealand
• Switzerland
• United Kingdom
• Packing Lists

Everest Base Camp Trek – Nepal’s Most Famous Trek

Asia , Nepal

The Everest Base Camp Trek is one of the most popular and best treks in Nepal .

Home to four of the six highest mountains in the world – Mt. Everest (8,848 meters), Mt. Lhotse (8,516 meters), Mt. Makalu (8,470 meters) and Cho Oyu (8,201 meters) – the Everest (or Khumbu) region affords trekkers the opportunity to hike in one of the grandest and most awe-inspiring trekking areas in the world. 

Trekkers get to retrace the footsteps taken by Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay on their historic Everest expedition in 1953.

On this page, you will find a comprehensive and impartial guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek.

Everest Base Camp Trek

Ebc hike overview.

In this detailed Everest Base Camp trek article, you will find information on the typical route and its variations; a day-by-day itinerary breakdown of the trek; practical information on accommodation, meals, permits, equipment and insurance; as well as guidance on the best time to trek Everest Base Camp.

Key Highlights

Highlights on the trek include: unforgettable mountain views from Kala Patther , including Mt. Everest; the chance to see the famous Everest region Sherpas and Sherpa town – Namche Bazaar; sightseeing in the Sagarmatha National Park – a World Heritage Site; glimpses of the highest Buddhist monasteries in the world; and a sneak preview into the inner workings of the base camp to the world’s highest mountain.

Everest Regional Map

The Everest Base Camp trek is situated in the Everest, or Khumbu region of Nepal (see map below). It is the most popular trek in the region, if not the country.

EBC Recommended Map

This map is one of the better representational schematics of the Everest Base Camp trail (we believe it is from GlobeTrekker but can’t be certain as there are many maps scattered across Google Images).

The map above shows the classic Everest Base Camp trek running up from Lukla to Namche Bazaar and then veering North-east up to Periche / Dingboche. From Dingboche / Periche the trail turns North-west to Lobuche before heading north gain to Gorak Shep. From here Everest Base Camp can be seen to the East and Kala Patthar in the North-west.

The map also shows the route to Island Peak in the East, via Dingboche and Chhukung, and the Gokyo Lakes in the West.

Please Note:  The above recommended map is not to scale and should not be used as an accurate representation of the Everest Base Camp trek route. We provide links below to excellent maps of the Everest region.

EBC Trek Itinerary

Most trekkers fly from Kathmandu to Lukla Airport to begin their Everest Base Camp trek. The ‘classic’ or typical route follows straight up the Khumba Valley and through the Sagarmatha National Park to Everest Base Camp.

Variations via Gokyo Lakes or Chhukhung Valley are also popular (see the variations section below).

The typical Everest Base Camp trek duration is between 14-16 days (including transfers between Kathmandu and Lukla). The trek itself (excluding sightseeing in Kathmandu and transfers) usually lasts about 12 days with acclimatisation days at Namche Bazaar and Pheriche.

Here is a brief overview of a typical itinerary on an EBC trek, with approximate trekking times and altitudes.

Day 1: Arrive Kathmandu

Arrive in Kathmandu. Rest and tour Kathmandu (often your tour operator will have pre-organised tours around Kathmandu).

See more in our guide on things to do in Kathmandu . 

Day 2: Fly Kathmandu to Lukla. Trek to Phakding

Fly from Kathmandu to Lukla (expect a slightly scary landing at Lukla but rest assured the pilots are very experienced!). Weather can sometimes be a problem, so delays are common.

The flights afford great views of the Everest region, so have your camera ready. Try to sit on the right side of the plane to see Mt Everest. Upon arrival you will be transported to the trailhead and take a relatively easy trek from Lukla (2,800 meters) to Phakding (2,652 meters).

Namche Bazaar, Khumbu District

Day 3: Trek from Phakding to Namche Bazaar

Phakding (2,652 meters) to Namche Bazaar (3,440 meters) via Monjo (2,840 meters) and the beginning of Sagarmatha National Park. Weather permitting you might get your first glimpses of Mt Everest from the steep trail to Namche.

Day 4: Acclimatisation in Namche

This is usually a rest acclimatisation day in Namche (3,440 meters). If you are lucky enough to be in Namche on a Saturday, then make sure to visit the weekly market. Most operators will encourage you to take an acclimatisation trek to the Everest View Hotel (3,880 meters) where you can have lunch and capture views of Mt. Everest.

Day 5: Trek from Namche to Tengboche

Trek from Namche (3,440 meters) to Tengboche – also written Thyangboche (3,860 meters), home to the largest gompo (a Buddhist ecclesiastical fortification of learning). The trek is an undulating one which provides great views of   beautiful mountains including Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse and Ama Dablam. Some treks go via Thame to visit the Thame Monastery, before continuing to Tengboche.

Day 6: Trek from Tengboche to Periche

Trek from Tengboche (3,860 meters) to Periche (4,280 meters) via the town of Pangboche. The Himalaya Rescue Association are based here, and it is well worth visiting them if your operator hasn’t already organised a tour.

Day 7: Acclimatisation day in Periche

Periche (4,280 meters) is usually used as the location for your second rest and acclimatisation day. Depending on your operator you will likely visit the Tshola Tsho Lake and then take a short trek towards Dingboche (4,360 meters) where you will get great views of the south face of Mt. Lhotse and Island Peak.

Day 8: Trek from Periche to Lobuche

A fairly long and steep trek from Periche (4,280 meters) to Lobuche (4,940 meters) via the Khumbu Glacier. You will see Sherpa Memorials built of stone cairns in remembrance to the many Sherpas and climbers that have died climbing Everest.

Day 9: Trek from Lobuche to Gorak Shep

Trek from Lobuche (4,940 meters) to Gorak Shep (5,170 meters) where you will have lunch and then onto Everest Base Camp (5,364 meters).

Most treks are not allowed to stay at Everest Base Camp without specific permission. The rules and regulations have changed around this issue over recent years, so it is worthwhile checking with your tour operator. 

Visits to the icefall require mountaineering permits and are usually not part of a standard Everest Base Camp trek. After visiting Everest Base Camp you will return to Gorak Shep for the night.

Kala Patthar

Day 10: Trek from Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar and EBC (Return to Dingboche)

A trek from Gorak Shep (5,170 meters) up the steep slopes to Kala Patthar (5,554 meters), a peak west of the Everest Base Camp which affords the best views of Mt. Everest, Nuptse Nup II and Changtse; as well as the northern flank and summit of Lhotse. You will leave Gorak Shep early to reach Kala Patther before the clouds roll in.

On a typical Everest Base Camp trek, Kala Patthar will be the highest altitude you will reach. It is also home to the worlds highest webcam – Mount Everest Webcam. From Kala Patthar, you then descend all the way back to Dingboche (4,360 meters). 

Day 11: Trek from Dingboche to Namche

Trek from Dingboche (4,360 meters) to Namche (3,440 meters) via the rhododendron forests around Tengboche.

Day 12: Trek from Namche to Lukla

Trek from Namche (3,440 meters) all the way back to Lukla (2,800 meters) – a long and tiring walk to finish what is an incredible Himalaya trek.

Day 13: Fly from Lukla to Kathmandu

Fly from Lukla to Kathmandu. 

EBC Route Altitude Profile

Above is an altitude profile chart for a typical Everest Base Camp hike. The highest peak is Kala Patthar, at a staggering altitude of 5,554m. 

Everest Route Variations

Below are typical route variations for the Everest BC hike. 

Gokyo-Ri glacier

Gokyo Lakes

The Gokyo Lakes or Gokyo Ri Trek is a fantastic variation on the Everest Base Trek. The route begins in Lukla and follows the traditional EBC trek itinerary for the first three days up to Namche Bazaar. Here it veers off to the North-west via the towns of Dole and Machemo, up to the stunningly beautiful Gokyo Lakes . The trail then ascends Gokyo Ri (5,483 meters) and traverses Cho La Pass (5,420 meters) before joining back up with the classic base camp trek at Lobuche.

The variation adds 2-3 days to an average Everest Base Camp trek but provides an excellent opportunity to avoid the crowds on the busy everest trail, as well as gives one the opportunity to trek up and down on different routes.

Chhukhung Valley

The Chhukhung Valley sits east of Dingboche and provides an alternative and longer passage to Lobuche than the traditional Everest Base Camp trail. Trekkers stay a night in Chhukhung (4,730 meters) before returning to Lobuche via Kongma La Pass (5,535 meters), an epic Himalayan pass .

Island Peak headwall

Island Peak

Island Peak is one of Nepal’s 33 trekking peaks. Standing at 6,189 meters, Island Peak is a real challenge in terms of altitude, but only requires beginner level climbing skills (you will need to be comfortable with ice axes and crampons though). Most climbers use the traditional Everest Base Camp trek to acclimatise for Island Peak. 

Returning from Everest Base Camp, you can either trek to Cchukhung via Dingboche from Lobuche or veer South-east from Lobuche traversing the Kongma La Pass to Cchukhung (4,730 meters). From here you can trek to Island Peak Base Camp (5,120 meters) in preparation for their trek / climb up to Island Peaks summit. The summit typically takes 2 days and the total trip, including Everest Base Camo, between 18-20 days.

Everest Base Camp Trek FAQ

How much does the ebc trek cost.

Like many treks in Nepal, there are three ways you can plan your Everest Base Camp trek. See more in our guide on a detailed breakdown on the cost of an Everest Base Trek . 

Below are four options for Everest Base Camp treks and their estimated costs.  

Independent Trekking

Here you organise your trek. You will need to get yourself from Kathmandu to Lukla (a flight is the fastest and easiest; there are buses but these are rather unpleasant). You can employ the services of a porter or guide in Lukla or indeed in Namche, but it is important to note that as an independent trekker, it is illegal to use a guide or porter that is not licensed as a trekking agent through TAAN, or affiliated with a licensed trekking agent. You will need a Green TIMS card (costing NPR 2,000), money to buy food and water, a reliable and accurate map, and negotiations skills to book teahouse accommodation.

The estimated cost for an independent trek excluding flights is between $500-$800. 

Local Tour Operator 

There are many local tour operators in Kathmandu who organise guided Everest Base Camp treks. Generally local Nepal trekking companies are quite good. You will join a group of trekkers (up to 15 people) and have a team of porters, assistant guides and lead guides (who can speak English) of a similar size to the trekking group.

It is important to check that your local operator is a licensed trekking agent. We recommend shopping around and asking for recommendations from other trekkers. The cheap local operators tend to be the least reliable, often only providing tent accommodation or access to old and poorly run teahouses. Their ethical standards towards staff and the local environment may not be to the highest standard as well. 

The estimated cost for an Everest Base Camp trek organised by a local tour operator is between $800-$2,000.

Western Run / Operated Tours

There are many Western run companies that offer Everest Base Camp treks. Most of these Western companies have their own ground teams or strong relationships with the best local tour operators who they outsource their on-the-ground operation to, whilst managing the overall tour experience.

The best Western companies own their on-the-ground operations. Expect a well-run tour with either a Western guide or a very well-trained local guide who understands the subtle service nuances expected of a Western trekker. 

The estimated cost for an Everest Base Camp trek organised by a Western run tour operator is between $1,200-3,000.

Everest Climbing Expedition

A fourth option of joining an Everest climbing expedition is also possible. Major climbing operators like Adventure Consultants, Jagged Globe or Alpine Ascents usually offer Everest Base Camp trekking spaces on their Everest climbing expeditions. Securing a trekking space can be a little pricey but offers one an incredible insight into an Everest expedition as well as the chance to spend a night or two at Everest Base Camp.

If you think a base camp trek is expensive, wait till you hear how much it costs to Climb Mount Everest !

Are permits required for the EBC trek?

Yes, there are two permits you require for standard treks from Lukla to EBC. They are:

1. Trekkers Information Management System (TIMS Card)

TIMS cards are issued by the Tourism Agency Association of Nepal (TAAN). There are three different types:

• Organised TIMS Card (Blue in colour, USD 10). If you are trekking with an organised tour these will be arranged for you. You will need to provide your passport number and one passport photograph
• Individual TIMS Card (Green in colour, USD 20). If you are trekking independently (without support) you will need to get one of these TIMS cards from the Nepal Tourism Board in Kathmandu
• SAARC Country TIMS Card (Red in colour, USD 3). These cards are for nationals from the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation, i.e. India, Bhutan, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Maldives, Bangladesh and Afghanistan.

2. Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit  (USD 30 + 13% Govt. Tax)

The Sagarmatha National Park or Solukhumbu is the region through which the EBC trek runs. A National Park entry permit is required to enter Sagarmatha. Permits can be acquired at the first checkpoint along the route, north of Lukla called Monjo. The cost is US$30 + 13% tax for trekkers using a trek operator or agency, as well as for independent trekkers. Permits can also be acquired in Kathmandu, but we recommend getting it in Monjo as it is more straightforward.

For treks from Jiri to Everest Base Camp, there is another permit required called the Gaurishankar Conservation Area Project permit. It costs US$20 (no discount for independent trekkers or SAAEC nationals). The checkpoint is at at Shivalaya (just after Jiri). We recommend getting the permit in Kathmandu before departing as the cost is double if they have to issue the permit in Shivalaya.

As a rule of thumb, we recommend bringing at least 4 passport size photographs for all your permit requirements.

When is the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

The best time to trek Everest Base Camp is during the dry and warm months of September through November of March through late May / Early June.

The monsoon rains arrive in mid-late June and get into full swing for the months of July and August (as seen in the average rainfall map below). The route is really too wet for trekking and you would be better placed to explore treks in rain shadow areas like the Upper Manang, Mustang, Annapurna or Dolpo region.

December, January and early February are very cold. Treks run during these periods but be prepared for freezing temperatures and possible snow flurries. The upside is that the route is a lot quieter than in the peak seasons.

The chart shows average temperatures and rainfall in Nepal (data from 1960-1990 compliments of the Climate Change Knowledge Portal at the  World Bank ). 

Is altitude sickness a risk on the Everest Base Camp hike?

Yes, altitude sickness is a risk on the Everest Base Camp route. The trek takes one from a moderately high altitude, 2,800 meters in Lukla, to high altitude, over 5,300 meters at Everest Base Camp and over 5,500 meters at Kala Patthar. At these higher altitudes, the body needs to have acclimatised to the lower saturation of oxygen in the air in order to avoid the symptoms of altitude sickness (or what is sometimes referred to as Acute Mountain Sickness – AMS).

The good news is that a typical Everest Base Camp hike has a slow ascent profile which maximises the amount of time available to acclimatise. Nonetheless, every year 100s of people suffer altitude sickness symptoms and some need to cut their trek short due to more severe complications.

How difficult is the Everest Base Camp Trek?

The difficulty of the Everest Base Camp Trek is relatively low. It should be noted that the Everest Base Camp trek requires no climbing expertise and there are certainly no technical climbing sections. With determination and a basic fitness level, you should be able to trek the route. We have seen old and young, overweight and underweight complete the trek – all with a smile on their face!

With that being said, there are certainly some factors that should be considered prior to your trek, such as altitude, length and  training that will enable you to better understand what you are getting yourself into before deciding.

What gear do I need for the EBC Trek?

One of the most frequent questions that we get asked is what gear should be packed for an Everest Base Camp trek.

To make your life a lot easier we have written a very detailed  Everest Base Camp packing list  article. The list is fairly exhaustive but includes all the absolutely necessary items of clothing and  outdoor gear  that you should bring with you.

You will have the opportunity to either buy or rent gear in Kathmandu, Lukla or even in Namche Bazaar, but in general we recommend you bring with you the main items (i.e.  hiking daypack , hiking boots, warm down jacket, sleeping bag and  sleeping mat ,  trekking poles , appropriate trekking clothes, headgear and  headlamp and gloves etc.)

What travel insurance do I need for the EBC hike?

Trekking Everest Base Camp comes with obvious risks. We recommend you get travel and trekking insurance for all treks in Nepal .

On the Everest Base Camp route, you will reach a maximum altitude of 5,416 meters, so it is important you choose an insurance package that covers you up to that altitude.

Are there any recommended guidebooks for the Everest Base Camp Trek?

Absolutely. There are some great guidebooks and trekking maps to choose from when doing the Everest Base Camp Trek. 

The classic EBC trail itself is well-worn, but there are many smaller yak trails that can confuse people.

We recommend taking a detailed trekking map. The region is sparse, and it is possible to get lost in the many valleys that lie on either side of the main trail. The most recent Lonely Planet Trekking in the Nepal Himalaya provides the most up to date information and maps of the region.

Sian Pritchard-Jones and Bob Gibbons’s book: A Trekking Guide to Everest is also rather good.

For a more general guide to Nepal, you may want to check out the Nepal Lonely Planet Travel Guide .

Are there any other hikes in Nepal you would recommend? 

Yes, there are many other hikes in Nepal that I love.

Some of the most popular alternative Nepal trekking routes are the Annapurna Circuit Trek , the  Langtang Valley Trek  and the  Manaslu Circuit Trek . If you're looking for some easy Nepal hikes , then check out the Poon hill hike or the Royal hike . For short Nepal hiking routes see the Helambu hike , which is near Kathmandu. 

Continue browsing

See more information on  Nepal . Or check out these other Everest/Nepal articles:

• Best Climbing Mount Everest Tips
• Food on the Everest hike
• Internet Access on EBC hike
• Everest Base Camp Trek Deaths and Statistics
• Best Places to Visit in Nepal
• What to Expect in Nepal Tea Houses

About the author 

Mark Whitman

Mark has trekked extensively in Asia, Europe, South America and Africa. He founded Mountain IQ in 2014 with the sole aim to be the best online information portal to some of the most popular mountain destinations around the world. When not writing for Mountain IQ, Mark is out exploring the outdoors with his wife!

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked

Nice article. Full of true information and very supportive for new trekkers.

We work with local guides to offer great value adventures at unbeatable prices

• Best Time to Visit
• Weather & Climate
• Kathmandu Airport Guide
• Top Destinations in Nepal
• One Week in Nepal
• Tipping Guide
• Getting Around
• Top Things to Do in Nepal
• Complete Guide to Kathmandu
• Top Things to Do in Kathmandu
• Top Things to Do in Pokhara
• Sacred Sites
• Amazing Festivals
• Top National Parks
• Must-Try Food
• Annapurna Circuit
• Manaslu Circuit
• Himalaya Trail
• Facts About Mt. Everest
• Trek to Everest Base Camp
• Search Please fill out this field.
• Newsletters
• Destinations

Everything You Need to Know About Trekking to Everest Base Camp

Jason Maehl / Getty Images

Trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal's Sagarmatha National Park is the adventure of a lifetime. Although actually climbing Mount Everest is out of reach for many of us, anyone with enough grit and good enough fitness can reach EBC and the Khumbu Icefall, the starting point for climbing Mount Everest. (You’ll need an $11,000 permit and some serious equipment to go any higher from there!)

The Himalayan scenery here is unrivaled on earth. Snowy sentinels will witness your struggle toward the top of the world , while stupas, prayer flags, and Sanskrit tablets will remind you of the spiritual significance of the area. Sadly, the numerous memorials to hikers who perished along the trail underscore the seriousness of your undertaking.

You’ll battle freezing cold, thin air, weather changes, and your own body as you ascend. Once at Everest Base Camp, you won’t even get to see the famous mountain itself unless you take a day to climb Kala Patthar (18,519 feet), an adjacent prominence that affords views of the “Holy Mother” when weather permits.

Read on for our complete guide to the Everest Base Camp trek, with information on what to pack, when to go, EBC tours, and more. Note that we’ll only cover getting to South Base Camp in Nepal, not North Base Camp in Tibet .

What to Expect

Trekking to Everest Base Camp involves hiking between lodges (or “teahouses”) found in villages along the trail. Some days may only consist of four hours or so of uphill trekking, depending on how much elevation is gained that day. Sometimes, you’ll have the option of pushing on to another village higher up—but no matter what, you will never gain more than 1,312 feet (500 meters) in a day.

Once above the tree line, the common rooms in your lodges will invariably be heated by yak dung-burning stoves. Weary hikers will hang around these stoves, warming themselves and socializing before retiring early to their unheated rooms. The shared toilets are sometimes located in snowy outhouses.

The village of Namche Bazaar (11,290 feet) is considered the last fully “civilized” stop on the trek to Everest Base Camp. Here, trekkers can enjoy treats from a German bakery while watching screened documentaries. You’ll find last-minute gear and souvenirs for sale along with the last ATM on the trail. You can even indulge at the “highest Irish pub in the world” on your way down after a successful trek!

When's the Best Time to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The best time for trekking to Everest Base Camp is in either spring (March to May) or fall (September to November). If you want to see the camp in full form with climbers, support teams, and film crews, you’ll need to time your trip with spring climbing season, usually late April or early May. This is also the busiest time to be in Nepal .

For less traffic on the trails, consider making your trek to Everest Base Camp in September or October. Unfortunately, this means hiking in cooler weather with even less daylight than usual.

Avoid making the trek during monsoon season in summer. Humidity reduces beautiful views at lower elevations, and snowfall closes trails at higher elevation.

Adisorn Fineday Chutikunakorn / Getty Images

Should I Book a Tour or Go Independently?

There are three options for completing a trek to Everest Base Camp:

• Book a group tour and have all arrangements made for you.
• Make the trek to Everest Base Camp independently .
• Arrive in Nepal, then hire a guide and/or porter yourself.

No matter which option you choose, try to spend an additional day at Namche Bazaar. The extra time at 11,290 feet reduces some of the effects of elevation later; you’ll enjoy a better overall trekking experience and suffer less. The extra day isn’t “wasted”—many day hikes around Namche Bazaar provide beautiful views while giving your body time to adjust. Your chances of successfully reaching Base Camp vastly improve if you spend more time at Namche Bazaar.

Everest Base Camp Tours

Although the most expensive option by far, having everything organized before you arrive provides peace of mind. You’ll be taken care of all along the way, with access to better safety measures such as supplemental oxygen. Bigger companies use yaks to take your gear ahead; you’ll find it waiting for you in your teahouse room at the end of each hiking day.

You can book an Everest Base Camp tour online from home, or if time permits, do so after arriving in Kathmandu . Booking on the ground through a Nepalese agency saves money and better helps the local economy. You’ll find trekking agencies on every corner in Thamel, but unfortunately, not all are reliable. Choose a reputable agency that’s a member of the Trekking Agencies’ Association of Nepal . You can see in the member directory how long an agency has been in operation, and hopefully, make a better informed decision.

Independent Trekking

First, independently trekking to Everest Base Camp doesn’t necessarily mean solo trekking. Trekking alone in the Himalayas is dangerous no matter your experience level. A simple slip or unexpected weather change could keep you from reaching the next teahouse before temperatures plummet at night.

Independent trekkers can save a lot of money by foregoing organized tours and simply teaming up with other trekkers they meet along the way. (Everyone you meet in the lodges is going in one of two directions: up or down!) The well-marked trail to Everest Base Camp is busy during peak trekking seasons, giving you the best chance of meeting new friends who match your speed and fitness level.

Going independently does carry some risk, of course. You’ll be responsible for your own well-being and making important decisions. On the other hand, you’ll be able to set your own pace and make adjustments based on how well your body acclimatizes. A majority of hiker deaths on the trail each year occur when people in group excursions are suffering from Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) but don’t speak up. They fear slowing everyone down, or don’t want to forfeit reaching Everest Base Camp.

If guiding yourself, pick up a good trail map in Kathmandu. Don’t rely solely on electronic devices for making survival decisions! You’ll also need to store your luggage at a trustworthy guesthouse or hotel in Kathmandu. Locking duffel bags and padlocks can be purchased in local shops; some owners will buy them back once you return from your trek.

Hiking Guides and Porters

Rest assured: Your pack is going to feel heavier at 15,000 feet than it does at home! Even as an independent trekker, hiring a local guide and/or porter are options. Hiring directly ensures money goes to the Sherpas instead of a Western tour agency that managed to rank well online. Expect to pay between $15 to $20 a day for a porter or $25 to $30 a day for a guide.

You’ll need to negotiate terms and contingencies before hitting the trail. Paying up to half of the porter’s fee up front is common, and you will also be expected to tip guides and porters after the trip. Finalize details and other expenses to avoid a potential disagreement. The agreed daily rate should include their meals, drinks, and accommodation so you aren’t asked for money later.

Guides will approach you on the street in Thamel, however, you should hire only a credible and licensed guide through either a trekking company or your accommodation. You may still be able to hire a porter later on the trail by speaking to the staff at your lodge.

How Much Does It Cost to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The cost of trekking to Everest Base Camp depends entirely upon your needed level of comfort. One indelible rule holds on the trail: Prices rise as elevation rises. That 50-cent candy bar from Kathmandu is worth $7 at 17,000 feet!

Extremely basic accommodation in teahouses can be found for as low as $5 per night. You’ll be expected to have your meals where you stay. A hearty Nepalese meal of dal bhat can be enjoyed for $6 or less, but expect to pay much more for Western food. A can of Coke can cost up to $5; remember, it’s heavy and had to be carried up by a porter.

Other luxuries add to the cost of life on the trail. A (somewhat) warm shower can cost $5. Charging electronic devices and accessing the internet, if available, cost several dollars an hour, and the solar charging systems are often slow and provide only a weak charge. Depending on your food and drink indulgences, plan to spend $20 to $30 a day living on the trail. This excludes any fees you pay to porters and guides.

If not already covered, your greatest expense will be the short flight to and from Lukla. The 30-minute flight can cost around $180 each way.

Do You Need a Permit for Everest Base Camp?

You’ll need at least two permits for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Your tour organizer will probably provide these, but you’ll need to arrange them yourself if trekking independently.

• Sagarmatha National Park Permit: Get this at the Nepal Tourism Board office in Kathmandu (approximately $25).
• Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Permit: You will get this permit from a checkpoint in Lukla; it isn’t available in Kathmandu (approximately $17).
• Gaurishankar Conservation Area Permit: You only need this permit from the Tourism Board if doing the longer trek to Everest Base Camp from Jiri instead of flying to Lukla (approximately $17).

The permit system changed in 2018. Disregard any information you read elsewhere about needing a TIMS card for the trek to Everest Base Camp.

Greg Rodgers

What to Pack

Kathmandu, particularly in Thamel, has more than enough outfitting shops for gearing up. Unfortunately, those same shops are stacked with counterfeit gear that probably won’t survive the hardships of the trek. Sifting through the piles of used gear in dark shops requires patience. Prices are inflated, so put your game face on and start haggling !

If you booked a guided tour, find out what your tour company plans to provide (e.g., hiking poles, down jackets, etc) before shopping. Consider bringing mission-critical items from home so that equipment failure doesn’t affect your experience. For instance, you’ll need quality sunglasses to prevent eye injury. Sunglasses for sale locally may have “UV Protection” stickers on them but don’t offer much actual protection.

• Good hiking boots. You should invest in high-quality, waterproof hiking boots and break them in properly before you leave home; painful blisters can ruin an otherwise-excellent trek.
• Lightweight sleeping bag. Rooms along the trek are unheated. Lodges provide weighty blankets for the freezing nights, but you'll appreciate having a layer between you and the unwashed bedding. Even a lightweight silk “sleep sheet” will do the trick.
• Alternate footwear. After removing your muddy hiking boots, a pair of lightweight shoes or sandals comes in handy for wearing around lodges and shared bathrooms.
• Water purification: As elevation increases, so does the cost of bottled water and need to reduce plastic waste. You’ll be drinking more than ever to counter dehydration in the dry air. Although there are many options, the two-bottle, chlorine dioxide system from Aquamira is a reliable solution.
• Trail snacks: Candy bars and nuts provide a much-needed boost to energy and morale while on the trail or in the lodge.
• USB power bank: Keeping batteries charged in the extreme cold is a challenge. If you plan to use a phone for photos or communication, you’ll want to bring along a rugged power bank.
• Diamox tablets: Diamox (acetazolamide) is medication for countering the dangerous effects of AMS. Guides should have some on hand, but independent trekkers will want to buy Diamox to carry. Beware of fake tablets for sale in Kathmandu. Purchase only from legitimate pharmacies—not from shops—and discuss how to use them.

If you won’t be taking your poles and other gear home after the trek, consider giving it directly to the Sherpas you meet in Lukla.

John Elk III / Getty Images

How to Get There

Fly into Kathmandu's Tribhuvan International Airport (KTM) and plan to spend a few days resting and preparing for the trek. Unless you’ll be starting the trek in Jiri—which requires a seven-hour bus ride and an additional five to seven days of trekking—you’ll need to book a flight to Lukla.

Taking the small prop plane from Kathmandu to Lukla (LUA) is one of the scariest and most scenic aviation experiences many travelers will have. Although not the highest airport in the world , weather and visibility changes have caused enough crashes at Tenzig-Hillary Airport in Lukla to earn it the title of “most dangerous airport in the world.”

The trek to Everest Base Camp begins in Lukla and finishes at the infamous Khumbu Icefall!

How Dangerous Is Everest Base Camp?

Although frostbite and rock slides are hazards along the trail, the biggest danger—by far—comes from the high elevation. Once symptoms of AMS begin (severe headache and nausea), you need to descend as soon as possible. Ideally, you’ll ascend slowly enough to minimize altitude sickness in the first place.

The CDC recommends never gaining more than 500 meters in one day and taking a rest day for every 1,000 meters gained. Whenever possible, you should descend to sleep at a lower elevation than the highest point reached during the day. Track and do the elevation math as though your life depends on it.

The high elevation and thinner air introduces additional risks. For one, your body will increase its production of red blood cells, causing excessive urination; be sure to drink plenty of water to avoid dehydration. Many trekkers will also experience the dry, hacking "Khumbu cough" from panting heavily in the thin air and breathing in the dust of the region. You can cover your face with a bandanna or balaclava for some protection. The cough usually goes away after time. Ultraviolet rays, too, are more damaging in the thinner air, so protect your skin, lips, and eyes by applying high SPF sunscreen and lip balm, wearing long sleeves, and donning sunglasses.

Finally, yak trains always get the right of way! Never share a bridge crossing with one, and always pass them on the “inside” of the trail. Startled yaks are unpredictable and sometimes knock trekkers off the trail.

Additional Tips

• Take your stocking up on snacks seriously. Pack candy bars, even if you wouldn’t ordinarily indulge at home. You’ll experience strong cravings at higher elevation. Hikers are willing to spend $7 or more for Snickers bars near Everest Base Camp!
• The weather in the Himalayas changes quickly and unpredictably. Flights to and from Lukla frequently become delayed by a day or two, maybe longer if a winter storm system sets in. Add some buffer days to your Kathmandu itinerary just in case this happens.
• Before retiring to bed, ask your teahouse staff to pour boiling water into your bottles and use them as bed warmers. Fair warning: They’ll probably be frozen next to you in the morning!
• Sleep with your phone and any batteries in the bed with you. Your body heat will protect battery life a little.
• Weight limitations imposed by airlines that fly to Lukla are strictly enforced. If an airline says 33 pounds (15 kilograms), that includes all baggage , stowed or carried. Don’t risk having to forfeit gear in Kathmandu Airport because you’re a pound or two over the allowance. You can stuff some items into your pockets, within reason.

Related Articles

More related articles.

How To Do The Everest Base Camp Trek In Nepal

The Mount Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal is one of the world’s best bucket list hikes. In less than 2 weeks, you can trek to the foot of Mt Everest and other snowy peaks in the Himalayan mountains.

The good news is that it’s not a super difficult hike, and you don’t need a big budget to do it. The EBC trek is worth it for the fun and accomplishment alone, but you also get views of the Himalayas that are out of this world.

This travel guide will explain how you can do the Mt Everest Base Camp hike independently (with or without a tour guide), along with a recommended packing list and everything else you need to know before you go!

Best Everest Base Camp Tours

First of all, if you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive.

We’ve used Klook for lots of tours and activities around the world, and they’re great! Highly recommended.

Book Now: Everest Base Camp Tours

When To Do The EBC Trek

The Mt Everest region has 4 different trekking seasons:

• March – May: High season. Best weather, with stable temperatures and bright sunny days, but the trails can get crowded. During these months you may share the EBC trail with pro climbers on the way to go summit Everest.
• June – August: Monsoon season. There’s a lot more rain during these months, and the trails are mostly empty.
• September – October: Clear days and busy trails. This is one of the most popular trekking seasons.
• November – February: Coldest season, but the weather is stable and dry. The trails are mostly clear.

I trekked in early February, and even though it was nice having the trail mostly to myself, the cold in the evenings and mornings was straight up misery.

My home state of Missouri can get very cold in the winter, but the cold has just never been my thing. If I could go back and change it, I would definitely do my Everest Base Camp hike later in the season.

Everest Base Camp Weather

Temperatures on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek can range from 5 °C (40 °F) to 20 °C (70 °F) depending on month, and as low as -30 °C (-22 °F) at night during the winter months.

If you trek during the warmer months (Mar-May and Sep-Oct), the cold is not a big problem and shouldn’t be hard to cope with. Winter is a different story. Your snot will freeze in your nose at Gorak Shep.

Sunshine is key for winter trekking in Nepal, and thankfully you should have lots of sun in most months outside of the monsoon season. On my February hike, I often found myself shedding all my layers while trekking because I was heating up in the sun.

If you do your Everest Base Camp hike during the winter, the biggest issue is staying warm in the evenings and at night. For this, you’ll definitely want a top quality down jacket and sleeping bag.

All About Everest Base Camp Trekking

My everest base camp itinerary.

• Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Benkar .
• Day 2: Benkar to Namche Bazaar .
• Day 3: Namche Acclimatization Day .
• Day 4: Namche to Deboche .
• Day 5: Deboche to Pangboche .
• Day 6: Pangboche to Dingboche .
• Day 7: Dingboche Acclimatization Day .
• Day 8: Dingboche to Thukla .
• Day 9: Thukla to Gorak Shep .
• Day 10: Everest Base Camp .
• Day 11: Kala Patthar to Gorak Shep to Pheriche .
• Day 12: Pheriche to Namche .
• Day 13: Namche to Lukla .

If you ever need motivation to keep going on the Everest Base Camp hike, just look at how much the porters are carrying!

Mount Pumori as seen from the Kala Patthar viewpoint, just a short distance from Mt Everest Base Camp.

Ama Dablam, one of my favorite mountains on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek.

EBC Trek Packing List / Gear

This isn’t a complete list of everything to bring on a Mt Everest Base Camp Trek, and you may have to change things up a little depending on what month you go, but these are just some of the basics.

You can find most of this gear in Kathmandu, but in my opinion you’ll get higher quality and a wider selection if you order online.

• Beanie: I only wore this at night, but it definitely helped keep my ears warm.
• Down Jacket: Bring the biggest, warmest DJ possible. This is your most important piece of gear. You can use it as an extra cover at night.
• Fleece Sweater: This is the only jacket you’ll need to wear while trekking most days, especially if it’s sunny.
• Shirts: Something comfy with quick dry material.
• Trekking Pants: Something lightweight and breathable.
• Thermal Underwear: May not be needed if you trek in the warmer months.
• Gloves: I only wore these at night, but they definitely helped keep my hands warm.
• Socks: Merino wool is best for staying warm and stopping moisture.
• Headlight: Smart to have at least a small one, just in case.
• Tumbler: 1 liter water bottle to refill daily on the trek.
• Sunblock: It’s easy to sunburn at high altitudes. A small bottle is plenty.
• Sunglasses: Good for snow. May not be necessary unless you plan to hike a mountain pass like Cho La.
• Hat: I wore old faithful throughout the hike.
• Watch: An altimeter watch would be fun to play with here.
• Camera: Duh. You can’t do the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek without taking lots of pictures.
• Power Bank: Bring a big power bank and you might only need to recharge it once on the whole trek.

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

For a 13 day trek, I paid about $21 USD per day for food, drinks, and room. Porter/guide was an extra $25 per day, although it’s not a requirement. Flights to Lukla were $330 return, but again not a requirement if you hike in.

You can read the sections below for more info on the daily trekking costs and what you get for your money. It’s not a very expensive trek, all things considered!

Keep in mind, these numbers are from 2020. They’ll go up a little over time. Exchange rates may also vary, so check the latest rates .

The flight to Lukla from Kathmandu is $165 USD each way. You can shop for flights to Lukla at Skyscanner.

If your budget is tight or you have extra time, you can skip this flight by hiking from Jiri to Lukla rather than flying. It only adds a couple days to the itinerary.

Guide / Porter / Solo

You can do the EBC trek with a guide, porter, OR independently (solo).

A guide will show you the way to Mt Everest Base Camp and help with lodging, navigation, advice, taking pictures for you, etc. A porter-guide will do these same things and also carry a 20 kg (45 lb) pack for you.

A porter or guide is NOT a requirement to do this hike, especially if you go in the warmer months when you may not need as much gear. In 2023, they were supposedly introducing a guide requirement for EBC, but so far that has not been enforced at all, thankfully.

With that said, there are some good advantages to hiring a guide, and it’s pretty cheap by Western standards. A porter is only $15 or $20 USD per day, and a porter-guide is $25 per day. A popular arrangement is to hire one porter for two hikers, splitting the cost and still making things easier for both of you.

In the end, this all depends on your budget and hiking preferences.

Hiking Fees

If you’re hiking EBC independently, you’ll need to be aware of two fees you have to pay near the start of the trek.

There’s a local government tax that they’ve now started collecting in Lukla. This one is currently 2,000 Rupees ($17 USD).

There’s also an Everest park fee/ticket you have to pay at the Sagarmatha National Park entrance just beyond the small village of Monjo, Nepal. This one is currently 3,500 Rupees ($30 USD).

No TIMS card is needed anymore for independent hikers. That fee has been retired for the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek.

Accommodation & Amenities

Throughout the Everest Base Camp hike, you’ll stay and sleep at small guesthouses along the way, called teahouses.

This is where you get your meals and drinks for the trek, along with the occasional amenities like showers, charging, or WiFi. The teahouses start out decent, but quickly get more shabby as you go further up the trail.

You have to pay for everything you use, of course, and the prices get quite high as you go, because everything has to be hauled up on the backs of the poor porters.

Guesthouses

The teahouses on the EBC trek are cold and dingy, with drop toilets and cracks in the walls. Don’t expect luxury.

Most rooms are free as long as you buy your meals there (the meals are how they make their money). If you stay at a lodge and don’t eat there, you’ll be expected to pay for the room.

In some cases, I was charged 500 Rupees for a room on top of my meal costs. I’m not sure why some teahouses do this and others don’t, but I never paid more than 500 Rupees for a room, and most were free with the meals.

Food & Drink

I’m happy to report that the food and drinks on the Everest Base Camp hike are top notch, especially after you’ve worked up an appetite trekking.

You have western food choices, or the standard local staples like veggie fried rice, steamed momos (dumplings), and mushroom soup. Everything was hot and fresh. Meal prices for these ranged from 250 to 750 Rupees depending on altitude. Not too bad.

For drinks I tried hot chocolate, lemon/apple/mint tea, and occasionally bottled water for my tumbler. These ranged from 100 to 400 Rupees. If you want to avoid plastic bottles, there’s usually boiled water available and this is safe to drink too.

Getting enough water on the trek is never a problem. Just fill up a 1 liter tumbler in the morning, and this will last you until evening, especially since you’re likely to pass more tea houses along the trail as you’re hiking throughout the day.

Showers are only available at a few lodges, depending on the season and how high up you are, and they cost 600 to 1200 Rupees. In the winter, water higher up will be frozen most of the time.

I never had a shower on my February EBC trek, and that seems to be the norm (although I got one or two opportunities in Namche). Yes, it’s gross. I could smell myself by trek’s end, and it wasn’t pretty.

But aside from the fact that I hate to fork out money for something as basic as a shower, I also never really got close to other people for very long on the trek, so I didn’t feel too guilty about it.

Most days were cold enough that the thought of stripping down for a shower was not really appealing, either. Your best bet is baby wipes and deodorant.

WiFi / Cell Service

WiFi costs anywhere from $5 to $10 USD per day if you buy it from the teahouses.

Alternatively, you can buy a 10 GB/30 Day Everest Link WiFi card in Namche Bazaar and use this for the entire EBC trek. During my Mount Everest Base Camp Trek the WiFi was down across the whole region, so unfortunately I wasn’t able to use either of these options.

I bought an Ncell local SIM card in the Kathmandu airport and had 3G service for half the days of the Everest Base Camp hike. Coverage is still improving in the area, so if you need to stay connected I’d definitely bring a local SIM.

Electricity

All of the teahouses on the way to Mt Everest Base Camp sell outlet charging for electronics, and the prices range from $2 to $10 USD for a full charge, depending on how far up the trail you are.

The key is to bring a big power bank and then use this to charge all of your other electronics (phone, camera, etc). I did this and only paid once to recharge my power bank on the whole trek.

How Much Cash To Bring

Everything you buy during the Everest Base Camp hike (meals, WiFi, charging, etc) will have to be paid for with cash. Credit cards won’t work. There are no ATMs outside of Lukla and Namche Bazaar (Days 1-4), and even the ATMs there are not reliable.

What this means is that you’ll have to withdraw enough cash (Nepalese Rupees) at an ATM in Kathmandu to cover your entire trek. The ATM fees will bite you, and I hate to carry large amounts of cash, but it’s not really avoidable here.

All up, I spent about $20 USD (2,400 Rupees) per day on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek, and never spent more than $25 USD in a single day. With that said, I didn’t splurge on WiFi, showers, charging, or alcohol. The only things I bought were the bare necessities: room, food, and drinks.

If you hire a porter/guide, you don’t need to factor that into your daily cash carry. That’s paid before the trek starts. But do reserve a little cash for a decent tip.

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

I’m not going to lie, this is a difficult trek. And if you do it in the winter like I did, it’s even harder. With that said, if you are in decent shape, determined, and obey the guidelines for altitude sickness prevention (more on that below), then you’ll have no problem reaching base camp.

There is a lot of elevation gain and loss on this hike. At times near Lukla, the constant ups and downs will make you feel like you’re hiking a roller coaster, but the trail is never too steep or dangerous. After Namche, it’s mostly a slow uphill plod.

This trek has been completed by old seasoned hikers in their 70s, and young kids in their pre-teens. It’s also been flunked by healthy 20-30 somethings who try to push through it quickly without enough acclimatization to altitude.

Patience and discipline are key for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Slow and steady wins the race here.

Trekking Distance

The one way trekking distance from Lukla to Mt Everest Base Camp is about 65 kilometers (40 miles).

That means the total roundtrip distance of an EBC Trek is about 130 kilometers, even if you don’t do any of the detours.

Don’t let that scare you off. It’s a lot of hiking, but every step is worth it.

Altitude Sickness

By far your biggest danger on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek is altitude sickness, also known as Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS).

No one is immune to this, and it doesn’t matter how fit you are. If you gain altitude too fast, you can get sick and in some cases even die. Plenty of people have died from AMS on the EBC Trek.

The problem is that overzealous hikers push the envelope on this hike all the time, and a lot of them end up needing a very expensive helicopter evacuation to lower ground.

The best way to avoid altitude sickness is to go slow . At altitudes above 3,000 meters (10,000 feet), don’t increase your sleeping elevation by more than 300-500 meters (1,000-1,500 feet) per night.

Every 1,000 meters (3,000 feet) you should also spend a second night at the same elevation. If you get a bad headache, dizziness, or nausea, descend to a lower altitude until you feel better. As long as you follow these general guidelines, you shouldn’t have any issues.

You can take Diamox (acetazolamide) on the trek for extra AMS prevention. This medication can be found in Kathmandu or Namche. I bought mine in Namche and it seemed to help my headache and slight foggy feeling. I didn’t have any side effects aside from the usual tingling toes/fingers.

Everest Base Camp Altitude

The Mount Everest Base Camp altitude is 5,364 meters (17,598 feet). At this elevation, there is 50% of the oxygen at sea level.

However, most treks also go to Kala Patthar, a viewpoint even higher than base camp where you can get the best views of Mount Everest.

The elevation at Kala Patthar is 5,644 meters (18,519 feet). From there, you’ll be rewarded with an incredible panorama of Mount Everest and other icy peaks like Pumori, Lhotse, and Nuptse.

Happy travels!

If you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive for this Mt Everest Base Camp tour.

More Nepal Travel Tips

Hopefully you were helped by this guide for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Let me know in the comments below if I can help answer any questions.

You may also like

Ternate island travel guide & best things to do (maluku), how to visit khao sok national park in thailand, how to spend 1 day in yosemite national park (itinerary), how to visit ciletuh geopark: waterfall valley in west java, fulidhoo island guide: shark & stingray beach in maldives, how to visit dhigurah island: budget paradise in maldives.

So much useful detailed information.

Thanks for the straight forward information. Beautiful photos

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• +9779851276377
• 977 01 5348594
• [email protected]
• Follow us on:

Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest base camp, kala patthar and view of pumori, namche bazaar, you can also, things to know before trip, trip introduction.

Everest Base Camp trek  is the most popular trekking adventure experience in the  Everest region  of Nepal. During our Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek, we will certainly get amazing views of the world’s highest peak Everest. Along with the eye-dazzling vistas of Lhotse, Makalu, and Cho Oyu enhancing our journey up to Everest Base Camp.

EBC trek is also an opportunity to explore the culture and traditions of local Sherpas – The unsung heroes of Everest. From visiting local Buddhist monasteries and Chortens to spotting Himalayan flora and fauna; we get the chance to follow the steps of the great Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa in 1953.  You can Watch video documentation of our Everest Base Camp Trek captured with a drone for Visit Nepal 2020 promotion.

Overview of Everest Base Camp Trek

After your arrival at  Kathmandu Airport  followed by  sightseeing   around the world heritage sites ( optional ) and necessary trek preparation, we fly to Lukla on a scenic mountain flight. Then we start trekking towards Phakding. Initially, we follow the Dudh Koshi River crossing over various suspension bridges, through dense forests, and arrive at the Sherpa village of Namche Bazaar.

We design our Everest base camp trek itinerary professionally to minimize the risk of Acute Mountain Sickness . Hence, we acclimatize at Namche Bazaar which is a major hotspot for trekkers and adventure lovers.

Continuing our EBC trekking journey, we trek towards Tengboche, Dingboche, and Lobuche. At Tengboche, we visit an ancient monastery where we get to see their traditions and rituals. From Lobuche, we cross Gorakshep.

Finally, we step into the base camp of the highest mountain in the world i.e. Everest Base Camp. While returning we will also have great panoramic views of Everest, Ama Dablam, Lhotse, Nuptse, and other neighboring peaks from the popular viewpoint of Kalapatthar. People claim that the Kalapatthar is the best viewpoint of Everest. We will follow the same route down to Lukla and fly back to Kathmandu concluding our EBC Trek.

Who can join this EBC Trek and how?

Everest base camp trek can be joined by anyone who loves to trek around the foothills of the Himalayas while possessing a good level of physical fitness and a passion for walking and exploring new places. The best seasons for the EBC trek would be autumn from Sept to Nov and spring from March to May.

Join EBC Trek in 2024 with Nepal Mountain Trekkers for amazing Everest memories that you will cherish for years to come. Simply fill out the  Quick Enquiry Form  and let us know about your interest. Or you can contact us directly by sending us an email/WhatsApp message to get more information about this trek.

Trekking Terrain Everest Base Camp Trek has varieties of terrain during the trek. The initial section of the trek passes past the lush hills and green valleys. However, at the higher altitudes, there are high passes and rocky terrains as you proceed to the Everest Base Camp and to the challenging spots such as the Kala Patthar or the Gokyo region. While the itinerary is designed with proper acclimatization for the trekkers, you still need to understand the challenge that trekking in such high altitudes poses, even if the trail doesn’t seem much challenging. Slight headaches and shortness of breath may still be there as you move. You may not have accurate distances for the places but the guides accompanying you are well aware of this and shall provide you with proper guidance. We shall interact with you if you need further information.

Weather (…and bad weather periods) The rainy season or the monsoon season starts in mid-June and continues till September. However, there may still be rain in early October. Spring and Autumn seasons have clear weather and are dry as well. The temperature in the higher attitudes is influenced by the local conditions such as the altitude itself. The weather may change on short notice in higher altitudes. October to November/December is the most popular season for Everest Base Camp Trek.

The flight to and from the hill town of Lukla is relatively uncertain due to its typical geographical location. Flights are often delayed due to bad weather conditions due to which most of the flights start early in the day. Trekkers are therefore advised to spare some days for such delays during the trek owing to the bad weather periods.

Everest Base Camp Trek Expenses The details of the expenses included and excluded are mentioned in the respective sections. However, it is to be noted that trekkers should bear the expenses of their own food, accommodation, and other activities in case they arrive prior to the starting of the trekking expedition or extend their stay after the tour. Furthermore, in case the flight gets delayed and trekkers are stuck in either trekking areas such as Lukla or in a city such as Kathmandu due to such delay, they should bear the expenses of food, accommodation, etc. on their own as these delays take the stay outside the decided itinerary.

Customization of Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary We shall stick to the decided itinerary during the Everest Base Camp trek. However, the trekkers shall have the flexibility to customize the itinerary as per their requirements. If they are physically fit and have the ability to complete the trekking faster, we shall arrange the itinerary accordingly. The only major consideration is that the customization of the itinerary shouldn’t pose any difficulty or threat to the health of the trekkers. All in all, we provide flexibility and customization of the itinerary for the trekkers.

Supporting Staff during the EBC trek During the trek, the supporting staff shall include both the experienced staff and leaders from our trekking company as well as the local support crews. Our leaders and trekking guides selected are well experienced in handling various issues, related to the harshness of the environment, traveling in remote and difficult terrains, and possess the soft skills of communication, friendliness, a good sense of humor, and are trained with first aid and acclimatization related issues with the capability to handle difficult situations. The local crews (guides, porters) may not have fluency in speaking the English language but they are friendly, hardworking, and approachable. We ensure proper coordination between the supporting staff for your smooth trek. The expenses of supporting staff, their insurance, and other necessities are taken care of.

Gears and Equipment for EBC Trek Trekkers should pack their clothes, trekking gear, and equipment for the trekking to Everest base camp and the surrounding Khumbu region. The details of clothing, gear, and other equipment shall be finalized after discussion with the trekkers. The weight limit for your luggage is 15 kg or 33 pounds and because your luggage shall be carried by porters, you may carry the valuables and anything important in a day pack to be carried on your own.

Scarfs, warm hats, sunglasses with UV protection, and headlamps give protection to your head while you will need thermal tops, pullovers, down vests, and Gore-Tex jackets among others for your upper body. Gloves and mittens protect your hands, and non-cotton underwear briefs, hiking shorts and trousers, fleece or woolen trousers, and shell pants are essential for your lower body. Pack socks, hiking boots, running shoes, gaiters, and other gear for feet along with the rucksack and travel bags, and sleeping bags during the trek. Required medicines, toiletries, and other practical items are required as well.

Best Season for trekking Everest Base Camp October-November/December is the best season for trekking in the Everest region. This season has fine weather, a clear sky, and thus the best view of the mountains and marvelous scenery along the route. February to April is the dry season in Nepal and the second-best time for trekking. June to September is the monsoon season in Nepal with frequent downpours which makes this the least popular season for trekking for general trekkers, while the botanist and other enthusiasts look out for lush vegetation and rare vegetation En route Everest base camp. The skies are clear but the weather can get very cold from December to January/ February while the months of May and June are hot and it can get very warm during the trek.

Health and Related issues Altitude Sickness is the biggest health-related concern during the trek to Everest Base Camp. Enough rest (acclimatization) and hydration are the keys to avoiding this medical issue besides the medicines such as Diamox, antibiotics for stomach-related problems, and other medicines help trekkers cope with the issue of altitude sickness. Without proper care, prevention, and following of the guidelines related to altitude sickness, the issue of altitude sickness can get worse and put a threat to the life of trekkers. Convey any difficulty that you experience to the trek leader so that immediate action may be taken. Carry a personal first aid box which shall come in handy to you during the trek. Though the trekking guides and leaders shall carry the required first aid items, carrying on your own provides additional support for the guides.

Get concerned about the use of tap water as these are not suitable for drinking directly without treatment. Carry water purifier tablets and you may buy bottled water during the trek. Foods are available in teahouses that are healthy and safe for consumption. However, you may carry some snacks if you wish to. Consult with us regarding the expense bearing regarding the meals during the whole trekking.

For more frequently asked questions about Everest Base Camp Trek: FAQs Everest Base Camp Trekking. 

• Day 1 Arrive in Kathmandu (1,300m /4,264 ft):
• Day 2 Kathmandu: Sightseeing and Trek Preparation:
• Day 3 Kathmandu – Lukla – Phakding (2,652m/8,700ft): 40 minutes flight, 3- 4 hours trek (Trekking times only):
• Day 4 Phakding – Namche Bazaar (3,440m/11,280 ft): 5 – 6 hrs:
• Day 5 Namche Bazaar: Acclimatization day:
• Day 6 Namche Bazzar to Tengboche (3,870m/12,694ft): 5 – 6 hrs:
• Day 7 Tengboche to Dingboche (4,360 m/14,300ft):5 – 6 hrs :
• Day 8 Dingboche (4,360 m/14,300ft): Acclimatization Day:
• Day 9 Dingboche -Lobuche (4,940 m/16,207 ft): 6 – 7 hrs :
• Day 10 Lobuche – Gorak Shep (5,170 m/16,961ft) – Everest Base Camp (5,364m/17,594ft) – Gorak Shep: 8 – 9 hrs:
• Day 11 Gorak Shep – Kala Patthar (5,545m/18,192ft)- Pheriche (4,280 m/14,070 ft): 8 – 9 hrs:
• Day 12 Pheriche to Khumjung (3,780m / 12,401 ft ) 6 – 7 hrs:
• Day 13 Khumjung to Phakding (2,652m/8,700ft): 4 – 5 hrs:
• Day 14 Phakding to Lukla (2,860 m/9,383 ft): 3 – 4 hrs:
• Day 15 Lukla – Kathmandu:
• Day 16 Departure Day:

Detail Itinerary

Day 1 : Arrive in Kathmandu (1,300m /4,264 ft)::

A warm welcome to the naturally blessed and culturally rich Himalayan country, Nepal. Upon your arrival at Kathmandu for joining Everest Base Camp Trek, you will be met by a representative from Nepal Mountain Trekkers at Tribhuvan International Airport arrival terminals and he will transfer you to your respective hotel ( Hotel Green Horizon or a similar standard). After check-in at the hotel, you can enjoy your free time relaxing in the cozy room or stroll around the tourist hub Thamel area until the end of the day.

Day 2 : Kathmandu: Sightseeing and Trek Preparation::

You will be beginning your first morning in Nepal with an early meal at your hotel and a visit to the Nepal Mountain Trekkers office at Thamel. After being introduced to our team including the tour guide, trekking leader, and director of operations, we head for necessary trekking preparations, getting needed equipment with the initiation of Kathmandu sightseeing around world heritage sites. Kathmandu Durbar Square, Swayambhunath Stupa, Pashupatinath temple, and Boudhanath Stupa are UNESCO world heritage sites that we explore till sunset. Overnight stay at a hotel in Kathmandu.

Day 3 : Kathmandu – Lukla – Phakding (2,652m/8,700ft): 40 minutes flight, 3- 4 hours trek (Trekking times only)::

After having your early meal, you will be transferred to the airport to catch a short domestic flight from Kathmandu to Lukla, the gateway to Everest . In just 45 minutes of flight, we get a wonderful chance to view snow-capped mountains and will be landing between the hills at Tenzing-Hillary airstrip in no time. After arriving at Lukla, we get introduced to our trekking crew and start our trekking activity towards Phakding. It will be quite an exciting first day of trekking in the Everest region. Overnight stay at Phakding.

Day 4 : Phakding – Namche Bazaar (3,440m/11,280 ft): 5 – 6 hrs::

We have our early meal and start our journey with a few ascends and descends crossing the Dudhkoshi River through a suspension bridge. Gradually moving ahead entering Sagarmatha National Park located at Monjoo, proceed towards Jorasale, and continue the day’s walk until we arrive at the popular Sherpa village of Namche Bazar. Today, we have our quick stop at Chautara and the fabulous views of snow-capped peaks already start to appear. We stay overnight at Namche Bazar.

Day 5 : Namche Bazaar: Acclimatization day::

Today we have our first acclimatization days. It is very important to have proper acclimatization to avoid possible risks of acute mountain sickness or altitude sickness. And during the acclimatization days, it is recommended to get involved in physical activities instead of just taking a rest. We will, therefore, go for a short hike around nearby Thame or simply take a look around Namche bazaar. Here, we also get an exclusive chance to meet like-minded travelers, and Everest summiteers and have a close look at the lifestyle of local Sherpa inhabitants. We will stay overnight in Namche Bazar.

Day 6 : Namche Bazzar to Tengboche (3,870m/12,694ft): 5 – 6 hrs::

We start our day after having our breakfast and continue our journey to Tengboche with awesome views of the Everest Himalayan ranges. We gradually make our way through beautiful Everest trekking trails, spot alpine flora, and fauna, have our lunch at Phuki Thega, and finally arrive at Tengboche at the end of the day. The major attractions here would be a visit to the ancient Tengboche Buddhist monastery with rich cultural/traditional insights and capture close views of Everest, Amadablam, and other neighboring peaks. Overnight stay in Tengboche.

Day 7 : Tengboche to Dingboche (4,360 m/14,300ft):5 – 6 hrs ::

It will be another exciting day of our Everest Base Camp Trek while heading towards Dingboche crossing through beautiful forests, and numerous suspension bridges via Imja River, and visiting Chortens while exploring rare Himalayan flora and fauna. As we climb higher and gain altitudes, the views become more and more clear. We stay overnight at Dingboche.

Day 8 : Dingboche (4,360 m/14,300ft): Acclimatization Day::

We will be setting up acclimatization day today as it is very important in EBC to let your body adapt according to changing altitude surroundings. Before trekking towards glacier moraines and tougher trails at high altitudes, we get ready for the challenges by going for hikes to nearby hills and monasteries that provide great insights into local cultures and traditions. So, even if it’s called a rest day, it will be a rather active day instead of hiking around nearby hills. And at the end of the day, we return to Dingboche for an overnight stay.

Day 9 : Dingboche -Lobuche (4,940 m/16,207 ft): 6 – 7 hrs ::

Today we start our day early in the morning after having our breakfast pushing ourselves forward through the small isolated small village of Dughla. After having our lunch at the trails, we slowly climb up towards Lobuche through barren lands surrounded by small shrubs without much vegetation. In this way, we finally arrive at Lobuche where we will be staying for an overnight stay.

Day 10 : Lobuche – Gorak Shep (5,170 m/16,961ft) – Everest Base Camp (5,364m/17,594ft) – Gorak Shep: 8 – 9 hrs::

Leaving behind Lobuche, we move ahead towards our last overnight station during our Everest base camp trek at Gorakshep. Situated at 5100 meters altitude above sea level, there might be a chance of high altitude sickness. However, with our proper acclimatization stops and professionally designed itinerary with experienced guides, the risks of getting affected by altitude sickness will be significantly lower. It will also be the most important day of our trip as we will be stepping at the base camp of Everest, the highest Himalayas on the planet. After capturing the best moments at base camp, we return to Gorakshep for an overnight stay.

Day 11 : Gorak Shep – Kala Patthar (5,545m/18,192ft)- Pheriche (4,280 m/14,070 ft): 8 – 9 hrs::

Today before having our breakfast before sunrise, very early in the morning, we head in for the Kalapathher hike to witness the amazing sunrise views over the highest Himalayas, Everest, Amadablam, Lhotse, Nuptse, and other surrounding peaks. After immersing in the natural beauty of panoramic Himalayan views, we return to Gorakshep and descend towards Pheriche for an overnight stay.

Day 12 : Pheriche to Khumjung (3,780m / 12,401 ft ) 6 – 7 hrs::

It will be a long day of trekking downhill through quite a few ascents and descents. Crossing through the wooden bridges, yaks, and jokpos carrying loads. Along the trail, we also witness the locals drying the potatoes in the sun, which is a local staple diet. In this way, we arrive at a large Khumjung village, where we get to explore the amazing cultures, traditions, and lifestyles of local Sherpa inhabitants. And at the end of the day, we stay overnight at the local tea house in Khumjung.

Day 13 : Khumjung to Phakding (2,652m/8,700ft): 4 – 5 hrs::

Today, it will be around four to five hours of trekking from Khumjung village to Phakding. Initially, we descend down towards Namche Bazar first and keep trekking down along the riverbank of Dudh Koshi River. Continually passing through the beautiful rhododendron forests, crossing the permits checking point at the entrance of Sagarmatha National Park, and finally arriving at Phakding. Overnight stay at the local guesthouse in Phakding.

Day 14 : Phakding to Lukla (2,860 m/9,383 ft): 3 – 4 hrs::

In the final few days, while trekking from Phakding to Lukla, we will be walking for around 3 to 4 hours. Upon arrival at Lukla, we celebrate our final night around the foothills of the Himalayas. And get ready for tomorrow’s domestic flight to Kathmandu.

Day 15 : Lukla – Kathmandu::

After getting up in the morning, we have our early meal and get ready for the scenic flight from Lukla to the capital city of Kathmandu. Upon arrival at Kathmandu, stroll down across the streets of culturally affluent Kathmandu Valley for shopping souvenirs, and share the moment while having a complimentary farewell dinner at a cultural restaurant at the end of the day.

Day 16 : Departure Day::

Today will be the final day of our Everest Base Camp Trek, and we have all the delightful adventures around Everest Himalayas, recalling the memories, we will drop you at Tribhuwan International Airport for International departures. Farewell, friend.

Price Includes

• Airport Pick-up and drop service
• 3 nights Hotel in Kathmandu ( Hotel Green Horizon or similar standard)
• Sanitation: The accommodation we provide will be neat and clean with warm hospitality and quality services.
• Single/Twin-sharing Accommodation (as per budget): Your group won’t have to share your accommodation with anyone else so your privacy is protected.
• We provide hygienic and safe meals to re-energize you.
• We request you not to waste your meals for it is difficult to transport food in the rural area.
• You are not allowed to share your meals with anyone else from another group.
• Transportation costs: Domestic flight in (Kathmandu – Lukla- Kathmandu)and all required land transportation.
• Local Staff: Our guides are locals of the region which ensures that you will surely get to explore a bit more during the trek than with any other guides.
• Experienced: With an experience of more than a decade of working in this field, our trekking guides possess excellent knowledge of briefing during the trek as well as they are experts in handling all kinds of critical situations which might occur during the trek.
• Insurance: Nepal Mountain Trekkers have an insurance policy for all our trekking staff.
• Local Staff: The porters we hire belong to the same region where we trek in order to provide employment opportunities to the locals as well as to make you explore every prospect of the region.
• Trekking permits: TIMS card, Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Tax ,  and Sagarmatha National Park fees
• First aid medical box
• Trekking gear like Sleeping bags and down jackets are made available on rent
• 13% VAT and 10% service charge
• Farewell Dinner

Price Excludes

• Visa fee to enter Nepal ( Visa information )
• International flight tickets and extra baggage charges
• Food in Kathmandu
• Extra night accommodation and meal costs in Kathmandu due to any change in the scheduled itinerary
• Travel insurance / Rescue operation costs
• All personal expenses
• Tip for guides and porters

Trip Gallery

• Sun hat or scarf
• Light balaclava or warm fleece hat
• Cotton t-shirts or thermals
• Fleece jacket
• Waterproof jacket
• Down jacket
• Lightweight cotton pants (long)
• Waterproof pants
• Thin inner socks
• Thick, warm wool hiking socks
• Comfortable hiking boots

Accessories

• Sleeping bag rated to -10°C +
• Trekking bag (Rucksack)
• Large plastic bags (for keeping items dry inside trek bag)
• Trekking poles (optional, recommended)
• Water bottle or camel bag

Fixed Departures

• 21/10/2024 2-10 Yes $2500 $2125 Book
• 31/10/2024 2-10 Yes $2500 $2125 Book
• 03/11/2024 2-10 Yes $2500 $2125 Book
• 09/11/2024 2-10 Yes $2500 $2125 Book
• 18/06/2024 2-10 No $2475 $2103.75 Book
• 06/07/2024 2-10 Yes $2475 $2103.75 Book

Related Trips

You will also like …

• View Details
• Enquire Now

Everest Base Camp and Chola Pass Trek

• Strenuous Plus

Everest Base Camp Trek with Island Peak Climbing

Everest Helicopter Tour

Everest Base Camp and Lobuche East Peak Climbing

Everest Three Passes Trek

Everest View Trek

Jiri to Everest Base Camp Trek

Gokyo Lakes and Gokyo Ri Trek

Clients review.

What our customers say about us

Exceptional experience

I booked the Thee Passes Trek and Everest Basecamp trek. 16 days, with guide and porter. It was an astonishing experience, it was challenging and at the same time beautiful. The landscapes are exceptional beautiful 😍. The trip was very good organised and it was a once in a lifetime trip I did not do the third pass because of health issues, but that did not made the trip less beautiful.

wilkeboerema

Trekking ebc with krishna.

Great and friendly team with extraordinary knowledge regarding trekking in Nepal. We had a fantastic experience on the EBC in beginning of September. Our guide, Krishna Gurung, gave great insights into Nepali culture and nature. His caring and pleasent manner made this journey even more enjoyable. Thank you, Danke and धन्यवाद! 🙂

10/10 would recommend!

I spent a month in Nepal and everything I did during that time was organised by Ramesh from NMT. Honestly, I have no idea what I would have done without him! Not only did he organise my trek to Everest Base Camp flawlessly, he also organised a home stay for me in the village he grew up in and a volunteer project at the local school. Both the trek and the volunteer project were amazing, life-changing experiences and were accommodated by my guide Manish Simkhada. He made sure everything was running smoothly, always looked out for me (especially when I had too much local wine) 😂 and was just an overall kind soul. It’s not easy to put up with me every day for an entire month but somehow he did it without complaint!

Thank you Ramesh and Manish for an amazing month and I will see you next time!

Oh and btw, I highly recommend doing some volunteer teaching at the school. The kids are super lovely and it is a very rewarding and eye-opening experience. Village life was simple and incredibly calming – away from the hustle and bustle of Kathmandu.

StephanieClaire

Ebc trek/cho la and renjo la.

Ramesh was super helpful with organising my trip to the everest region. I trekked ebc and cho la and renjo la. Beautiful trip and not as busy as it is in normal seasons. Just perfect. Thanks!

Christine R

Professional mountaineering team.

Ramesh and his team are experienced guides with perfect network. I felt all the time save during the tour. We had excellent communication beforehand and the members where a perfectly grouped together. In NMT they know how to make trekking dreams become true.

Life changing experience

Stayed in Nepal for 6 weeks trecking the EBC and the Langtang Valley. Everything was organised perfectly with great daily planning, I was never worried about anything. I highly recommend this company to anyone looking to trek in Nepal.

Kacper Domaracki

Great services a company you can trust.

I had a very good experience with Nepal mountain trekkers, the entire booking was done via email and Ramesh managed to design a trip that exactly fit my needs. always with a prompt reply to my emails The first couple of days went as plan until I started facing problems with one of the domestic flights that I had to catch during my trip, after spending hours at the airport the airline canceled my flight and since I had a very tight schedule, the cancellation of the flight caused a major disruption in my trip. My guide contacted Ramesh and he immediately started to work trying to fix the mess caused by the airline, he went above and beyond addressing all my new requests. So my experience with Nepal mountain trekkers couldn’t be better, it is for sure a company you can trust, when everything goes as plan is great, but when things get wrong is when you see who you can count with, and Ramesh was there supporting me all the time.

I spent a month in Nepal and everything I did during that time was organised by Ramesh from NMT. Honestly, I have no idea what I would have done without him! Not only did he organise my trek to Everest Base Camp flawlessly, he also organised a home stay for me in the village he grew up in and a volunteer project at the local school. Both the trek and the volunteer project were amazing, life-changing experiences and were accommodated by my guide Manish Simkhada. He made sure everything was running smoothly, always looked out for me (especially when I had too much local wine) and was just an overall kind soul. It’s not easy to put up with me every day for an entire month but somehow he did it without complaint!

Stephanie Claire

Everest base camp solo trek.

EBC was an absolutely wonderful adventure. The views of the highest mountains are simply wonderful. Ramesh (owner of Nepal Mountain Trekkers) arranged a guide for me who was very careful, helpful and nice person. During the trek, Ramesh also called me several times and asked about the trek and any difficulties if I faced or not. I must say that Ramesh is a very careful, responsible and trustworthy person. This was my first visit in Nepal and I met Ramesh hardly for 2 days. He is now a very good friend of mine. I look forward to the next Nepal trek with the Nepal Mountain Trekkers!

Your Nepalese adventure – Your way!

Our first hike in Nepal and it was incredible!

Ramesh organised our itinerary for my husband and I based on the amount of time that we had. This included a personal airport pickup, our return flights to and from Lukla, a guide and porter for us, and also our accomodation in Kathmandu before and after our trek.

We set out planning to get to Tengboche, as our time was limited, but we were able to take it day by day depending on how we were fairing. As we hiked, we thought, this isn’t as hard as we thought it would be – let’s go further! Our amazing guide named Tika was obliging and set a new route for us mid-hike and we made it all the way to Ama Dablam base camp. Tika was always only a few steps ahead and was happy to tell us the names of all the mountains we could see along the way, the names of trees and plants, and the names of the villages across distant valleys. When we reached our destination each night he was always busy organising our meals, cups of tea, making sure our drink bottles were filled and that we were happy and healthy. He’s a very polite, caring and experienced guide (with great english skills) who we’d definitely request for our next Himalayan experience and would certainly recommend to anyone else too.

We cannot express how satisfied and impressed we were with this company; a well run, honest business that really care for the customer’s experience and safety. Nepal Mountain Trekkers allowed us to choose our own start and end date and plan the trek each day with no fixed or locked in agenda. This type of flexibility is something that you do not get in large group tours. It was our own private tour without the private tour price.

I had the joy of getting sick the day before we left Nepal and Ramesh organised for my care at a local hospital – complete with sorting our insurance and transfers to and from the hospital. He went above and beyond his duty as hotel manager and trekking company operator – he made a difficult time easier. Both Ramesh and our guide Tika came to the hospital to visit and make sure my health was on the mend.

There are many companies in Kathmandu that can take you on a breathtaking hike; but this one truely has the heart and passion for this exceptional place on Earth.

We are already planning our next trip to Gokyo Ri with Nepal Mountain Trekkers – We couldn’t recommend higher! Nepal Mountain Trekkers 100%

Amazing 21 days in Nepal

Namaste, My wife and I went recently to Nepal for 22 days. We completed the EBC, visited the Chitwan Park, Pokhara and of course the capital Kathmandu. When one is planning a long, grueling, high altitude trekking trip such as EBC, they have many questions like: all gears, lodges, guide, porter or both, permits, altitude sickness and more… But when we just arrived to Horizon Hotel and we have had the pleasure to meet Mr Ramesh owner of the Nepal Mountain Trekkers agency, all the questions and doubts get its response. Indeed, Mr. Ramesh shows extreme flexibility and speed arrangement for your EBC trekking from getting permits for hiking and porter/guide at the same arrival day to Kathmandu. Moreover, on the same night of my return to Kathmandu from the EBC, Mr. Ramesh arrange for us the next tour trip to Chitwan Park and Pokhara with paragliding and also the bungee jump near the Tibetan border. All this in just within an hour of his making calls, he managed to arrange A-Z tour with all the arrangements needed. I would like really to thank Mr. Ramesh Dhakal from Nepal Mountain Trekkers organized the tour for us. I would highly recommend Mr. Ramesh for his very efficient and professional service. Owner Ramesh is a warmhearted person that listens to your wishes and provides alternatives you probably would not have come up with. In addition, the porter/guide for EBC Mr. Lapa was really professional, respectful and friendly providing even cultural overview of Himalayan Habitant. I was able to capture the spirit of Nepal, creating the most memorable experience that I will never forget. Dhanyabad

Trek to Everest Base Camp and around the Annapurna mountains

Our spectacular 7 weeks of trekking was planned, managed and led by Shiva Lal Bhatta who is an exceptional leader and guide. Shiva has boundless energy and a wealth of local knowledge that will ensure that you miss nothing on a trek, stay safe and have a truly wonderful and enjoyable experience. Shiva arranged all food and accommodation for our trek and we wanted for nothing. He made us very aware of altitude sickness and made sure we avoided that. We walked over glaciers, across avalanche areas, across rivers, through historic sites and numerous beautiful villages and temples. It was truly the trip of a lifetime and I can highly recommend Shiva as your guide in Nepal and I cannot believe that he could be bettered. The people we met through Shiva and the spectacular scenery experiences he afforded us will never be forgotten. I must also thank Ramesh for his part in helping us enjoy such an exceptional experience.

A spectacular and unforgettable adventure to Everest Base Camp”

On returning home from my trip to Everest base camp, people ask me “how was it?”. I always pause and think: “where do I start? The beautiful forests, the wonderful sounds of yak bells, and the things I learnt from my guide Min Nepali. There was so much awesomeness; it’s very difficult to convey what happened in the two and bit weeks I had with Nepal Mountain Trekkers. A good start is Nepal Mountain Trekkers organization and friendliness. From the very first contact I made with Ramesh Dhakal there was a good tailoring of the trek to our needs. All matters were well explained and no stone left unturned in Nepal Mountain Trekkers organisation. The adjustment of the holiday to our needs was constant throughout, with our guide Min Nepali was able to change our programmer throughout the trek to adapt to all our wishes. Min acted in a caring and friendly manner throughout the trip. The accommodation was excellent the whole way up the mountain, the food and drinks options were good (and very filling – I now have a new found love for Dal Baht and yak meat!) and there was plenty of opportunity to meet others travelers and have interesting convivial conversation. Our guide, Min became both a friend as well as our guide 🙂 He was extremely knowledgeable about the environment, enlightening us on our trek on mountain eights, Tibetan culture, and plants. Truly a Renaissance man of the Manaslu Himalayas areas I heartily recommend anyone considering a trip the Himalayas find these Nepal Mountain Trekkers team to get the most memorable experiences out of your time!

The best two trips of my life, thanks to Nepal Mountain Trekkers

My first trip to Nepal was in 2010, I contacted with Mr Ramesh Dhakal in Thamel and had a great impression; I asked about the activities I wanted to do (Everest Base Camp trek, Annapurna trek, cultural visits to the cities in Kathmandu Valley, sports…). Ramesh explained to me very kindly about all these activities, very deeply, with all the recomendations about the gear, the food, the guide, and made feel very safe, so I felt convinced about doing the activities with the company and no soloing. He told me a very important thing to me: “Here in Nepal we are happy if you are happy, because if you are happy you´ll come back. We are not interested in cheating people in any means”. We discussed the prices and never felt cheated. After that I met my guide Min Nepali, who was with me almost the entire tiem I spent in Nepal, and we became best friends. Ramesh and Min are really wonderful people, taught me a lot and more about Nepal, the nature, the people, the cities, and moreover with their attitude I learned the beatiful people that are Nepali peoples. Also Mr Devaraj Dhakal, the manager of the hotel the company runs, and all the staff made my journey an experience to remember. From temples to jungle to mountain passes (Everest Base Camp, Annapurna Region, Chitwan, Helambu route, Kathmandu, Bakthapur, Patan, bungee jumping, elefant riding…).

And after that…

From that trip I fell in love with Nepal, so in March 2015 I came back to Nepal with my wife, and of course we contacted Ramesh again. We did the Everest Base Camp route with Min Nepali again, this time more than a guide, he was a brother to us. Never felt treated so well. This time my wife also fell in love with Nepal.

From my experience, if you go to Nepal don´t doubt to contact Nepal Mountain Trekkers. Ramesh Dhakal and his staff will make the very best to make your trip a wonderful experience.

Everest basecamp trekking

We met Mr. Ramesh Dhakal during our Everest basecamp Trek. He was very helpful and very kind. He gave us a lot of helpful advices. We stayed his hotel which name is hotel horizon. Although the hotel is in the centre of Thamel, it is very quiet and very nice and clean. We highly recommend Nepal Mountain Trekkers and hotel Horizon. Our guide Ngima Tamang was very helpful and very kind. We highly recommend him.

Mehmet Akif K

We are associated with.

SEND US A MESSAGE

Everest Base Camp Trek – Ultimate Guide For 2024

Written By: The Planet D

Adventure Travel , Nepal

Updated On: January 5, 2024

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is different than other treks around the world. Nowhere else on earth will you experience trekking as you do in Nepal and nowhere quite compares to the majesty of the Himalayas. Villages dot the landscape filled with restaurants, markets, bazaars, and tea houses (mini-hotels) where you can stop for lunch, buy supplies, and have a piece of apple pie while surrounded by the highest mountains in the world.

Every hundred meters or so there is a hotel, restaurant, or cluster of buildings making up a small village. The villages are stunning reminding us of something out of the Swiss Alps on steroids. Well-built lodges and brick homes line the trail with the magnificent setting of the Himalayas draped in the back.

Table of Contents

Trekking to Everest Base Camp

What is it like trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal? The EBC Trek is life-changing, it’s exhilarating, and it is challenging. We share everything you need to know from planning your trek to Everest to packing for your trip. This guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek breaks down each day. So sit back and take a journey with us through Nepal’s legendary Sagarmatha National Park.

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

On the map, the Everest Base Camp trekking route distances look fairly easy to hike from village to village through the Khumbu Valley. Eight days may seem like it would be more than enough time to cover a mere 63 km (39 miles) one way, (128 km return) but with several sustained days in a row above 4000 meters (13,000 feet), the walk is slow and steady.

It is important not to push too fast to avoid altitude sickness which is a very real possibility. When trekking to Everest base camp, expect to hike anywhere from 7 – 17 km (4.5 – 10 miles) per day with the entire trek taking 12 – 14 days.

Hiring a Guide for the EBC Trek – Mandatory

In April 1, 2023, Nepal has banned solo trekking. Foreigners must hire a guide for treks in high-altitude trekking regions of national parks. According to the Kathmandu Post in March “ solo or independent trekkers have to mandatorily hire a guide or a porter before setting off to Nepal’s mountains.” However, after an updated article in the Kathmandu Post, it seems that the Everest Region is an exception. Before booking, we would check with local companies and authorities as rules are constantly changing.

Book Locally

Many people book ahead of time with a tour company located outside of Nepal such as Intrepid Travel or GAdventures, but we hired locally and it saved a lot of money.

Plus, you know your money is going directly to the local economy and you have a more intimate experience by trekking with a local guide. We spent a couple of days in Kathmandu looking for a guide to Everest and found Simrik Real Nepa l owned by Kathmandu resident Dipendra Simkhada.

Dipendra planned the entire trip for us, and all we had to do was wait for him to pick us up at our guesthouse in Kathmandu to take us to the airport to board our Tara Air flight to Lukla Airport. Book your Trek to Everest Base Camp with Simrik Real Nepal – A Locally owned and operated tour company, Simrik is located in Kathmandu.

Kathmandu – The Hub of Nepal Treks

We spent a few days in Kathmandu picking up supplies and doing some sightseeing before trekking to Everest. We suggest not spending too long here as it can be very polluted in Kathmandu and by the time we were ready to trek, I was already quite congested.

Our recommendation is when you arrive in Kathmandu, only spend two to three days to get yourself organized and instead do your sightseeing at the end of your trek. Read more: Top Places to visit in Kathmandu, Nepal

Day 1: Fly from Lukla Trek to Pakhding

Flights to Lukla no longer leave from Tribhuvan International Airport (Kathmandu Airport)  in Kathmandu due to congestion. Flights are now out of Ramechap airport which is a 4 1/2 hour drive from Kathmandu. You can book private helicopters from Tribhuvan International Airport.

The flight from Ramechap airport is much shorter than the flight from Tribhuvan International Airport. Flights to Lukla are only 12 minutes so more flights can get through when the weather is clear making flights less likely to be canceled or delayed for too long.

The flight to Lukla is a scary flight and is considered one of the most dangerous in the world. We flew from Kathmandu but flights now are much shorter from Ramechap. I think I would like it better as we sat at the front of the plane and saw the pilot’s instruments constantly flash “ obstacle ahead. ” It looked as if we were about to crash into a mountain at any time. Read all about our flight to Lukla and watch the video here

Watch Us Fly to Lukla Airport

The Lukla airstrip at Lukla Airpot is a short landing strip at only 525 meters (1,729 feet long.) Built on the side of a mountain it is also a very steep grade that is needed to slow the planes down quickly. Needless to say, we held our breath during the landing.

We survived that flight, but it was the flight back to Kathmandu I was nervous about. Taking off on that short of a runway was a hair-raising experience. One false move and we’d drop thousands of feet into the valley below. Lukla Airport is actually called Tenzing Hillary Airport named after the first two men to summit Mount Everest.

Hiking from Lukla to Pakding

The trek begins officially in Lukla. Lukla is a busy town with plenty of accommodation, shops, and eateries. If you forgot anything for your EBC trek, you can pick up supplies in a pinch. But we suggest purchasing all your gear in Kathmandu. It is much cheaper.

From Lukla, we immediately started our Everest Base Camp hike. After a quick snack and a cup of tea in Lukla, we set off on an easy three-hour trek along trekking trails that were easy to follow weaving through villages, crossing rivers, and stumbling over stony paths.

Entering Sagarmatha National Park

A permit is needed to hike to Everest Base Camp as it is located in Sagarmatha National Park. We checked in with the national park headquarters and Dipendra took care of everything. He had all our paperwork in order so all we had to do was start walking through the beautiful Khumbu Valley to make our way to Everest base camp.

Sagarmatha National Park has been a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1976. At 1148 square km (443 square miles) in area, it is one of the most beautiful places we have ever visited.

We felt giddy stepping through the welcome gates located just outside of Lukla. This was it, we were following in the footsteps of the great adventurers of our time. It was awe-inspiring to hike through the Khumbu region surrounded by the Himalayas.

As we hiked out of Lukla, Dipendra pointed out the surrounding jagged white peaks named Kwangde, Mumbu, and Kishumkongara. At 6000+ meters, (19,000+ feet) these are the “little guys” of the world’s highest mountain range. It wouldn’t be long until we were among the famous 8000-meter (26,000 feet) peaks.

Our first day was filled with a relaxing walk while learning about the Khumbu region. It was quite early in the day, so we had plenty of time to take our time to learn about the customs of climbing and learn the names of the mountains found in this beautiful region of Nepal.

For the rest of the day, we followed the Dudh Koshi River Valley at a steady but leisurely pace to the village of Pakding. Temperatures were warm and the first day of trekking was comfortable. Lukla to Pakding actually has an elevation loss, so it is a good introduction to hiking through the region as we had a lot of downhill trekking.

After about 5 hours, we came to our first night on the trek where we spent the night in a comfortable teahouse in the village of Phakding.

Our First Night on the EBC Trek

The accommodation in Pakding was a quaint little hotel/teahouse that looked like a cottage. The wood-burning stove smelled delicious as it warmed the restaurant while they prepared our meals.

Our porter “Sher” carried all our supplies including the sleeping bags that we borrowed from our trekking company. We each rented a sleeping bag that was included in the price of our EBC trek. The beds were comfortable and Dave and I had private rooms. Some tours use dorm rooms but we had private rooms. Toilets were shared, but everything was clean and comfortable. The rooms were clean and we slept like rocks snuggled up in our thick down sleeping bags.

Heated Lodges – Teahouses on the EBC Trek

During the EBC Trek, you don’t stay in tents. You stay in charming teahouses with cozy beds, wood-burning stoves, and fully stocked restaurants that serve dinner.

The teahouses are a welcoming sight after a long day of trekking helping to make the trek to Everest one of the most memorable experiences of our lives. If you are planning to trek to Everest Base Camp in Nepal, read on for all the information you’ll need to help you prepare.

The main lodges of each teahouse we stayed in during the first half of our EBC trek were cozy and warm. At the lower elevations, woodstoves burned wood in the dining room and common areas and our rooms were a comfortable temperature with heating as we were wrapped up in our sleeping bags. We ate hearty meals of pasta and meat and enjoyed a relaxing night soaking in the amazing day we just had on the mountain.

• From Lukla – Elevation 2869 meters (9,350 feet)
• To Pakding – Elevation 2610 meters ( 8563 Feet)
• Length – 7.7 km (4.78 miles)
• Elevation loss – 79 meters (259 feet)
• Duration – 3 Hours

Day 2 – Pakding to Namche Bazaar

On day two, we checked in at another gate of the Mt. Everest park headquarters to show our documentation. We had to show our passports and give them extra passport photos to go into the log. (So make sure you have extra passport photos with you) Once we signed in, we were officially in the Khumbu region and officially on our way trekking to Everest Base Camp.

We covered a lot of terrain on day two making it the longest day of the Everest Base Camp trek. The trail up the mountains was steep and challenging but it was a memorable day.

Day two of the EBC trek was a hike of almost 10km (6.2 miles) with an elevation gain of 800 meters (2624 feet). But throughout the hike, there was a lot of elevation loss mixed in so it felt like a lot more.

We would lose elevation as we descended into the valley only to have to climb back up again to a higher elevation. Today was a lot of fun though because we crossed several suspension bridges over Dudh Kosi River Valley.

Suspension Bridges on the way to Everest

If you have a fear of heights, crossing suspension bridges may not be your favorite moment, but the suspension bridges while trekking to Everest Base Camp are well constructed, made of steel, and in excellent condition.

I was nervous about the suspension bridges. The Lonely Planet Guide said, “ Grit your teeth and climb onto a drooping suspension bridge floating at a dizzying height .” That sentence freaked me out.

I had built the suspension bridges of the EBC trek in my head as something monstrous. But by the time we reached the first bridge, I wondered what all the fuss was about. Once I crossed my first bridge, my confidence was up and I was ready for anything the Everest trek was ready to throw at me.

Donkey Trains

Today we also started to see a lot of donkeys, cows, and goats taking supplies to the villages. Traffic can get very heavy on the Everest Base Camp hike. When animal trains go by, make sure to get out of their way and stay to the side.

They are loaded down with heavy gear and they have a mission to keep on walking until they are done. They can easily nudge you right off the side of a cliff as no matter what is in their way, they just keep walking.

The trail is a highway, but instead of transport trucks or trains carrying cargo, people and farm animals carry everything from lumber and building supplies to food and kitchen appliances.

Safety Tips on the Everest Base Camp Trek for yaks and donkeys

• Important Tip: When a yak, donkey, or cow train passes you during the EBC trek, be sure to stand on the mountainside of the trail so they can’t push you over the edge !
• It is better to be squished into a mountainside than to go tumbling over the edge!

Final Stretch to Namche Bazaar

Right after crossing the last bridge, the hardest part of day two of trekking to Everest base camp started The last push of the day consisted of 2-hours straight uphill to Namche Bazar.

We were drenched with sweat but the air was cool. Whenever we stopped for a break, we would get a chill so we just kept on chugging away.

Large tour groups passed us quickly, only to be caught a few minutes later as they rested. We realize that we were the tortoise and they were the hare! Slow and steady is the way to climb at high altitudes and in the end, we made it to Namche Bazaar with plenty of time to spare in the day.

Arrival to Namche Bazaar

We checked into the security post and cringed when we found out that our lodge was an uphill walk for another 20 minutes. Rest had to wait a bit longer.

When we arrived at our accommodation, we were thrilled to see our porter Sher’s smiling face. He had already checked us in and put our bag in our room. We immediately went for a nap and then did a little walking around town in the evening to do some shopping and grab a bite to eat before turning in for an early night.

There are plenty of shops and restaurants at Namche Bazaar, this town is bustling and we spent two nights of our EBC Trek here which was awesome.

Pakding – Elevation 2610 meters ( 8563 Feet) Namche Bazaar – 3440 meters (11,286 feet) Elevation Gain – 830 meters (2723 feet) Distance – 10km (6.2 Miles) Duration – 6 hours

Day 3 – Acclimatization Day at Namche Bazaar

We had two glorious days at Namche Bazaar. Dipendra chose great accommodation for us throughout our EBC trek and we had a good rest in this splendid teahouse where we enjoyed delicious pasta, meats, and of course dhal baht. We spent the morning enjoying coffee and doing a bit of shopping.

What to do in Namche Bazaar

We explored Namche Bazaar and checked out its many shops. The streets are packed with shopping stalls and markets. We searched for gear that we missed getting in Kathmandu and got some great deals. We were surprised the prices weren’t inflated at Namche Bazaar.

We bought some down booties to keep our feet warm at night, a couple of sherpa hats, and a warmer set of gloves. The Everest Bakery was a highlight with delicious apple pie, fresh coffee, and WiFi. We had two pieces each!

But we took it very easy, making sure to stay hydrated and to eat enough food to stave off altitude sickness. Namche Bazaar is located at a high altitude of 3440 meters (11,286 feet). We already saw a woman suffering from altitude sickness. She was having her blood pressure taken and heart rate monitored and when she got up, she was staggering as she leaned on her guide.

Her Everest base camp trek had already come to an abrupt end. It reminded us to relax because the days ahead were going to be tough. So we went back to our teahouse to relax and prepare for the rest of our journey

The Acclimatization Hike for EBC Trek

Most high-altitude treks have at least one acclimation day . The Everest Base Camp trek is no exception. An acclimatization day consists of hiking to a higher altitude and then coming back down to sleep at a lower elevation. It gives your body a chance to adjust to the altitude but you don’t stay for long.

As you will be constantly gaining altitude on the Everest Trek, it is good to have at least one day to climb higher and sleep lower to help prevent altitude sickness.

Our acclimation hike took us to the Everest View Hotel. With an elevation gain of only 400 meters, it wasn’t too much higher than our hotel in Namche Bazaar, but it is enough to help acclimate to the high altitudes. Everest View Hotel offers amazing views of Mount Everest (hence the name). Plus it holds the Guinness book of world records as the highest hotel in the world.

It is not an easy day off though. Just walking through town takes your breath away. As we made our way up the steps, I wondered if I should have just stayed in bed and skipped the viewpoint to relax. When we started the climb I was breathing heavily just walking up a few flights of steps. We hadn’t even left Namche Bazaar and I was pooped!

Once we got on the trail, things became easier. The steep grade gave way to a sloping trail and I started to feel better. After one and a half hours of climbing, we reached what has to be the world’s highest airstrip at 3700 meters (12,139 feet). We arrive just in time to see a small plane take off.

First Views of Mt. Everest

It was here that we got to see our first breathtaking views of Mt. Everest and the surrounding mountains. We hiked a bit farther and there it was, standing quietly behind the other highest peaks of the earth. 

Lhotse, Changri, Ama Dablam, and Nuptse surround the mighty Mount Everest, the world’s highest peak. At 8414m (27,604 feet), 6027m (19,773 feet), and 7861m (25,790 feet) they are the little sisters of this sacred mountain. Mount Everest stands at 8848 meters (27,716 feet).

The deep Khumbu valley views were magnificent. The river wove far below, carving through the panorama of the white mountain tops. We walked a narrow trail snaking along the side of a steep mountain and suddenly realize “this trek has become real.” We were high in the Himalayas and one false move could mean catastrophe falling into the abyss below.

The sky was a deep blue and the white summits reached toward the billowing clouds. The view was so awe-inspiring it brought me to tears. Everything was so crisp and clear. During the EBC trek, you feel as if you could reach out and touch heaven.

The clouds rolled in quickly so it was time to go. The weather conditions change quickly on the Everest base camp hike, so it is good to have the experience of a guide leading us through all terrain and conditions. We went back to Namche Bazaar to relax and gain strength for the rest of the trek.

Namche Bazaar – Elevation – 3440 meters. (11246 feet) Everest View Hotel – 3880 meters (12,730 ft.) Elevation – Bounce of 440 meters (1443 feet) Duration – 3 hours return Elevation Gain – 0 km

Day 4 – Namche Bazaar to Tengboche

We awoke earlier than usual on Day 4. Two large group treks (Intrepid Travel and G Adventures) had checked into our lodge and we didn’t want to have to compete for service or breakfast. We also didn’t want to have to wait in line for the bathroom.

Lodges become more and more sparse as you go higher on the Everest Base Camp Trek and fewer toilets are shared between more people. Up until now, we hadn’t encountered crowds of people. It had been pretty quiet on the mountain and we liked it that way.

Luckily, we were a day ahead of the other tours. They had to stay in Namche Bazaar for another day to acclimate to the high altitudes, So we moved on to enjoy our EBC Trek free from crowds of people – for now.

Tenzing Norgay Memorial Stupa

During day 4 of the EBC trek, we hiked along trails clinging to the side of the mountain. The narrow trekking trails along this route were a little scary. They wound along the edge of the cliff with nothing but a sheer drop to the abyss into the Khumbu Valley. But we kept our wits about us putting one foot ahead of the other until we reached the Sherpa Monument.

Tenzing Norgay Sherpa monument was erected by the Norgay family. It is a stupa honoring Tenzing Norgay Sherpa and all the Sherpas that risked their lives to help climbers reach the summit of Mt. Everest.

All treks pass this monument and it is an important stop on the journey to pay respect to the famous Sherpa of the Everest region. In case you don’t know, Tenzing Norgay Sherpa was the first man to summit Everest along with Sir Edmund Hillary.

What is a Sherpa?

Sherpas are the unsung heroes of Mt. Everest. They do all of the hard work and technical work on the mountain. They carry the heavy loads, set the ladders and ropes to cross the Hillary Step and Khumbu Icefield for mountain climbers, and they take care of setting up camp while climbers and trekkers catch their breath and try to survive life on the world’s highest peak.

Difference Between a Sherpa and a Porter

Sherpas and porters are very different from one another. We learned that a Sherpa is actually the name of an ethnic group from Tibet. The original mountaineers hired Sherpas as their guides in the Himalayas and the world has now adopted the name for porters in the Everest region. If you aren’t born into the Sherpa ethnic group, you cannot be called a Sherpa. Porters are porters and Sherpas are Sherpas.

We were told that some porters, especially commercial porters carry up to 60kg (150 pounds) of supplies and gear to businesses located along the EBC trek. That is a lot of weight and we were very surprised. When climbing Mount Kilimanjaro , porters had a mandatory weight limit of 35kg. (77 pounds).

Dipendra told us that they get paid per kilo so some people push it too far. The Nepalese are a strong bunch but this is a lot to carry at such a high altitude no matter what shape you are in.

We kept our pack as light as possible at around 22kg (48 pounds) for Sher and we even felt bad about that! We have heard there is a 30kg (66lb) limit for Everest, but judging by what we saw other porters carrying on the Everest Base Camp hike, people were pushing it well beyond that.

We saw men carrying stacks of plywood with heavy white sacks loaded on top. We saw men carrying propane tanks, doors, and huge packs. What could people possibly need on the EBC Trek that they packed their packs so full? Read more: Packing List for Everest Base Camp Trek

Approaching Tengboche

The final push of our EBC Trek day 4 was to Tengboche Monastery. It was a tough yet steady 2-hour steep climb. We are now gaining altitude climbing above the tree line. We put our heads down and huffed and puffed our way up. We didn’t stop for any photos or videos and were surprised to cut the climb down to just one and a half hours.

We reached the prayer wheels of Tengboche Monastery just in time for light snow to start falling. We made it into our camp at Tengboche by 1:30 pm and had the entire afternoon to ourselves at 3900 meters (12795 feet). This is an excellent place on the Everest Base Camp hike to have some extra time to relax as there are a few special things to see and do.

Tengboche Monastery

We warmed our feet with our new down booties that we bought at Namche Bazaar and changed into some dryer clothes before heading off to see the monks chant at Tengboche Monastery. Our guide Dipendra told us that this is the most important monastery in the region. All climbers summiting the mountains stop at this monastery to be blessed by the monks.

We were allowed to watch the ceremony and to take in the warmth and blessings from the monks. It is a sacred place and all climbers and trekkers stop here before continuing up the mountains.

The footprints of Lama Pagna Dorje from the 16th century are embedded in solid stone in front of the monastery.  A place where he mediated and raced through the Himalayas riding the wind with his mind.

Apparently, he sat on this stone for so long, his feet left their mark. He spent years traveling the world through the power of his mind and we believe the story. Especially after our yoga experience in Goa India. He predicted that a monastery would be built here and surprise surprise…here it is.

The View from Tengboche Monastery

The view is magnificent from Tengboche Monastery. The valley is wide and opens up to massive rolling hills giving way to the highest peaks on earth. Plus it has a clear view of Mt. Everest and the surrounding mountains.

We were told that Sir Edmund Hillary came back to survey the peak of Mount Everest from this spot because the view is so clear of the mountain and we can understand why.

Accommodation – Basic Tea Houses at Higher Altitude

At this high elevation of the EBC trek, accommodation became very basic and rustic. We felt like true adventurers as we sat by the fire warming our feet and bonding with our fellow trekkers over our shared experience by candlelight.

There were 10 of us staying in this teahouse. All are sharing electricity to charge our camera batteries. Meals were now vegetarian and wood stoves were heated by yak dung. At this high altitude, meat cannot be transported fast enough to stay fresh and regular wood is scarce, so yak dung it is.

When we went to bed, our room was freezing. Rooms are not heated at higher elevations. We had our own room, but I sometimes wonder if sleeping in a dorm would have helped with more body heat. The temperature easily dipped down to -10 Celcius (14 degrees Fahrenheit) and our plywood walls didn’t offer a lot of comforts.

We tossed and turned all night long trying to keep our noses warm in our sleeping bags wearing our down jackets, thick socks, and thermal mid-layers.

It was so cold the scoop bucket for the shared squat toilet froze over forming a patch of ice to form on the floor. It was a slippery trip to the outhouse. Sadly, we always have to pee a lot during the night when sleeping at high altitudes so we visited that toilet a lot.

Hot Tip: Pay for hots showers at lower elevations You won’t regret it! We realized that we should have paid the 250 Rupees for the hot showers offered at the accommodation in Namche Bazaar. Now that the weather was so cold there was no way we could face a bucket bath in a freezing shed. Dave and I set a new record in these mountains of Nepal, 9 days without a shower!

Namche Bazaar – Elevation – 3440 meters. (11246 feet) above sea level Tengboche – 3860 meters (12664 feet) Elevation Gain – 420 meters (1378 feet) Distance – 9.3 km (5.77 miles) Duration – 3 hours (without stopping) 5 hours for photos, lunch and rest.

Day 5 – Tengboche to Dingboche

Day 5 of the EBC Trek was freezing!  We had an early wake-up call and morning came too quickly on the Tengboche leg of the EBC Trek. But, we awoke to a winter wonderland of fresh snow at the Tengboche Monastery and clear views of Lhotse peak.

The snow from the night before made for more incredible views on the hiking trails. As we started out from the lodge, the sky was crisp and clear, showing Mount Everest in all its glory. It was stunning, and in between gasping for air, we admired the view.

Today we walked to higher altitudes and saw our first trains of wooly yaks.  Yaks cannot survive at low altitudes because it is too warm for them, so you don’t see yaks on the Everest Base Camp hike until at least 3000 meters. (9800 feet) They are beautiful.

Yaks on the Trek to Everest Base Camp

Woolly yak trains were more frequent and by day five of the EBC Trek, we had our system perfected to give them the right of way without letting them nudge us off the mountain.

As we said earlier, it is important to give yaks space. They will run you right off the mountain if you are in their way. Be sure to stand on the mountainside as they pass so you don’t get knocked over the edge. The yaks of the Everest Base Camp trek, have only one thing on their mind. To get to their destination.

On this day, signs of expeditions going up to summit Everest started to go by as large groups of yaks carried giant loads of climbing gear. It is exciting to think that we were walking the same route as so many great mountain climbers, like Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa.

The Trek from Tengboche is breathtaking

I conquered what little fear of heights I had left this day. Some of the narrow paths on the route dropped sharply into the deep valley below. Soon we found ourselves walking along the ledge not thinking at all about the dangers below. We hiked for a couple of hours before stopping for tea at a restaurant in Pangboche.

There are shops, teahouses, and restaurants along the route so we could buy lunch along the way and one of the more popular stops is in the village of Pangboche. After a tea stop in Pangboche, we met a sweet lady that walked with us all the way to the village of Dingboche. Her name was Yangshou and she waited for us as we struggled up hills and crossed the suspension bridge over the Imja Khola River.  

Her cute laugh and quiet prayers helped to pass the time. She stopped to talk to everyone on the trail while we plugged along. She’d fall far behind when she chatted with friends, only to quickly catch us and then scoot by us with ease. She must have enjoyed our company because we really slowed her down. “ Yangzhou, we will always remember your smiling face!

We spent the night in the village of Dingboche and wished that we had another night here. It is from here that you will see beautiful views of Island Peak and Lhotse, but it is also a good spot for another acclimatization day.

Tengboche – 3860 meters (12664 feet) above sea level Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) Elevation Gain – 550 meters (1804 feet) Distance – 10.8 km (6.71 miles) Duration – 3 hours (without stopping) 5 hours for photos, lunch, and rest.

Day 6 – Second Acclimatization Day at Dingboche

This is a day that most people spend acclimating to the high altitude. We did not do this day, but you should! So we are including it in the guide because it is a very important day when trekking to Everest Base Camp. If we were smarter, we would have spent 2 nights in the village of Dingboche where we would spend a day hiking up to Nagurjun Hill.

This is the best place for climbers looking to summit Everest, Ama Dablam (6812m), Lobuche peak (6,119 m), or Island Peak to do their acclimatization day. Dingboche is a small village in the Khumbu region with only a few guest houses, so it is a good time to relax, replenish and rejuvenate for the next push.

If we had brought our Lonely Planet Trekking in the Nepal Himalayas (which we forgot in Kathmandu and kicked ourselves about it every day) we would have realized that we should have taken an extra day to acclimate in Dingboche.

Dipendra was flexible so he would have easily added another day onto our trek, we just didn’t know any better to ask about it. Lucky for us, we felt strong, but other groups were complaining of headaches and dizziness.

In the end, we wish we spent the extra day here. Some people even spend two days here climbing to the surrounding peaks. We did suffer after reaching base camp and I believe that is because we didn’t spend time acclimatizing here.

Had we stayed, we would have done some light hikes to gain altitude and then come back down to rest at a lower elevation. Many people who are set to climb Island Peak or Kala Patthar stay here for a few days to get some practice climbs in.

Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) above sea level Nangkartshang Peak  – Altitude – 5050 meters (16568 feet) Climb – 640 meters (2099 feet) Distance – 10.8 km (6.71 miles) Duration – 4 hours Elevation Gain – 0

Day 7 – Dingboche to Lobuche

We walked with fellow trekkers we met at our guesthouse Martin and Richard from Slovakia during the morning hours. They carried their own packs and after watching them struggle, we were happy we hired a porter. (note: As of April 2023, you can no longer trek independently in Nepal) They were really starting to feel the altitude and we eventually left them behind.

We enjoyed our day taking photos of the stunning clear views of the Everest region. It may be a little colder trekking in Nepal at this time of year (Early March), but the skies are clear and blue. When we came across a small cluster of houses, we felt like we had entered the Kingdom of Middle Earth. Little Hobbit houses lined a valley with giant peaks looming overhead.

We had a front-row seat to some of the most breathtaking views on earth. An entire panorama of the mountains standing proudly overhead, reaching up to the deepest blue sky that I have ever witnessed. The scene took our breath away. The mountains looked more imposing with each corner we turned and we could not believe that we were fulfilling our dream of hiking to Everest.

We had to knock on the door to see if Bilbo Baggins happened to be in. Sadly, he wasn’t home. I ended up singing Leonard Nimoy’s Ballad of Bilbo Baggin s for the rest of the day. A bad idea since I only know a few words.

Weather Conditions

The wind picked up and we put on our outer layers for the first time. We were thankful to have them as we staggered through the high gusts. Weather varies greatly in the Everest Region and before you know it you can have inclement weather so be prepared with your layers. The sun can be shining one minute and then wind and clouds roll in the next.

After lunch, we faced quite the scramble up a steep hill littered with boulders. It looked like a tough climb, but we moved with ease and quickly made it to the top. Where we found our strength, I do not know.

Sherpa Monuments

At the top of the hill is a very moving sight. Several monuments and stupas are erected, honoring Sherpas and climbers that have lost their lives on Everest. The most notable of these is  Babu Chiri  Sherpa .

Babu Chiri Sherpa was the former world record holder of the fastest ascent of Everest, the most number of ascents up the mountain, and the quickest back-to-back summits of 2 in less than 2 weeks. He tragically lost his life on his 11th attempt when he fell into a crevasse.

It was a moving experience and a strong reminder to not take things lightly on Everest, even if you are only trekking to Everest Base Camp. It is still a serious trek.

Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) above sea level Lobuche  – Altitude – 4940 meters (16207 feet) Elevation Gain – 530 meters (1738 feet) Distance – 17.6 km (10.9 miles) Duration – 4 to 5 hours

Day 8 – Morning – Lobuche to Gorak Shep

Day 8 on the Everest Base Camp Trek takes you to 5000 meters (16404 feet). How did we feel at 5000 meters? Terrible. Before entering Nepal, I had been suffering for a few weeks in India. The pollution of Kathmandu didn’t help and my congestion was worse when I started the climb. I thought it would clear up in the fresh air, but it intensified with each increase in altitude.

Every morning my cough got worse and my nose was stuffed up to the point of being unbearable. Today, I felt the effects of the congestion and couldn’t catch my breath. It didn’t help that we had gone into such a high altitude. The air is thin and cold.

Dave suffered his first symptoms of altitude sickness when reaching 5000 meters as well. He had a slight case of diarrhea and wasn’t happy about having to wait for the toilet in the teahouses. I think many people were suffering from the same symptoms.

Our was a slow climb to Gorak Shep. We stopped regularly to catch our breath and today we took more breaks than usual. Luckily it was only a couple of hundred meters in elevation gain so we made it to our guest house in Gorek Shep by 12:30.

Lobuche  – Altitude – 4940 meters (16207 feet) above sea level Gorak Shep – 5164 meters (16942 feet) above sea level Elevation Gain – 224 meters (734 feet) Distance – 4.3 (2.6 miles) Duration – 4 Hours

Day 8 – Afternoon: Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp

We took a break at Gorek Shep before making out way to Everest Base Camp. We sat in the sun marveling at the fact that we made it this far. After eating a hearty lunch of vegetarian Sherpa stew (Dal Bhat) on the terrace, (yes, we ate outside in the warm sun above 5100 meters) we set out for Everest Base Camp. The sun was shining brightly and it was quite pleasant outside so we were very excited.

We were lucky and had clear skies. Up until today, the clouds had rolled in by early afternoon every day. Today the sun shone and the skies were blue until sunset. So, it was our perfect morning to make the push.

The trek to Base Camp from Gorak Shep is an easy one. It’s two hours of walking with only a small elevation gain, and we made it with ease. That break for lunch really helped our spirits.

Reaching Everest Base Camp

People can summit Mount Everest from Tibet, but the main Everest Base Camp expedition route is in Nepal, and it is busy when the season is in full swing. Even those climbing to the peak of Mt Everest hike the route we took along the Everest Base Camp trek.

We arrived just a week or two before the season, so it was still quiet on the mountain. In fact, we were the only people at Base Camp that afternoon. We saw another group coming down on our way up, but once there we had it all to ourselves. It was thrilling.

To reach Everest base camp, you will hike out from nearby Gorak Shep and then hike back the same day to spend the night in the village. You do not spend the night at base camp.

Khumbu Glacier

The Khumbu Glacier is the first thing to come into view, and it is unbelievable to think that we are actually standing there. The Khumbu Glacier is the largest glacier in all of Nepal and is famous for the Khumbu Icefall. This treacherous sheet of ice is the most dangerous obstacle that climbers face when summiting Everest.

We witnessed an avalanche that reminded us just how precarious the climb to Mount Everest is. It is an intimidating sight and I cannot imagine having the courage to cross that field of ice. Climbers walk across ladders that shift and move as the ice is alive and constantly settling. It has taken many lives, and we were happy to look at it from afar.

With an elevation of 7600 meters at its source, the Khumbu Glacier is the highest glacier in the world and the Khumbu Icefall is one of the most dangerous portions of the climb to the summit of the world’s highest peak. We were happy to look at it from afar.

Everest Base Camp’s elevation is 5,364m (17,598 feet) so you will feel the high altitude. But, if you have taken your time you should feel pretty good. We had been at this elevation now for a while and stayed hydrated, so we could enjoy the experience.

We stood at a rock covered with prayer flags announcing that yes, we had made it to Mount Everest Base Camp at 5364 meters. We stayed for almost an hour taking videos, celebrating, and snapping photos. If you can bear it, don’t rush the experience, take it in and enjoy every minute. This will be the only time you’ll see it.

Trekking to Everest may be more exciting later in the season when Everest expeditions are there, but we really liked having base camp to ourselves. There wasn’t a soul on the mountain except for the three of us. We stayed for almost an hour taking videos, celebrating, snapping photos, and marveling at the massive Khumbu Glacier. Can it really be true that we are here? It felt like a dream.

We finished our climb about two weeks before the high season began and we wouldn’t have it any other way. We stood at a rock covered with prayer flags announcing that yes, we had made it to Everest Base Camp.

When it’s high season, base camp is filled with expeditions and tents spanning the valley. We only saw one expedition so far. They may have been here to climb Island Peak as base camp is also a place to acclimate for that peak.

We started to make our way back to Gorak Shep from Everest Base Camp at about 3:30 pm. Even though it was an easy trek back, there are narrow paths atop high ledges and it just so happens that while we were walking back, an ice bridge broke off after I stepped on it leaving Dave with a sticky situation of having to take one giant leap over a gorge. We made it back to Gorak Shep safely but it was a reminder just how dangerous the Himalayas can be.

Back to Gorak Shep

By the time we made it back to Gorak Shep, the excitement of reaching Everest base camp had worn off. We had reached our final destination Base Camp, but there was still a lot more trekking to go.

We were happy to have seen it, but we were exhausted. We felt the same when we climbed Mount Kilimanjaro. The thrill of reaching your destination is over and there is nothing more to look forward to, but there are still so many days to go.

That night I had serious sinus congestion and felt like I was suffocating in my freezing bed. It was quite scary to already be short of breath because of the altitude and then be completely congested. I really was terrified. Our guide Dipendra brought me hot tea all night and I slathered myself in Vicks Vaporub but nothing helped me to breathe easier.

I was afraid as we had the Gokyo Lake trek ahead through the Cho La Pass. We were also planning to trek up to Kala Pattar for the best views of Everest in the morning. I hope I could make it but I was also dreading the day ahead. I barely slept a wink but I finally drifted into a not-so-peaceful slumber.

Gorak Shep – 5164 meters (16942 feet) above sea level Everest Base Camp Elevation – 5,364m (17,598 feet) above sea level Elevation Gain – 200 meters (656 feet) Distance – 3.5 km one way (2.1 miles) Duration – Three Hours Round Trip

Alternative Gokyo Lake Via Cho La Pass

The next morning after a terrible night, we gave up our plans of climbing Kala Patthar and then on to the Gokyo Lakes and Cho La Pass trek. Even though I wasn’t feeling dizzy, nauseous, or lightheaded anymore, the sinus congestion was really getting to me. At altitude a cold can turn serious quickly, you just can’t take a chance when altitude is involved.

But, if we were going to trek on, this would be the next stop. It is supposed to be beautiful and if you are feeling up to it, we highly recommend it. This makes the trek much more interesting as you get to take a different way back to Lukla.

Cho La Pass: Altitude 5420 meters (17,782 feet) Gokyo Ri: 5357 Meters (17,575 feet) Gokyo Lakes: 4,700–5,000 m (15,400–16,400 ft)

Day 9 – The Descent and Kala Patthar

Kala Patthar is a hill above Gorak Shep that offers the best views of Everest and is a must-stop on anyone’s Everest Base Camp trekking route. We had planned to climb to the summit of Kala Patthar, but my congestion was so bad, that we decided it was safer to get to a lower elevation quickly.

Kala Patthar is a quick two-hour trek to add to your descent back to Lukla. It is a good option if you are feeling up for it as it gives a great view of Mt. Everest. Make sure to start early morning before dawn as there is still a long day of trekking after summiting Kala Pattar. Plan on another five or six hours to your next overnight stop at Pheriche.

Kala Patthar to Pheriche – Afternoon

By the time you reach your accommodation at Periche, you should be feeling a lot better. Dave and I find that we are fine in the 4000-meter ranges of altitude and experience very few symptoms of altitude sickness. It is at 5000 meters and above that, we start to feel our symptoms. Periche is a much more manageable 4371 meters.

Kala Pattar: 5643 metres Pheriche: 4371 Meters Altitude Loss : 1272

Days 10 to 11 – The Descent from Everest Base Camp

It took us two days more to trek back from Everest Base Camp to our final destination on the EBC Trek. I started feeling better on the second day as the dryness of the Everest base camp disappeared. My sinuses cleared and soon I was breathing easily. I started to feel guilty about turning around, but in hindsight, I know it was the right choice. You never want to take a chance with altitude sickness.

Even though we were heading down, there is still a lot of altitude gain as the EBC trek doesn’t continuously go downhill. I was feeling really fatigued and we still had a tough couple of days ahead of us. But knowing there was light at the end of the tunnel made everything easier.

It takes a lot of mental stamina to climb back down as the euphoria of reaching the Everest base camp has worn off, but we made the most of it, by chatting with other trekkers and getting to know our guides better.

During our decent we could actually take our time to smell the roses or should I say enjoy the trekking trail that ran through the stunning rhododendron forest.

Rhododendrons are beautiful flowering plants that bloom in different shades of pink, red, white, and purple. The rhododendron forest is particularly prominent in the areas of Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, and Dingboche which we really didn’t notice until we made our way down the mountains.

We followed the route we came up with, but it was much faster and we stayed in different villages. The beauty of booking organized trips with a local guide is that our guide Dipendra knew the routes like the back of his hand, so he could change accommodations easily to suit our speed.

Day 12 – Lukla

We were back in Lukla early on day 12 of our EBC Trek and had an evening booked in a guest house here to catch the first flight from Lukla back to Kathmandu in the morning. As much as we loved our trip to Everest, we were excited to be moving on to explore more of Nepal.

The accommodation was pleasant with a lovely restaurant, hot shower, and warm and cozy beds. It was a great way to end the trip.

Day 13 – Return To Kathmandu Flight from Lukla Airport

It is very important to give yourself an extra cushion when booking your return flight not only home from Kathmandu but from Lukla. We stayed overnight in Lukla on the final night of our trek and booked a flight to Kathmandu for first thing the next morning.

It is not uncommon for flights to be canceled or delayed flying out of Lukla Airport. Weather conditions change quickly. So give a bit of a cushion when booking your flight home from Nepal after you’ve finished your trek to Everest Base Camp. Many a traveler has missed their connecting flights home from Kathmandu because of delays in Lukla. It is safer to plan to spend a night or two in Kathmandu after your trek.

We were delayed an entire day. Even though we were booked on the first flight from Lukla, the weather made us wait until near sunset. We were the first (and only) flight out that day, so everyone else who was waiting for their flights all day was stuck another night.

It was a bumpy flight back to Kathmandu and we almost wished that we didn’t make it on the flight. The turbulence was so bad, I was sure we were going to drop out of the sky.

Everyone on the flight was silent as we were tossed about dropping huge amounts of elevation at a time. But we landed and we have never been so happy to arrive in Kathmandu. We kissed the ground, thankful to have trekked to Everest Base Camp, but vowed to never do it again.

Accommodation – Tea Houses on Everest Base Camp

The main lodges of each teahouse we stayed in during the first half of our trip were cozy and warm. At the lower elevations, woodstoves burned wood in the dining room and common areas and our rooms were a comfortable temperature as we were wrapped up in our sleeping bags.

But as we ventured higher, the stoves were less abundant and instead of wood, they burned yak dung. You heard me, Yak Dung. Wood can’t burn in thin air, so they use yak dung to heat the teahouses at high elevations. Rooms are not heated so when we went to our rooms, we had to wear hats, thick socks, puffy coats, and long johns.

There were charging stations at the accommodation for electronics and we paid by the hour for electricity.

• We highly recommend taking a portable USB charger to charge your own electronics.
• We also used a solar USB charger that recharged during the day as we hiked.

Meals on Everest Base Camp

Because we booked an all-inclusive Everest Base Camp trek with Simrik Real Nepal tour company, all meals and snacks were included with our accommodation. Each evening, hearty meals were served that included pasta, rice, or Dal Bhat. Dal Bhat is the staple food of Nepal consisting of lentils, vegetables, steamed rice, and curry.

For the first few days, meat was served at meals, but as you climb higher, meals turned to vegetarian as it is more difficult to get the meat up the mountains.

Prayer Flags and Prayer Wheels – EBC Trek Etiquette

We saw many prayer wheels, prayer flags, and prayer rocks (mani stones) all along the trail to Everest. Everest is a sacred mountain and these monuments help give luck to the climbers on the mountain. There are customs to be followed when approaching prayer rocks or prayer wheels.

How to properly trek around prayer Wheels and Prayer Rocks

• When approaching a prayer rock, it is important to walk to the left of the prayer rocks (mani stones) in a clockwise direction. The stone on the right means you are on the “right hand of God.”
• When using prayer wheels, you walk along and spin them to ask for blessings for the climb ahead.
• Sherpas and locals spin prayer wheels saying the mantra “ Om Mani Padme Hum” giving blessings to the climb ahead.
• The prayer flags have prayers and mantras written on them which are believed to carry messages of positivity and to spread goodwill and compassion they are carried by the wind.

Altitude Sickness

Altitude Sickness is a very real possibility on the EBC Trek. On average 3-5 people die each year doing the trek to Everest base camp. Make sure to keep an eye out for signs of Acute Mountain Sickness. Acute Mountain Sickness is life-threatening and early symptoms include nausea, headache, and vomiting. It can lead to death. The Best way to alleviate symptoms is to go down to a lower elevation.

If you start to feel dizzy, have a pounding headache, or if you start to vomit go down to a lower altitude as quickly as possible. Take your time climbing, stay hydrated, and listen to your body.

Drink plenty of fluids, try to eat, and rest regularly. It is better to walk slowly and steadily rather than rushing at high altitudes. And when you get to your accommodations each day, relax as much as possible.

It can be dangerous trekking to Everest Base Camp from falling off the mountain to succumbing to altitude sickness. Some people have simply disappeared. Hiring a guide is a good option (and now the only option) for safety and it is very important to look for signals of altitude-related sickness.

But the Everest basecamp trek isn’t nearly as dangerous as climbing to the summit of Mt Everest. In 2019, 11 people died while trying to summit Mount Everest.

The village of Lukla is located at a high elevation so you will feel the effects of the thin air as soon as you land. The elevation of Lukla, Nepal is 2869 meters (9,350 feet). We were short of breath and already feeling fatigued upon landing. So instead of immediately starting our trek, we had a hot breakfast at one of the many restaurants in Lukla.

Travel Insurance for Everest Trek

We always travel with travel insurance on our travels, but hiking to Everest Base Camp will not be covered by regular insurance providers. It is highly recommended to get supplemental comprehensive travel insurance that offers trip cancellation insurance, and medical evacuation insurance.

Medjet is a good option for medical evacuation insurance and is a good addition to your regular travel insurance. There is a very real possibility of altitude sickness and we knew of two people that needed helicopter rescues during our trek.

World Nomads offers specific Everest Base Camp Insurance. You can check them out to get a quote. I would suggest a combination of World Nomads travel insurance and Medjet medical evacuation insurance. Regardless of what travel insurance you choose, be sure to call them directly to ask for specific advice about trekking to Everest Base Camp.

For a trip like Everest Base Camp, you will want to make sure to have trip interruption and trip cancellation insurance as well as lost luggage. This is a trip of a lifetime, so make sure you have a backup plan.

Can you Trek Independently to Everest Base Camp?

As of April 1, 2023, Nepal has banned solo trekking. Foreigners must hire a guide for treks in high-altitude trekking regions of national parks. According to the Kathmandu Post in March, “ solo or independent trekkers have to mandatorily hire a guide or a porter before setting off to Nepal’s mountains.” However, after an updated article in the Kathmandu Post, it seems that the Everest Region is an exception. Before booking, we would check with local companies and authorities as rules are constantly changing.

Regardless, we loved hiring a local guide to make oure experience richer, to support the local economy and to feel safer hi

• Our all-inclusive Everest Base Camp Trek through the Simrik Real Nepal included return flights from Lukla, food, lodging, guiding, and all permits and paperwork.
• We didn’t have to search for accommodation at the end of each day of trekking
• We had English-speaking guides and a porter.
• We had our own room, but you can also share rooms on the EBC Trek
• We never worried about the cost of meals. They were all prepaid.
• And our guide (Dipendra) and porter were part of the package for the trip.

Costs for Everest Base Camp Trek

Prices can vary greatly for trekking to Everest Base Camp. You can contact Simrik Real Nepal for up to date prices.

• Booking with an international agency can cost from $1800 – $5000 USD
• Booking with a local agency and be anywhere from $1400 – $2500

W hen is the Best time to Trek to Base Camp?

The high season for treks is April to May and October to November. We climbed in early March and felt that it was the perfect time of the year. The weather was beautiful, the skies were clear and the official climbing season hadn’t picked up yet. So we had a lot of the mountain to ourselves. We had heard stories of how busy the trail is, but at this time of year, it was quite deserted.

But a week and a half after our trek started as we made our way back to Lukla, it was already busier. We saw a lot of parties climbing up and the trail was getting congested. I can only imagine how packed the trails are during the high season.

What to Pack For Your Everest Base Camp Trek

Layering is extremely important when trekking to Everest Base Camp. This is a quick guide for clothing but we wrote a complete packing guide for base camp here .

Make sure to have a day pack to carry the important items and layers that you will need for your day of trekking for the entire trek. Your porter will carry everything else.

• 2  quick drying long sleeved  base layer shirts
• 2 trekking shirts short sleeve
• 2 Thermal Base Layer – 2 leggings/2shirts
• 2 liner socks
• 3 pairs of  woolen blend trekking socks
• 2 pairs of trekking pants with zip-off bottoms
• 2 fleece sweaters – one lightweight, one heavier
• Outer windproof jacket and pants
• 2 water bottles to fill regularly
• Steripen or Lifestraw – this is great for purifying water
• Portable USB Charger
• Basic First Aid Kit – A first aid kit is important to have but your guide, they will have one as well.
• Warm sleeping bag. If you don’t have a sleeping bag rated to below zero, we recommend renting one from your guding company.

Treats and Medication

• Tang – I was glad we packed Tang for our water. It made it taste better, keeping us well-hydrated. We didn’t really want to drink just water, but the Tang (which we bought in Kathmandu) was actually delicious. Gatorade or another electrolyte-replenishing drink is a great idea.
• Diamox – (You can buy this in Kathmandu without a prescription) I highly recommend using Diamox tablets for altitude sickness as well. We met so many people suffering from headaches, dizziness, and fatigue and they weren’t taking anything. We’ve always used Diamox when climbing to altitude and it has worked beautifully for us.
• Chocolate – When we were feeling ill, we were happy to have chocolate to eat. It was the only thing that we could eat at times.

How to Get Fresh Water on An Everest Trek

We recommend two refillable water bottles per person that can be refilled along the way. You can fill up anywhere for free along the Everest Base Camp route, but make sure you have a SteriPen or some other form of water purification with you. We love the SteriPen for purifying water, see our review here.

You can also use the LifeStraw or water purification tablets , but once we discovered the SteriPen , we never went back. See our complete Packing a Travel First Aid Kit here

Do You Need Climbing Experience for Everest Base Camp Trek?

There is no need for any technical climbing experience to make it to Everest Base Camp. If you are relatively fit, it is very doable. But it is a full two weeks at a sustained altitude of over 4000 meters.

We didn’t train for our Everest Base Camp Trek but we had been to altitude before and had spent a lot of time backpacking leading up to the months prior. It’s good to know how your body reacts to altitude. We suggested doing a couple of treks above 3000 meters (9000 feet) to see how your body reacts.

Hot Tips for Trekking to EBC

• Keep your camera batteries close to your body when not in use. The cold and altitude really eat up battery life, so you will want to keep them warm for as long as you can.
• Bring USD, ATM Fees are high and you are limited to the amounts you can take out of the ATM, so have ISD to exchange instead.
• Pack handi wipes and Gold Bond Powder – it’s a lifesaver when you can’t get hot showers.
• See our Full list of Everest Base Camp Tips here.

How to Get to Everest Base Camp

There are daily flights to Kathmandu International Airport from international hubs around the world.

Where to Book Your Everest Base Camp Trek

We booked our trek in Kathmandu with Local Guide Dipendra of Simrik Real Nepal.  If you are looking for a local guide he is an excellent choice with nearly 20 years of experience in the mighty Himalayas.

Prices for the Everest base camp trek cost can vary depending on where you book. Group tours booked in North America will charge more. Ranging from $1500 – $5000 USD

You can save a lot of money by booking a local guide as you will cut out the middleman prices. Having a local guide let us know our money was going directly to the Nepal economy. Check with Simrik Real Nepal for current prices.

How Much to Tip Guides and Porters for an EBC Trek

Guides and porters in Nepal do not make a lot of money and rely on tipping. When we take tours of any kind, we (ourselves) tip 15% – 20% but that is a part of our culture in North America, we are quite large tippers and realize that others are not comfortable with that. We’ve done a lot of research and gone by what our tour companies have suggested on other tips, what we feel is a fair tip and what the average is across the internet.

For tipping in Nepal we have broken down the cost for a guide and porter.

Guide – Tipping – 10% – 15% of the total cost of the trip. We find this the easiest to figure out. If you paid $2000 for your trek, the lead guide should receive $200 – $300

Guide per day – Some suggest $10 – $15 per day per person for guides – For a 14 day trek that means you would tip your guide $140 – $210.

Porters per day – $5 – $10 per day per person for porters. – $70 – $140 for your porter.

We like to start at 15% of the total cost of our trips to give to the guides and then pay the porters a daily fee of $10.

If you can afford to trek to Everest Base Camp, you should be able to tip your guides and porters who have worked so hard accordingly.

Daily Life in the Everest Region of Nepal

While trekking to Everest we passed through many picturesque villages. The people are friendly and life goes on as it would in any community in Nepal. People do well in the Khumbu Region and they respect the tours passing through because the tourists are what keep them going. 

There is electricity from the water that they harness from the Imja Khola River and Dudh Kosi River; two rivers that run through the trek. They also have solar power for electricity as well. There are schools, fresh running water, televisions, a health clinic, and bars.

That is not to say that life is all roses. It is a remote region of Nepal and it is difficult to get any supplies in. Food and equipment need to be carried into villages on foot. Porters carry heavy loads on their backs and women and children also do the heavy lifting. Everything needs to be carted in by hand or by animals. Check out our tips for climbing to Base Camp

How Long Does it Take to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The Everest base camp trek takes 12 – 14 days to climb including two acclimatization days. Treks can be done in 11 days and it is not uncommon for trips to take 15 days to allow for more acclimatization.

How Difficult is it to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Trekking to Everest Base Camp requires good fitness. You spend several days at a sustained altitude of more than 4000 meters (16,404 feet). Altitude sickness is a genuine possibility, it is important to take your time, stay hydrated, and listen to your body.

Can you trek to Everest Base Camp on your own?

As of April 1, 2023 the government states that all high altititude treks require a guide, but then after some backlash, they made an exception for the Everest region. However, we highly recommend hiring guides and porters . You can trek the region yourself carrying your own packs and gear, but you have a much better chance of making to base camp (and enjoying the experience) if you hire guides.

How Long is the Everest Base Camp Trek?

The trek is 63km (39 miles) each way . 126 km (78 miles) round trip from Lukla. Expect to hike anywhere between 7 to 17 km per day.

And that is a day-by-day breakdown of our experience on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek. If you plan ahead and understand what to expect on the EBC Trek, you will be sure to have an amazing journey.

It’s an experience we’ll never forget and highly recommend it to everyone. The Himalayan Mountains are the most beautiful and spiritual place on earth and this trip will change your life.

Read More about travel to Nepal and things to do in Kathmandu before your trek

• Flight to Lukla
• Packing list for Everest Base Camp
• Remarkable Everest Base Camp Trek in Photos
• 30 Tips for Trekking to Everest Base Camp
• Nepal Travel Guide
• Top 6 Places to visit in Kathmandu, Nepal
• Where to Eat in Kathmandu – Eight Great Spots to Indulge After Your Trek
• The Ultimate Travel Songs Playlist to Inspire Wanderlust

Dal Bhat photograph courtesy of Wikimedia – I don’t know why we never took a photo of our Dal Bhat. We ate it nearly every day while trekking to Everest Base Camp. You’ll either learn to love it or despise it.

• Inca Trail – Machu Picchu Hiking Tips – How To Hike the Inca Trail
• Complete Guide to Climbing Mount Kilimanjaro – How Hard is It?
• Top 13 Best Treks in Nepal to Help you Choose The Right Trek for you
• Trolltunga Hike – Trekking to Norway’s Most Famous Landmark
• The Complete Guide to Climbing Mount Fuji

Travel Planning Resources

Looking to book your next trip? Why not use these resources that are tried and tested by yours truly.

Book Your Flights: Start planning your trip by finding the best flight deals on Skyscanner. We have used them for years and have found that they have the best flight deals.

Book your Hotel: Find the best prices on hotels with these two providers. If you are located in Europe use Booking.com and if you are anywhere else use TripAdvisor.

Find Apartment Rentals: You will find the cheapest prices on apartment rentals with VRBO . 

Travel Insurance: Don't leave home without it. Here is what we recommend:

• Safety Wing - Occasional Travelers.
• Medjet - Global air medical transport and travel security.

Book Your Activities: Looking for walking tours, skip-the-line tickets, private guides, and more? Then we recommend Get Your Guide.

Need more help planning your trip? Make sure to check out our Resources Page where we highlight all the great companies that we trust when we are traveling.

You May Also Like

30 Beautiful and Best Hikes in the World

24 Best Hikes in the USA to Add to Your Bucket list

Weekend Warriors – 14 Awesome Hobbies to Turn You Into an Adventurer

About The Planet D

Dave Bouskill and Debra Corbeil are the owners and founders of The Planet D. After traveling to 115 countries, on all 7 continents over the past 13 years they have become one of the foremost experts in travel. Being recognized as top travel bloggers and influencers by the likes of Forbes Magazine , the Society of American Travel Writers and USA Today has allowed them to become leaders in their field.

Join thousands of others who get our monthly updates!

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

53 thoughts on “Everest Base Camp Trek – Ultimate Guide For 2024”

Beautiful article! You have shared a thrilling journey with us till the end. It will definitely be useful for us trekkers. Thanks for the great pictures, videos, and useful tips!

This is a fantastic and unique post! After reading it, I learned a lot about Basecamp that I didn’t know before. Excellent article! That is true adventure, and conquering Mount Everest is without a doubt the goal of all hikers around the world. Keep up the excellent work. Thank you for providing this information.

Wow, the content has got all the details about the trek. Thank you so much for sharing your Journey experience of Everest Base Camp Nepal.

Hi There, Great Article! That’s the real adventure and especially climbing Mount Everest is the dream for all hikers across the globe without any doubt. Keep up the good work. Thanks for sharing.

Wow, the content has got all the details about the trek. Thank You so much for writing such an efficient article on Everest Base Camp Trek.

That’s the real adventure and especially climbing Mount Everest is the dream for all hikers across the globe without any doubt.

Thank you for taking the time and effort to produce such an awesome post with amazing pictures. Loved reading all your posts, really good insights here into Everest Base Camp ! Looking forward to read more.

Nice article on trekking best of luck for your new journeys

Dear Dave and Deb Namaste It is really beautiful article regards of Everest base camp trek in Nepal. Your article provides a lot details of the EBC trek. I’m sure your blog helping lot to organize other trekkers.

Excellent article. Everest Base camp is in my bucket list but I haven’t attempted because I’m prone to sickness quickly. Reading this article has triggered the interest even more. Thank you so much for explaining in detail about EBC trek. I hope One day I too can share my experience 🙂

Hey, I love trekking, I went last month with my friends in Nepal after reading your blog the memory are refreshed Thank you for sharing

Namaste, Dave and Dave, Thank you so much for sharing your Journey experience of Everest Base Camp Nepal. And also glad to read that why not support the local economy by hiring a guide and porter… I salute to your positive view. Visit Nepal anytime.

It is very interesting to read this Everest base camp trekking. I love trekking and i am excited very to do this base camp trekking once. Thanks for sharing.

This popped up in my inbox I love the way you break down your travel itinerary this way. I’m one of those people that love to know every detail of a place before travelling there myself. Another place to add to the list, thanks to you guys! Beautiful photographs.

Thank you for taking the time and effort to produce a terrific blog of your trek to EBC. I really appreciate being able to experience what it is going to be like before I actually arrive.

Everest is the highest mountain. It is at the Zenith. Most of the people just a dream of it.Very useful information. Thanks for sharing with us.

Excellent article !! Thanks for sharing such a great informative post it really helpful and amazing so keep it up and all the best………….

this was just amazing… keep sharing

The post was very informative. If you love adventure and treks you should definitely visit Nepal, it’s gonna be a life time experience. This post will really help people who are planning their next trek to Everest base camp. If you are planning your next trek to Nepal, North Nepal Trek can help you to make your trek much easier and will give you unique experience.

All of your photos are just awesome. Information is perfect.

Such an awesome post with amazing pictures. Thanks for sharing your experience with us.

This is really a very good blog post and thanks for sharing it with the community

It’s an informative post and I was thinking how you backpack for the weather? There are many things that somewhere can’t be cope at altitude like a sickness. I remember I scare when I attempt sky diving in Dubai. It’s was a wonderful experience but I have a fear of altitude places.

I have read about it but never tried. I am glad that at least i am reading such an informative article that clearly shows experience of treking over there. It might so much exciting and filled with happiness because seeing something like that would always be more of fun and achieving some of our own. Would love to try it once for sure!

Hi guys. Nice blog. Very informative. I just wonder, how did you prepare for the weather? How did you acclimatise so that you can cope with thr danger of altitude sickness? It is the ine thing that scares me to try to trek on high altitude places. To climb Kilimanjaro and to reach the EBC are in my bucket list. I’m hesitant because of my fear that I might die from cold temperature and altitude sickness.

Dress in layers, and drink plenty of water. You will want to bring DIamox with you and take it. You can get it in Kathmandu, or go to a travel clinic before leaving home. You won’t die from cold temperatures at Base Camp if you have a proper guide, and dress properly. The real dangers are if you are summitting Everest, that’s when you can get into problems, but Base Camp is very doable for anyone that is physically fit. If you don’t have the gear, you can buy winter coats, boots etc in Kathmandu. But we do recommend breaking in your boots beforehand, so you should buy those before you leave home and wear them a lot. Get warm, waterproof breathable boots with wool socks and bring several pairs. We have a guide to winter base layers to avoid the deep freeze here: https://theplanetd.com/layering-tips-for-cold-weather-travel/

Loved reading all your posts, some really good insights here into EBC! You mention putting your hair in braids, why is that? Is it because of the sweat? Is it windy so it gets knotted up? Just curious as I am doing this trek in a week and am open to all tips ?

Yes, hair can get really matted due to wind, dryness and lack of showering. The Braids kept it from matting up like dread locks. Have a great time!

Long hair can get very matted almost like dread locks. It’s becuase there aren’t a lot of chances to shower after Namche Baazar, the wind, sweat and dryness from altitude really takes its toll on both hair and skin and the braids, keep the hair from matting and breaking off.

Great read! Just curious. what time of year did you go to avoid the masses of tourists?

Thanks for sharing articles and videos it will be helpful to all people those wants to go Mount Everest.

This is just amazing and knowing each and every experience that we will have while travelling is another aspect that made me read this article fully. I am in Dubai now on a trip and would surely try to visit this place i could. I should consider the right time and other things roo. I must thank you for this wonderful piece.

Such a great journey you have shared from start to finish and your presentation is also impressive. I would love to follow these things when I will go for a camp tour.

Regards, Ronit

Your Video is superb, I feel your treking experience in this article. worth to read it.

Wow what an wonderful place is this. Want to trek this place in my life.

Great article, thanks, surprised at the early time of year you did the trek, but sounded ideal – any other good write-ups or links discussing the pros and cons of going in the spring vs fall? …weather, landscape, crowded w/ other trekkers, festivals, etc Thanks!

I am looking forward for this kind of base camp.

What an excellent post!! Thank you so much for an informative article and personal feel. This is very helpful and inspiring for my upcoming trek to Everest Base Camp.

There is so great view in pictures.it’s useful and helpful for the trekkers .i like these types of views .and tourist are also love these types of views.

Anyways amazing photos and love the videos! really gives you a feeling how it is there and must be just thrilling. Looking forward to read more about your travels.

Nice Articles and sharing a good details of Everest base camp and amazing photos. I will try to go this year Nepal and go to Everest Base Camp.

Great post. I am doing the Everest Base Camp trek in October. I completed the Annapurna Circuit in 2012 and loved it. Nepal is a such a lovely place and the people are amazing. Thanks for sharing!

Wow congratulations on your trip and everything looks really cool. I would love to do the same! Did you train a lot before you went there? Did you prepare physically? I don’t know how fit I have to be to be able to take on such a travel. Anyways amazing photos and love the videos! really gives you a feeling how it is there and must be just thrilling. Looking forward to read more about your travels.

Hi Marus, we didnt’ train a lot before. We were traveling a lot though. Before heading to Nepal we spent 4 months traveling Sri Lanka and India. We did a yoga retreat and a lot of hiking and walking, but we didn’t do any proper training. We were in relatively good shape. It’s mostly just a long uphill hike. The difficulty is being at altitude for a sustained amount of time. It affects everyone differently. Some people can be in tip top shape, but not do well at altitude and vice versa. So, it’s best to take it slow and steady, drink plenty of fluids and pay attention to how you are feeling.

All your photos are simple awesome and your posts are speaking a lot of useful information. Thank you for sharing this article.

Thanks for your beautiful video. I fell a little up lifted seeing this. I believe one of the prayer flags is for a lady I knew. Inspiring. I wish I would have done adventurous things like this when I was young. Young people don’t put off adventure.

I’m glad I read this. This is something I have always wanted to do but have been a little nervous to think about doing it when the climbing season is in full swing. The time of year you went and the company you chose make a lot of sense! Thanks for sharing.

The views are amazing!! I love adventure, but I would definitely need to build up my stamina to do the Everest Base Camp trek. It looks like it was an awesome experience for you!

Wow, what a beautiful experience. Your photos are amazing!

-Siggi The Voyaging Viking

Amazing! Can’t wait to check this off my list!

Thanks for writing this.

Thank you for sharing these helpful tips. Your post has given me some great ideas. Thanks again for the valuable information!

All Destinations , Asia , Nepal

Best everest base camp trek itinerary (12 days).

Whether you’re planning on hiking in Nepal with a guide or trekking the Khumbu region independently, this Everest Base Camp trek itinerary should give you a clear idea about what to expect. 

Everest Base Camp has been on my bucket list for 15 years, ever since I learned about the Himlayas at school. 

But I never had a chance to do it until Spring 2024, when my partner’s friends organised a group of us to undertake the hike. 

When I was preparing for the hike, I was full of questions. How much money do I need? Is it safe? How should I train? 

But, above all, what is the standard Everest Base Camp trek itinerary? 

We were provided an itinerary for the trail, but I was craving more details. 

So, when I was doing the trek, I decided to put together our detailed Everest Base Camp itinerary to help any future hikers! 

This is the standard itinerary that’s followed by most tour groups, with a few variations, and my experience and thoughts about it. If you’re hiking independently I have put a few suggested tweaks in that I think could improve the itinerary.

Let’s get into it! 

Everest Base Camp trek itinerary

The typical Everest Base Camp itinerary is as follows:

• Day 1: Flight from Kathmandu to Lukla; trek to Phakding
• Day 2: Phakding to Namche Bazar
• Day 3: Acclimatization day in Namche Bazar
• Day 4: Namche Bazar to Tengbouche
• Day 5: Tengbouche to Dingboche
• Day 6: Acclimatization day in Dingboche
• Day 7: Dingboche to Lobuche
• Day 8: Lobuche to Gorak Shep; visit Everest Base Camp
• Day 9: Hike to Kala Patthar; return to Gorak Shep; trek down to Pangboche
• Day 10: Pangboche to Namche Bazar
• Day 11: Namche Bazar to Lukla
• Day 12: Flight from Lukla back to Kathmandu

This is the itinerary that most tour companies use, give or take a few stops (for example, some groups hike to Manjo rather than Phakding on the first day, or stay in Periche rather than Pangboche on day 9).

And of course, if you’re trekking independently, yours might look a bit different.

Here’s what to expect on each day!

Day one – Fly to Lukla – hike to Phakding

• Start Elevation: Lukla – 2,860 meters (9,383 feet)
• End Elevation: Phakding – 2,610 meters (8,563 feet)
• Elevation Loss: 250 meters (820 feet)
• Distance: Approximately 8 km (5 miles)
• Difficulty: Easy

Your Everest Base Camp hike begins by flying to Lukla airport – often dubbed the “world’s most dangerous airport” ( you can see my thoughts on it here ). 

The timing of your flight can vary greatly – it depends on the weather, which is incredibly temperamental at Lukla (as expected at 2,800 metres altitude) and how many passengers. Flights might depart as early as 6 AM or as late as mid-afternoon. 

Keep in mind, there’s a 50% chance flights could be cancelled due to weather. If this happens, you might need to wait for the next available flight (which could be the next day) or opt for a helicopter ride at an additional cost (we were told that this would be $400 per person, although I have heard of people paying much cheaper). 

Upon arrival in Lukla – elevation 2,860 meters – you’ll feel the anticipation buzzing through the crisp mountain air. 

Compared to other villages along the trail, Lukla is positively cosmopolitan, with a variety of shops and tea houses. 

The trek to Phakding is a gentle introduction to the Himalayan terrain. 

It’s mostly downhill (although there are some ups, too – this is Nepali Flat ) and takes about 3 to 4 hours, covering around 8 kilometres. As you descend to Phakding (2,610 metres), you’ll pass through beautiful landscapes dotted with traditional Sherpa villages and monasteries and walk along the Dudh Koshi River.

The path is well-maintained, with plenty of spots to rest, grab a snack or use the toilet. While the altitude here is significant, it’s generally not high enough to trigger acute mountain sickness, though some of us started feeling the elevation! 

Some hikers continue to Monjo, but whether you’ll be able to do this depends on what time your plane lands. I wouldn’t recommend counting on being able to hike past Phakding.

My Suggestions

For a less tiring start to this journey, I’d advise spending the night in Ramechhap or flying to Lukla a day early.

Staying in Kathmandu requires waking up around 2am for the drive to Ramechhap, which can be exhausting even before your trek begins! 

Many tour companies offer accommodation arrangements in these locations – if you’re on a private tour, just ask your organiser before heading out.

Where to stay

We stayed in Trekkers Lodge Phakding , which was cosy and well-appointed – I loved the outdoor sitting area with views of the hills! Rooms were en-suite, with a shower – although the water was freezing cold. 

Day Two –  Phakding to Namche Bazar

• Start Elevation: Phakding – 2,610 meters (8,563 feet)
• End Elevation: Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
• Elevation Gain: 830 meters (2,723 feet)
• Distance: Approximately 10-12 km (6-7.5 miles)
• Difficulty: Moderate

Today is your first full day on the trail! 

Today’s trek from Phakding to Namche Bazar is where the real climbing begins. 

The hike starts with a pleasant walk along the Dudh Koshi River, but don’t be fooled by the easy path – it will get more difficult! You’ll cover approximately 10 to 12 kilometres today, which usually takes about 5 to 7 hours without breaks, depending on your pace.

As you leave Phakding, the trail meanders through magnificent pine forests, crossing and recrossing the river several times on suspension bridges draped with prayer flags that flutter in the wind. I found these bridges to be rather hair-raising, but they are stable! 

The most famous is the Hillary Suspension Bridge , named after the first Westerner to summit Everest (along with Sherpa Tenzing Norgay ). 

Elevation gain is a key part of today’s hike, as you ascend from Phakding at 2,610 meters to Namche Bazar at 3,440 meters – this is quite a lot of altitude to gain at once, but unfortunately, there’s not really anywhere else you can stop (as you’ll gain most of this elevation on the steep climb up to Namche!). 

As you approach the village, you might start feeling the altitude – I found the last ascent into Namche particularly challenging. 

Namche Bazar, often considered the gateway to the high Himalayas and the largest town in the Everest region, is a bustling sherpa community that offers a warm welcome to trekkers. Here, you’ll find an array of cafes, bakeries shops and the world’s highest Irish pub !

It’s a cultural hub where trekkers can soak up the local culture and prepare for higher altitudes in the days to come.

Hotel 8848 was a fun tea house with a great atmosphere. I’d definitely recommend staying here, and try the veggie burger in the restaurant – it’s excellent!

Day Three – Acclimatization in Namche Bazar

• Activities: Hiking uphill and then down for acclimatisation
• Difficulty: Easy to moderate

Take today to acclimatise and explore the heart of the Khumbu region, Namche Bazar. 

Your body will thank you for allowing it time to adjust to the higher altitude! 

All organised treks will include a day of acclimatisation in Namche , and I’d highly recommend doing the same if you’re hiking independently. 

However, acclimatisation doesn’t mean resting all day! In fact, the best way to acclimatise is to keep active. 

Start your morning with a short hike up about 150 meters to the Sagarmatha National Park Museum .

As it’s just above Namche, this climb not only helps with acclimatisation but you can also catch a glimpse of Mount Everest on a clear day! 

The museum itself is well worth a visit – here, you’ll discover insights into Sherpa people, the history of Everest expeditions and its geography. 

After your museum visit, continue your hike up to the Everest View Hotel.  

Aim to reach early; the views are best in the morning, as afternoons are often cloudy! 

The hotel is apparently the highest luxury hotel in the world and we visited for a cup of tea. It was surprisingly the most underwhelming—and the priciest—tea I had, served DIY style with just a pot of hot water and the raw ingredients. 

Also, note trekkers are expected to use the external bathrooms, so keep some toilet paper handy!

If I did the trek again and it was unlikely that I’d see Everest from the hotel, I’d probably stop a bit before it and return to Namche. The last part of the trail is flat, so you could just hike to 4800 metres and then descend rather than pay for the Khumbu region’s most expensive tea at the hotel! 

After lunching at our tea house, we had the afternoon at leisure. Our tea house (Hotel 8848) had hot showers which was bliss, and I did a bit of last-minute shopping! 

Day Four – ​Namche Bazar to Tengboche

• Start Elevation: Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
• End Elevation: Tengboche – 3,860 meters (12,664 feet)
• Elevation Gain: 420 meters (1,378 feet)
• Distance: Approximately 9-10 km (5.6-6.2 miles)

First up on day four is a climb out of Namche Bazar, heading up to a path that runs above the town. Then, it’s generally flat for a while, with a few minor uphills and downhills. 

While this is fairly easy, it was here that I started feeling awful – low energy, headachey and a bit sick.

At our tea stop, I started taking Diamox as I thought it might be due to altitude sickness.

We lunched just before the infamous uphill zig-zag path that leads to Tengboche monastery. 

This path is steep and relentless – it took us about two hours to reach the top (elevation: 3,800 metres). 

Here, the air is noticeably thinner. Dominating the landscape is the majestic Tengboche Monastery. 

It’s well worth popping into – with an entry fee of just 300 rupees, it offers not only a moment of spiritual reflection but also a chance to admire its intricate artistry up close. When we visited, we even got a blessing from one of the resident monks!

Inside, the air is heavy with the scent of incense; the walls, stories high, are adorned with ancient thangkas.

However, by the time we reached the top of the zig-zags, we didn’t have the energy for a monastery visit – instead, we popped in on the way back down. 

From Tengbouche Monastery, it was a 45 minute walk to Good Luck Tea House , where we were staying for the night. 

Despite the name, this was not a lucky night for me. My nausea had worsened and I retreated straight up to our room, where I was quickly quite sick! (Luckily, we had an en-suite bathroom, unluckily, the walls were paper-thin). 

I wasn’t sure if this was altitude or food-related, but I thankfully did start feeling a lot better after I was sick. My guide was an angel and brought me dinner and reassured me that I was ok for the moment, and could see how I felt in the morning regarding altitude.  

I had one episode of diarrhoea in the night, but thankfully woke up in the morning feeling fragile, but lots better and able to continue the hike.

Good Luck Tea House was decent, although my memory of being there is marred by feeling awful!

Day Five – Tengbouche to Dingboche 

• Start Elevation:  Tengbouche – 3,800 meters (12,467 feet)
• End Elevation:  Dingboche – 4,410 meters (14,470 feet)
• Elevation Gain:  610 meters (2,000 feet)
• Distance:  Approximately 11 km (6.8 miles)
• Difficulty:  Moderate

The trek was starting to get harder due to the altitude, but other than that, this hike is a lot more manageable than previous days.

However, as I was still quite fragile, I struggled with the first part of it! 

We weaved out of Tengbouche and through the last of the trees – after our lunch stop, we’d be hiking above the tree line. 

As the trail ascends toward Dingboche, the increase in altitude becomes more apparent, and the air noticeably thinner. 

However, the ascents are nowhere near as severe as the previous days. 

Dingboche, sitting at an altitude of 4,410 meters is a critical acclimatisation stop. It’s very important to take a day to acclimatise here!

We stayed at Good Luck Tea House again – it’s a branch of the same tea house in Tengboche – and had a couple of hours in the afternoon to relax before dinner. I couldn’t face much food – I was scared of being sick again – so I just had a bowl of plain pasta with salt and pepper. 

Day Six: Acclimatization Day in Dingboche

• Elevation:  Dingboche – 4,410 meters (14,470 feet)
• Activities:  Short acclimatization hike
• Total Hiking Time:  Approximately 2 hours
• Elevation Gain:  300 meters
• Difficulty:  Easy

Day six on the Everest Base Camp trek is a key acclimatization stop in Dingboche. There are a variety of hikes to do around the village – we opted for a fairly easy but still hilly trek. You can do longer, but for our group, this worked well to acclimatise while still having ample time to rest. 

Above Dingboche, there are three flagpoles, the highest of which is 300 meters above the town. We opted to hike to the highest one. 

 This hike is easier and shorter than the previous acclimatisation day in Namche Bazar, taking about 2 hours in total. 

I was feeling much better today, so felt quite invigorated as we hiked around!

There are lots of photo stops on the way too – the mountain views are stunning – including the famous rock that everyone gets a photo at. Climbing on it isn’t as scary as it looks! 

After returning to Dingboche, you have the rest of the day to relax! 

We decided to visit Cafe 4410, a popular bakery serving hot drinks, cakes and heavier meals. Try one of their luxury hot chocolates! 

We actually ended up in the cafe for hours – the waiter put on the Everest movie, so we watched that and enjoyed being stationary for a bit! 

Day Seven: Dingboche to Lobuche

• Start Elevation:  Dingboche – 4,410 meters (14,470 feet)
• End Elevation:  Lobuche – 4,900 meters (16,076 feet)
• Elevation Gain:  490 meters (1,608 feet)
• Distance:  Approximately 7-8 km (4.3-5 miles)
• Difficulty:  Moderate to Challenging

You’re going to hike to nearly 5,000 metres today, so buckle up! 

Leaving Dingboche behind, you’ll feel like you’re saying farewell to the vestiges of normality as the landscape transitions into more stark, alpine scenery. 

Today’s route progresses from 4,410 meters in Dingboche to 4,900 meters in Lobuche, navigating through changing terrains and increasing altitudes.

The trek starts gently – it’s more or less flat as it exits Dingboche.

Then, it follows up the valley, gradually gaining elevation slowly. 

We stopped for lunch in Thukla at the Yak Lodge. I’d recommend having the ramen noodles here (simple, but gives you hydration and energy) and avoiding the fried noodles – I had them on the way down and they were awful. 

After Thukla, it’s time to climb up the cliff face! This looks short, but the altitude and steepness mean it’ll take around an hour. 

At the top of the climb, you’ll find a memorial site which honours climbers who have lost their lives trying to summit Everest. 

It was especially poignant for us, as we’d just watched the Everest movie the day before, which focuses on the 1996 disaster .

We saw memorials to Rob Hall and Scott Fisher, who were two of the victims. It’s a harrowing reminder of how dangerous the mountains can be, but don’t worry – the dangers lie after base camp, not before it (take a look at my article about Everest Base Camp safety for more information ). 

After passing the smaller Lobuche Base Camp, the trek continues for another 90 minutes to reach the village of Lobuche. 

While the hike is not technically difficult aside from the uphill section, the increasing altitude makes the physical exertion feel more intense, and symptoms of altitude sickness may start to become more noticeable!

Lobuche is known for housing the world’s highest bakery ; it’s not as well stocked as Dingboche, but I was surprised to see it at all!

I can’t recommend our tea house in Loboche (Mother Earth)

It was notably less comfortable compared to previous nights, with no lights in the bedrooms and substandard toilet facilities. It also backed onto the stables, so we could smell animals from the corridor! 

This is partially due to it being such high altitude but our tea house in Gorak Shep, 300 metres higher, was a lot better!

Day Eight – Loboche – Everest Base Camp – Gorak Shep

• Start Elevation: Lobuche – 4,900 meters (16,076 feet)
• End Elevation at EBC: Everest Base Camp – 5,364 meters (17,598 feet)
• End Elevation at Gorak Shep: Gorak Shep – 5,164 meters (16,942 feet)
• Elevation Gain: 464 meters (1,522 feet) to EBC
• Distance: Approximately 15 km (9.3 miles) total
• Difficulty: Challenging

Today’s the day! 

We finally reached the base of the highest mountain in the world. 

The morning journey from Lobuche to Gorak Shep had relatively gentle uphills, but at altitudes surpassing 5,000 meters, the air is notably thinner—oxygen levels hover around 55% of what they are at sea level. 

This significant reduction in oxygen can make even slight inclines feel disproportionately challenging!

This was also the only area around Everest Base Camp where I felt like it was too busy. The pathway is narrow here, and lots of hikers were on their way to base camp, so it was quite chaotic at times! 

You will catch your first view of Everest Base Camp (and the Khumbu icefall) here. 

In Gorak Shep, a small settlement at 5,200 meters, we stopped for lunch and a brief rest. As I mentioned, the tea house here was much better than Loboche! 

Then, it was time for the final leg to Everest Base Camp! 

The trail followed the same pattern as the morning – a net incline of 164 metres, but a lot of downhill and uphill along the route.

After around 2.5 hours, we made it! Everest Base Camp is 5,364 metres high, and it’s where summiteers stay for around two months while preparing to hike to the summit of Mount Everest, the highest point in the world. 

As a tourist, access is restricted to the periphery of the actual campsite, but even from the edges, the sense of adventure and the scale of the expeditions are palpable. 

You can catch a view of Everest from the base camp, and of course take photos with the signature rock. Although, since 2024, there’s been a sign over part of it, so photos are more limited these days! 

We stayed at Buddha Lodge , which, while basic, was remarkably better than Mother Earth in Loboche. For such high altitude, I was impressed with their food offerings. Try the hash brown!

Day Nine: Gorak Shep – Kala Patthar – Pangboche

• Start Elevation:  Gorak Shep – 5,164 meters (16,942 feet)
• Highest Point: Kala Patthar – 5,545 meters (18,192 feet) – this is the highest altitude that you’ll go on the trek
• End Elevation:  Pangboche – 3,985 meters (13,074 feet)
• Distance:  Approximately 15-16 km (9-10 miles)
• Difficulty:  Challenging due to altitude and initial ascent, then easier descent

The best view of Everest isn’t actually from Everest Base Camp!

If you can handle even higher elevations, I’d recommend a pre-dawn hike from Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar. 

This is just a steep climb from Gorak Shep, and while the full ascent to Kala Patthar’s peak is popular, a partial hike still offers incredible views of Everest and the surrounding peaks, some of which mark the border between Nepal and Tibet.

Not many of us in our group opted to do this trek, but I’d highly recommend it if you can get out of bed (we left at 5am). I found standing underneath the world’s highest mountains as the sun came up to be absolutely enchanting. 

The trail then leads down! We retraced our steps, back to Loboche and then further downhill. The first hour was still up and down, which was tough, but then it swiftly got easier. 

We were originally aiming for Periche on this day, which sits just below Dingboche, but ultimately decided to descend further to Pangboche, as we had daylight and knew that we’d feel better the further we descended. 

The trail was mostly downhill, and was very easy for the most part. 

We stayed at Buddha Lodge and Restaurant , which was quite cosy – we were the only people there!

Day Ten: Pangboche – Namche Bazar

• Start Elevation:  Pangboche – 3,985 meters (13,074 feet)
• End Elevation:  Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
• Distance:  Approximately 14-15 km (8.7-9.3 miles)
• Difficulty:  Moderate

Continuing the descent, the path from Pangboche to Namche Bazar winds through beautiful Himalayan forests (the trees are back!) and traditional Sherpa villages. 

Don’t forget to visit Tengboche Monastery on the way back if you didn’t while ascending. 

The trek is mostly downhill, although just as the trail was up and down on the way up, it’s down and up on the way back! There is a particularly hilly section midway through the day.

Once you arrive in Namche, you’ll feel like you’re in the land of mod cons!

We had our first shower in a week and then went to the Irish pub for an alcoholic drink. The Irish pub also serves excellent pizza, easily the best thing I ate all week! 

We stayed at Hotel 8848 again.

Day Eleven: Namche Bazar to Lukla

• Start Elevation:  Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
• End Elevation:  Lukla – 2,860 meters (9,383 feet)
• Distance:  Approximately 18-19 km (11-12 miles)
• Difficulty:  Challenging due to the afternoon uphill section

It’s the final day of trekking!

The first descent is easy (I do recommend hiking poles, they’ll make this part of the trek much easier), but once we were down in the valley, we then had to climb uphill.

It wasn’t as hard as climbing at high altitudes, but on the last day of the trek, the very last thing I wanted to do was go uphill some more!

However, Lukla is a welcome respite from the trekking; here, you can purchase Everest souvenirs (although you can also get these in Kathmandu) and relax at one of the tea houses. We stayed at The Nest. 

We stayed at The Nest , which is where we had lunch on the first day. We had en-suite bathrooms with showers, which could be made hot (for free!) but the beds were incredibly hard here. But, it was our last day in tea houses before we flew back to Kathmandu!

Day Eleven: Flight back to Ramechhap

Another 18 minute flight beckons on this day, but while it’s a very short time in the air, you could end up waiting a while for it!

For us, it wasn’t too bad. We stayed at The Nest (which is right by the airport) until it was time to check in, and then had around a 45 minute wait in the airport before we boarded. 

Then, our van was waiting for us to take us back to Kathmandu! 

If you have an international flight out of Nepal, I’d recommend leaving a couple of days before it, just in case the weather doesn’t play ball and you end up stuck in Lukla! 

How many days do I need for the Everest Base Camp trek? 

Most Everest Base Camp itineraries are 12 days long (not including days in Kathmandu). This is because most tourists only have two weeks off work, and it lets them fit it into their holiday time. 

It’s possible to do it quicker, but I wouldn’t recommend it unless you have experience at similar altitudes. Acclimatisation is all-important on this hike! If you really need a day less, you could fit the descent into two days rather than three. 

Plus, if you’re hiking independently and are able to, I’d recommend taking longer on the hike. Allowing an extra day for acclimatisation in Namche Bazar and stopping more on the way from Namche to base camp could help you avoid feeling unwell. 

Having extra days to play with also helps in case of bad weather and flight cancellations. 

When is the best time to hike to Everest Base Camp?

The best times to hike Everest Base Camp are during the pre-monsoon spring months of March, April and May, and the post-monsoon autumn months of October and November.

Spring (March, April and May):

Spring is a popular time as the weather is generally stable and relatively warm. Of course, it’ll be much colder in March than May! 

Additionally, as it’s pre-monsoon, the likelihood of rain is lower so typically the trails are dry and safer for trekking.

It’s also when most summit attempts leave from Base Camp, so you’ll see most of the activity at the actual camp at this time (usually from mid-April through May). At other times of year (including March), base camp will be a lot quieter. 

Autumn (October and November):

The Autumn season is another prime trekking time, with clear skies and temperate weather.

The air after the monsoon is fresh and clear, offering some of the best views of Everest and the surrounding Himalayas. 

Plus, the trails aren’t as crowded as they are in the spring months – but you won’t see anywhere near the amount of activity at base camp. 

Off-Peak Seasons

Trekking is possible year-round, but most hikers don’t attempt it in the monsoon season (June to early September) or winter. 

In the monsoon season, trails can be slippery, mountain views obscured and there’s a much higher chance of landslides. 

In the winter season, temperatures are freezing, with lots of snow and the chance of some passes being closed. 

Do you need a guide to hike Everest Base Camp? 

In the Everest region, unlike other areas in Nepal, hiring a guide is not mandatory. However, I couldn’t imagine doing the hike without a guide. 

Our guide helped us manage health concerns like altitude sickness, trekking permits, ensured safe navigation on the trail (ours helped us deal with the many oxen that we had to share the trail with!), facilitated interactions with local communities, and handled logistics such as accommodations and flights. 

Their knowledge and skills in addressing sudden medical issues or route changes are invaluable. Plus, hiring guides (and porters!) helps the local economy. 

I’d also recommend hiring a porter for this reason; while it feels lazy not carrying your gear, porters are accustomed to the altitude and carrying heavy loads (although not too heavy! Ours could carry a maximum of 30kg, split between two people). Hiring them gives them work, which isn’t always easy to find in the remote Himalayas. 

Are you ready to hike Everest Base Camp? 

There’s no experience in the world quite like hiking to Everest Base Camp, seeing the world’s highest mountains and fathoming what an undertaking summitting Everest is. While it was tough, I’d recommend it to anyone who feels able to. You’ll quite literally feel like you’re on top of the world! 

I have lots of blog posts and YouTube videos to come, and I’ve already been posting on TikTok and Instagram , so hopefully I’ll be covering all bases regarding the EBC trek. If you have any questions, feel free to reach out on social media and I’ll try my best to answer you! 

• New Zealand
• The Philippines
• The Netherlands
• United Kingdom
• Inspiration
• Overland Itineraries
• Packing Lists
• Travel Tips
• Working Abroad
• Accomodation Guides
• Overland Travel
• Preserving Cultures
• Protecting Animals
• Living Abroad

Everest Base Camp Trek

Activity level, kathmandu, nepal.

Trek to Everest Base Camp in Nepal

Join The Explorer’s Passage (TEP) on one of the world’s most extraordinary adventures: an Everest Base Camp trek in Nepal! On this journey into the heart of the mighty Himalayas, you will follow in the daring footsteps of some of Mount Everest’s legends, including Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay.

The trail to Everest Base Camp immerses you in truly unparalleled landscapes. Along the way, you will pass through forested valleys and small villages, ascend past the tree line, and eventually reach the famed base camp at the foot of Earth’s tallest mountain. You will cross glacier-fed rivers, visit monasteries and shrines, traverse high-altitude yak pastures, and will constantly be glancing up past fluttering strings of prayer flags to take in the regal peaks and glaciers that surround you.

This captivating region is unlike any other, and will undoubtedly give you remarkable stories that you can pass down through generations. Your unique reward on this trip will not only be up-close experience with Mt. Everest, our planet’s highest summit, but also an unrivaled sense of personal achievement as you take on one of the world’s most famous trekking journeys.

Trip Highlights

Explore Kathmandu on a private guided tour, and experience the sights, sounds, and tastes of one of South Asia’s most intriguing capital cities.

Visit UNESCO World Heritage Sites such as Boudhanath and Pashupatinath, where you can walk among some of Nepal’s most sacred places.

Journey deep into the Himalayas as you hike to Everest Base Camp, and find yourself surrounded by the majesty of the soaring peaks, peaceful woodlands, rhododendron forests, mammoth glaciers, unique wildlife, and rushing rivers of Nepal.

Discover vibrant Nepalese communities along the route, including the colorful market town of Namche Bazaar, the serene Tengboche monastery, and other adventurous waypoints such as Dingboche, Thukla, Gorakshep, and more

Let’s Plan Your Trip Today:

Click below to download our Sample Base Camp Itinerary 

From $4,295 USD per person Our Everest Base Camp trips are all-inclusive, crafted with the intent of providing you with an unforgettable adventure travel experience.

More questions?   Read more about pricing here

Start dates

We offer both Pre-Schedule Group Departures and Private Custom Departures

2024 Group Trip Dates below:

• September 14, 2024
• September 27, 2024
• October 11, 2024
• October 21, 2024
• November 1, 2024
• November 11, 2024

2025 Group Trip Dates below:

• March 14, 2025
• March 28, 2025
• April 11, 2025
• April 25, 2025
• May 9, 2025
• May 23, 2025
• September 12, 2025
• September 26, 2025
• October 10, 2025
• October 24, 2025
• November 7, 2025
• November 21, 2025

Private custom departures are available. To inquire about a custom date, please  contac t us!

Option for 18 or 14 Day Itinerary

With 18-day itinerary, trekking duration is 13 days. With 14-day itinerary, trekking duration is 9 days (for more information about itinerary options, please review the section about trip customization on this webpage)

Accommodations

We offer a variety of accommodations

In Kathmandu (before and after the trek to Everest Base Camp), choose between 3-Star or 5-Star hotels. While hiking to E.B.C., everyone stays in ‘tea houses,’ which are comparable to many other mountain lodges/huts in other parts of the world. Please note that there are opportunities to upgrade to nicer tea houses in certain villages on the E.B.C. Trek.

*Read more about your accommodations in Nepal

max. group size

Maximum 12 people

Fixed Group Departures: 12 People

*Private Groups : 20 people

ACTIVITY LEVEL

 Multi-day hiking on the route to Everest Base Camp.

Total trekking distance:  either ~85 miles / ~136 kms  or  ~56 miles / ~90 kms (depending on itinerary option selected)

*Please refer to our Trip Activity Level Guide for more information

Sample Trip Itinerary

Note:  this map only corresponds with the standard 18-day itinerary’s 13 days of hiking to and from Everest Base Camp. The alternative 14-day itinerary option (featuring 9 days of trekking) is very similar – except that on the return trip, trekkers take a helicopter from Pheriche to Kathmandu. For more information about itinerary options, please review the section about trip customization on this webpage.

Want more information? Download a detailed itinerary.

Itineraries include detailed descriptions of each day, tips on travel arrangements, regional highlights, and more. It’s the perfect resource to help you choose!

Day 1: Arrival in Kathmandu, Nepal

Namaste  and welcome to Kathmandu (elevation: 4,347 feet / 1,325 meters)! Get ready to experience one of the most undeniably awe-inspiring journeys our planet has to offer. At the airport, you will be greeted by a member of our team (your driver will be waiting for you, holding a sign with the T.E.P. logo and/or your name) and then driven to the hotel. Depending on your arrival time, you will have some free time today to explore Kathmandu on your own. Later in the evening, you will enjoy a festive meal at one of our favorite restaurants in the city.

Accommodations: Hotel Marshyangdi 

Day 2: Explore Kathmandu

We begin by exploring two UNESCO World Heritage Sites. The first is Pashupatinath, a sacred Hindu temple complex located on the banks of the Bagmati River, which includes an array of temples, ashrams, sacred images, and inscriptions. We will spend some time walking around the grounds before driving to Boudhanath, our second stop for the day. Boudhanath is home to one of the largest stupas in Nepal. At Boudhanath, we will enjoy a group lunch and then a walking tour of the site. Eventually, at the conclusion of the tour, you will be driven back to the hotel. Later in the afternoon, your guides will conduct a 45 – 60 minute pre-trek briefing at the hotel. Following the briefing/orientation, you will have free time to get dinner and explore the city even more! In your free time, you may want to walk to Durbar Square, in front of the old royal palace.

Accommodations: Hotel Marshyangdi

Day 3: Travel to Lukla, then Trek to Phakding

Embark on your Everest Base Camp adventure with an early morning drive to Ramechhap Airport for a flight to Lukla. Upon arrival at Lukla Airport (9,300 feet / 2,835 meters), meet your trail team and prepare at a local lodge with tea, snacks, and final preparations. By 9:30 or 10:00 AM, start your trek, passing through Chauri Kharka village and heading north. Enjoy stunning views of the Dhudh Kosi River and the snow-capped Himalayas as you make your way to a tea house in Phakding for the night.

Daily trekking distance:  approximately 5.6 miles / 9 kilometers (over ~4-5 hours)

Accommodations: Tea Houses

Day 4: Trek to Namche Bazaar

Begin the day with breakfast with your fellow trekkers, before setting out north along the river again, crossing several bridges along the way. We will stop for lunch in Jorsale (9,200 feet / 2,804 meters) before continuing towards Namche Bazaar. Eat heartily, because the post-lunch section is fairly challenging (one of the trek’s toughest segments), with lots of switchbacks and an elevation gain of several hundred meters. Known as the gateway to Everest, Namche Bazaar (11,286 feet / 3,440 meters) is a particularly key trading hub, home to a variety of stores and other services.

Daily trekking distance:  approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~5-6 hours)

Day 5: Third Day of Trek (to Phuyupatamarca)

Today, acclimate and soak in the beauty of snowy peaks like Kwangde, Thamserku, and Kangtega. After breakfast, hike to the Everest View Hotel (13,000 feet / 3,962 meters) through alpine terrain and an old airstrip. Enjoy tea and snacks while admiring breathtaking views of Ama Dablam, Nuptse, Lhotse, and Mount Everest. Return to Namche Bazaar in the early afternoon for lunch and free time to explore the town and experience vibrant Sherpa culture.

Day-hike distance:  approximately 2.5 miles / 4 kilometers (~4 hours round-trip)

Day 6: Trek to Debouche

Today, leave Namche Bazaar and descend to the Phunki Tenga Bridge over the Dhudh Kosi River. Continue to Debouche (12,533 feet / 3,820 meters), with a lunch stop near some stupas. Visit the Tengboche monastery in the village, the largest in the Khumbu region, rebuilt with global support after being damaged by an earthquake and fire. Admire Tibetan art, inscribed stones, and prayer flags, and perhaps meet the resident monks. Afterwards, hike for about 30 minutes through rhododendron forests to Debouche, where you’ll spend the night with stunning views of Tawoche and Ama Dablam.

Day 7: Trek to Dingboche

Today, trek from Debouche to Dingboche (14,304 feet / 4,360 meters). Pass through Pangboche, with a lunch stop at around 4,000 meters where the treeline ends. Enjoy a gradual ascent to Dingboche, spotting Mount Everest along the way. Observe the terraced fields where locals grow barley, buckwheat, and potatoes. In Dingboche, you’ll overlook the Imja River and see extensive stone walls across the valley.

Daily trekking distance:  approximately 8.1 miles / 13 kilometers (over ~4-5 hours)

Day 8: Acclimatization Day in Dingboche (w/day hike)

Enjoy a leisurely start with breakfast around 7:00 AM before departing at 9:00 AM for a day hike. Ascend Nagarshang Ridge (16,732 feet / 5,100 meters) for stunning views and further acclimatization. Return to Dingboche for a relaxed afternoon and evening. Explore the village, socialize with fellow trekkers, or opt for an additional short hike. Weather permitting, consider a visit to Chukhung (15,518 feet / 4,730 meters), traditionally a yak-raising area, about 2-3 hours northeast.

Day 9: Trek to Lobuche

A gentle ascent through alpine scrub and yak pastures today takes us first to Thukla (15,156 feet / 4,620 meters). As we hike above the Pheriche Valley, we will reach the Summiteers’ Memorial in Thukla Pass. This memorial, surrounded by dozens of colorful flags, pays tribute to the explorers who have come before. From this point, we will follow the trail north through a big valley towards Lobuche (16,175 feet / 4,930 meters).

Day-hike distance:  approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~4-5 hours)

Day 10: Trek to Gorakshep, then Everest Base Camp

Start with a 3-hour hike to Gorakshep (16,995 feet / 5,180 meters), a village at the intersection of the Changri Shar and Khumbu glaciers. After lunch, trek northeast along the Khumbu Glacier to Everest Base Camp (17,600 feet / 5,364 meters). Marvel at the glacier’s scale and the icy waters that feed it, understanding why this region is known as Earth’s “Third Pole.” At Base Camp, enjoy the accomplishment, take photos, and soak in the adventurous spirit. Return to Gorakshep for the night with a deeper appreciation of this remarkable landscape.

Day-hike distance:  approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~8 hours)

Day 11: Kalapathar Viewpoint, then Trek to Pheriche

Begin the day with an early 5:00 AM start to hike to Kalapathar, the highest point of your trek at ~18,000 feet / ~5,500 meters. The ascent involves a gradual climb over grassy terrain followed by rocky sections. At the top, enjoy stunning close-up views of Everest and capture incredible photographs. Return to Gorakshep for breakfast and final packing. Depart mid-morning for Pheriche (14,041 feet / 4,280 meters), retracing your steps south. The trail splits at Thukla, where you’ll follow a slightly different route through a scenic valley with views of Ama Dablam. Arrive in Pheriche by late afternoon, around 4:00 PM.

Day-hike distance:  approximately 9.3 miles / 15 kilometers (over ~8-9 hours)

Day 12: Trek to Tengboche

Today, we continue hiking south, following the river and enjoying lunch in Pangboche. We then continue on to Debouche and pass the nunnery, which is also the oldest Buddhist convent in Nepal. Although a 2015 earthquake damaged the building, the site has been rebuilt. After passing through Debouche we continue a short distance to Tengboche, where we will rest for the night. Today’s hike is descending the entire time (except for a few hundred meters between Debouche and Tengboche at the end).

Day-hike distance:  approximately 6.2 miles / 10 kilometers (over ~5-6 hours)

Day 13 : Trek to Namche Bazaar

Retrace your steps to Namche Bazaar, nestled in the hills and known for its local guides and porters. Explore the town’s market, streets, and architecture, or unwind at a cozy bakery or cafe. Visit the Sherpa Culture Museum if time permits. Don’t miss the highest altitude Irish pub on the planet—just remember to drink cautiously, as alcohol affects you more at higher altitudes.

Day-hike distance:  approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~5-6 hours)

Day 14: Trek to Phakding

As we continue our journey, today we will hike alongside the frigid waters of the Dhudh Kosi River, fed by some of the enormous glaciers that you have experienced up close during this adventure. As we trace the winding river, we will have lunch in Monjo and then continue to the village of Phakding, where we will stop to rest for the night.

Day-hike distance:  approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~4-6 hours)

Day 15: Trek to Lukla

From Phakding, we begin our final full day of trekking, which you will spend surrounded by stunning Himalayan scenery as well as in the excellent company of fellow adventurers. We will reach Lukla in the afternoon, and once there you will be able to enjoy a hearty lunch, shower, and relax at the conclusion of the trekking portion of this incredible journey!

Day-hike distance:  approximately 5.6 miles / 9 kilometers (over ~4-5 hours)

Day 16: Return to Kathmandu

Start your day early with a quick breakfast at 5:00 AM before a short walk to Lukla Airport for a 15-20 minute flight to Ramechhap. From there, board a private van for the drive back to Kathmandu. Upon arrival in the afternoon, refresh at the hotel and explore the city. Wander through the Thamel District’s vibrant streets, or visit the serene Garden of Dreams next to the former royal palace. For dinner, savor an authentic thali—a hearty South Asian meal with rice, lentils, meat, and vegetable curry. Enjoy it; you’ve earned it after your trek!

Day 17: Explore Kathmandu, then Farewell Dinner

On your last full day, explore Kathmandu’s offerings: catch live music in Lazimpat or visit the 350-year-old Newa Chen house in Lalitpur for a glimpse into Newari heritage. Your local team can suggest more activities. Make the most of your time exploring the city before we gather for our final group meal in the evening. Celebrate your trek, the friendships made, and the extraordinary journey through this remarkable part of the world!

Day 18: Final Day in Nepal

You’ve been among the fortunate few to experience the majesty of Mt. Everest up close. This adventure is now a cherished part of your personal story. As you head home, carry with you the unforgettable memories of this journey. We look forward to welcoming you on your next adventure!

Accommodations: N/A

Customizing Your Everest Base Camp Trek

Are you interested in another activity or destination in Nepal that isn’t listed above? Planning to spend extra time in the region, or interested in specific travel dates? No problem.  As experts in tailored trip planning, we can weave your interests and your timeframe into our customizable itineraries so that every detail of your extraordinary trip unfolds just the way you want it to. Click the options below to learn more:

In our standard itinerary, you spend 18 days in Nepal, starting and ending in Kathmandu. 13 of these days are spent ‘on the trail.’ You can review this full sample itinerary in the Itinerary Overview section of this webpage.

To shorten your Everest Base Camp trek, you can instead opt for a 14-day itinerary (featuring 9 days of trekking, instead of 13). This itinerary is identical to the 18-day itinerary up until Day 12, when you reach Pheriche as you head back south. There, you will take a helicopter to Kathmandu.* Once back in Kathmandu, the itinerary is similar to the final few days of the standard 18-day itinerary. This 14-day option omits most of the southbound return trip on foot (between Pheriche and the original start point of Lukla).

*Please note that pricing for the helicopter between Pheriche and Kathmandu is variable, contingent upon the number of passengers (up to 5 with bags). The helicopter pricing is also separate from the overall trip pricing.

On your adventure, you can choose to add on one or several of the following:

• * Important Notes:  camping at Everest Base Camp is subject to availability. Furthermore, an overnight stay at E.B.C. means that there will not be enough time to ascend the Kalapathar Viewpoint on the following day (typically on Day 11 as described in the standard itinerary).
• Flight over Mount Everest:  soar above Everest in a fixed-wing plane, and enjoy incomparable views of the entire landscape ( what more is there to say! ).
• Extra Nights in Kathmandu:  if you would like to extend your time in Nepal, we are happy to help arrange additional nights in Kathmandu.

Contact us  today to get started customizing your dream trip to Everest Base Camp!

Hear what travelers are saying:

Trip Accommodations

5 star accommodations, 3.5 / 4 star accommodations.

• Accommodations on the Trek

Hotel Yak & Yeti | Kathmandu, Nepal

Hotel Yak and Yeti is a heritage hotel located in Durbar Marg, the thriving city center of Kathmandu Valley, in a prime location that is minutes walking distance from the former Royal Palace. Durbar marg is a commercial area with high-end shops and a variety of food options. Kathmandu retains its architectural reminders of the Rana period scattered throughout the city. One of them is the Red Palace or Lal Durbar, situated in the heart of the city, minutes walk from Durbar Marg.

Hotel Website

Hotel Marshyangdi | Kathmandu, Nepal

Located in the attractive Thamel District and close to many city attractions, Hotel Marshyangdi is owned and operated by a family from Manang. Manang is a mountainous region of Nepal, and Marshyangdi means ‘raging river’ in the local Manangi dialect.

All rooms are air conditioned with en-suite bathrooms and internet available. The property also features a relaxing courtyard restaurant, a bar, and a café. Finally, breakfasts at the hotel are included during your stay.

Hotel website

Accommodations on the Trek – Tea Houses

During the trekking portion of the adventure, the accommodations will be in tea houses that offer dormitory-style rooms with single and double bunk beds, comparable to many other mountain lodges/huts in other parts of the world.

The tea houses are typically equipped with running cold water and shared bathrooms in a separate section. At most of them, there are propane-fueled hot showers available to use for a small fee (typically $5-10 USD equivalent). It is usually possible to charge personal electronic devices in the common/dining areas, however they also charge a small fee for this (typically $5-10 USD equivalent).

Frequently Asked Questions

Looking for something.

Check here for our Frequently Asked Questions for the Everest Base Camp adventure, and if you can’t find the answer you are looking for then send us a message . Click the button below to access our general FAQ section!

The Everest Base Camp Trek isn’t overly challenging, though it does feature a couple of steep climbs lasting approximately an hour each. Despite the days seeming lengthy, they typically involve only about three hours of walking. The primary difficulty of the trek is the altitude.

Yes, Everest Base Camp can be tackled by beginners, but there’s a catch. It’s not easy, requiring both physical and mental preparation. The trek to Everest Base Camp is commonly viewed as moderately challenging, but don’t let that steer you away.

Whether Everest Base Camp is worth it depends on what you’re seeking. For many, the stunning views, cultural immersion, and personal achievement make it truly a worthwhile experience. However, it also involves physical exertion, high altitude challenges, and considerable preparation. Weighing out these factors, it’s more than worth it for the people seeking unimaginable views and a fantastic experience.

The duration of the hike to Everest Base Camp can vary depending on the specific route taken and individual pacing. You can trek from 9 to 13 days depending on what you choose within our selections. The amount of days trekking also allows for acclimatization to the high altitude.

The cost of trekking to Everest Base Camp can vary widely depending on the days chosen to trek. The standard cost for the trip is between $3,800 to $5,000 USD per person. Changes to accommodations could also alter your cost.

Trekking to Everest Base Camp requires a moderate level of fitness. While you don’t need to be an elite athlete, you should be prepared for several hours of hiking each day. This trek includes walking on steep and rocky terrain, and at high altitudes where oxygen levels are lower. You should have a significant amount of cardiovascular endurance, leg strength, and core strength.

Image Gallery

Trip Support

There is no other operator in the travel industry that will provide the same level of personal attention to your travel experience., personal attention & preparation before every trip.

We get very involved with our travelers before each trip by offering a series of pre-planning calls in the months and weeks before departure. This provides you with an opportunity to hear directly from us on preparation, trip experience, and training. It also gives you the platform to ask questions about any aspect of the trip. We also provide comprehensive packing lists, pre-adventure checklists, and other detailed information.

Staff Support & Logistics

We go above and beyond our competitors in handling every aspect of your trip, so that you can focus exclusively on experiencing all that Peru has to offer. Our knowledgeable support staff takes care of the details of your in-country ground transportation, lodging, meals, tours, permits, and activities. We’ve even scheduled a bit of free time for you to explore, relax, shop, or eat on your own.

Additional Trip Information

Check out our detailed educational content on the Everest Base Camp , written by our adventure team. The article provides a complete overview of everything that you need to know about this amazing journey on the Everest Base Camp Trek.

More Trip Inspiration:

The Lost City Trek

Galapagos Islands Cruise

Galapagos Safari Camp

Easter Island

Jordan Adventure

We look forward to helping you plan your next big adventure, (855) 208-6800, [email protected].

Newsletter Sign-Up

Everest Base Camp Trek 2024/2025

Everest Base Camp Trek is designed in such a way that it fits any category of people, be it outdoor enthusiasts, solo travelers, or even hikers traveling in a group to Nepal.

Trek Overview

The dream of every traveler and thrill seeker, the Everest Base Camp Trek is one of the most well-known breathtakingly adventurous trekking experiences. The Everest Region is home to numerous mountain ranges, including Mt. Everest, which is the highest mountain in the world at an elevation of 8,848.86 meters, as well as other stunning, glittering surrounding peaks including Mt. Lhotse, Mt. Makalu, Mt. Nuptse, Mt. Cho Oyu, Mt. Ama Dablam, etc.

The Everest Base Camp Trekking introduces you to different species of unique and endangered birds and animals, including Musk Deer, Snow Leopard, Red Panda, and many more. The Everest Base Camp Hike is known for its abundance of what can be called snow beauty. One of the most breathtaking and amazing treks in Nepal. Everest region is a trip to the Everest Base Camp the south of which is located at an altitude of 5364 meters.

The main draws are the Everest Base Camp Tour the unusual geographic variations, the picturesque Lukla flight, and the magnificent Sherpa towns. One of the most breathtaking aspects of the Everest Base Camp Hike is the incredible atmosphere at higher altitudes. The Everest region is spiritual and home to renowned mountaineers and trekkers. Since there are so many mountain activities to do, trekking to Everest Base Camp is very popular.

The best and biggest gift to adventurers worldwide is arguably the varied, natural, and cultural trail that leads to the base of the tallest peak in the world. Since Everest expeditions depart from the Everest Base Camp. The Everest Base Camp Trekking serves as a significant mountaineering hub as well.

The trip to the Everest Base Camp takes an average of 5–6 hours per day from Lukla and offers some breathtaking views of the High Himalayas. At the height of Everest Base Camp 5,364 meters, the Khumbu region's Everest Base Camp is a trip that is achievable and rewarding despite being challenging.

Alternative to the full Everest Base Camp Trip experience, you can also go on some other treks such as the Everest Three Passes Trek, the Everest Base Camp short trek , the Gokyo Lake Trek , and a plethora of other packages with varying costs and time options . It includes one that doesn't require you to fly directly to the airport in Lukla, titled by some as the most dangerous airport in the world, and instead take a classic 22-day trek via Jiri , Dolakha.

The Everest Base Camp Trek 2024/2025 leads us to the Sagarmatha National Park , the vigorous viewpoint of Kala Patthar where a fashion show titled “Mount Everest Fashion Runway” set a novel record of ‘The Highest Altitude Fashion Runway’ in the ‘Guinness Book of World Records’, at an altitude of 5,644 meters above sea level on January 26, 2020.

En route to Everest Base Camp Trek , one of the most prominent Tibetan-Buddhist monasteries Tengboche Monastery (3,867m) welcomes you to roam around the number of monasteries, caves, nunneries, and hermitages offering you panoramic views of The Himalayas.

Before stepping into the land of the Tengboche monastery, you will get a chance to recreate in Namche Bazaar (3,440m) the gateway of the Himalayas where you will be able to roam around the nearby stores, internet cafes, and markets. At the same time, you will get rich hospitality from kind Sherpa people in various lodges, restaurants, and cafes.

The sight of mountaineers establishing camps up close is spectacular. The nicest features of trekking in the Everest area are the vistas of Pumori and Ama Dablam as well as the never-ending mountain thrill. Overall, the Trek to Everest Base Camp journey will be an exciting and enlightening experience you will remember for the rest of your life.

Everest Base Camp Trek - Lukla Flight Information

The flight of Lukla will be from Ramechhap/Manthali instead of Kathmandu Because of the huge air traffic in Kathmandu Airport mainly during the peak trekking seasons (March to May, October, and November). We have to drive around 5 hours to reach Manthali from Kathmandu. So we must leave Kathmandu and drive to Manthali around 1:00 a.m. on the scheduled departure date to catch a flight from Ramechhap Manthali.

Everest Base Camp Trek: A Complete Guide

To accomplish Everest Base Camp trekking you must know about those things mentioned below.

Mount Everest was first recognized as the world's highest mountain in the world in 1856. Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa became the first to reach the Everest summit on the date of 29, May 1953. Since then, Everest Base Camp has become the dream for climbers attempting to defeat the highest peak on Earth.

The Starting Point of the Everest Base Camp Hiking

Our EBC trek starts from Kathmandu with a scenic flight of around 35 minutes to Lukla. Lukla (2,840m / 9315ft ) is the starting point of this awe-inspiring journey to EBC.

Accommodation During the Everest Base Camp Trek

When it comes to the Everest Base Camp Trekking, offers several options for accommodation. From local tea houses to luxurious lodges, there are options for cheap to high-end. The trek package includes 14-night stays at the available lodges and teahouses in the trek region. The rooms are dual sharing rooms. You will get hot showers and WiFi at the hotels/lodges where you stay.

You will also spend at least two nights in Kathmandu, one before starting the trek and another after the trek. 2 nights' accommodation with Breakfast in Kathmandu is under this package.                                                                                                           

Meals During the Everest Base Camp Trek

The Everest Base Camp Trek is a high-altitude trek that demands a lot of energy. At higher altitudes, the food choice will be limited. Our trekking package includes breakfast, lunch, and dinner. We will provide you with enough nutritious food during the trek.

Food will be served as per the hotels/lodges/ teahouse menu. Mostly the menu includes Nepali and Western cuisine. We suggest you try Nepalese food Daal Bhat Tarkari (vegetables). This food contains carbohydrates which give you enough energy to tackle the trail. You can also get Thukpa (noodle soup), Momos (dumplings), macaroni, Pizza, Soup, Sherpa stew, Spaghetti, fried potatoes etc. 

We highly suggest you avoid dairy products, Meat items caffeinated items, and alcoholic drinks.

Altitude of Everest Base Camp

The Everest Base Camp altitude is 5,364m/17,594ft above sea level. It is the dream destination for trekkers who want to experience the Himalayan landscapes and local lifestyle of Sherpas. The highest point of this trek is Kala Patthar standing at an elevation of 5,555m/18220ft.

Water and Electricity During The Everest Base Camp Trek

You will find tea houses on your way from where you can buy mineral water bottles but you are highly suggested to carry a water bottle and buy boiled water. We suggest you not drink tap or rivers water, it might be unhygienic but if you put purifying drops or pills then you can drink the water from the tap.

As Everest Base Camp Trek takes you to the high altitude area, electricity is available in lower altitude villages and less reliable with frequent outages in higher altitudes. Few teahouses and lodges rely on solar power but due to weather conditions, it can be limited. 

Communication During The Everest Base Camp Trekking

In recent years, communication during the Everest region trek has been improved but is still limited. Both Ncell and NTC provide limited coverage in the region but Ncell has better reception in certain areas. As you gain altitude the network coverage becomes less reliable. You can also rent or purchase a satellite phone which may cost expensive but it offers more reliable communication in remote areas. If you are trekking with a guided group, your guide may get a satellite phone for emergency communication.

 Most of the tea houses and lodges in the Everest region have WiFi. The WiFi can get slow and unreliable at higher altitudes. They also have local landline phones that you can use for free.

The ending point of the Everest Base Camp Trip

After exploring the wonderful  Everest Region you will return to Lukla and spend the last night of the Everest Base Camp Trekking at Lukla. On the fourteenth day, we will return to Kathmandu via flight from Lukla. You can choose to spend your remaining day as per your wish. Later in the evening, we will organize a farewell dinner and celebrate your successful trek. At the same time, we provide you, with a trek successful and achievement certificate. 

In Nepal, it is customary to give tips as a thank you (Dhanyabad) for good service. We suggest you tip collectively at the end of the trek (for the guide and the porter). The tip amount is a personal choice that depends less or more on your perception of service quality, budget, length of trip, and appreciation of their service.

The Best Time for Everest Base Camp Trek

The ideal times to hike to Everest Base Camp are thought to be in the spring and late autumn. As these seasons of the year are considerably better than other months, trekking during these months is particularly advantageous in terms of weather, temperature, and rainfall. While Everest expeditions usually have a window of a week or two every year at best, trekking to the Base Camp is much more convenient than with any other place in contrast to the mountain-climbing expeditions with the view of the highest point in the world one-upping every other trek available.

• The best months to go to the Everest Base Camp Hike are September to December and March to May. The temperature is pleasant throughout this time, and on sunny days, visibility is good as well. The peak mountaineering season, which lasts until late April or May, is when you might run into a lot of climbers.
• Trekking during the icy months of December to February can be difficult. With rare clear views and quieter terrain, it can be enjoyable nevertheless.
•  The trail is snow-covered during January. Therefore, it is crucial to take care of oneself during these months, dress warmly, and get ready for the cold climate there. This time, the trail is empty, and you might come across only a few hikers in the area.
• During January and February, there can be extreme snowfall and very low temperatures.
• The months of March, April, and early May are thought to be ideal for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Rhododendrons in bloom, rich vegetation in the lower areas, and the alluring beauty of nature are truly magnificent. This time of year offers better opportunities to discover the best mountain panoramas since the sky is clear, the climate warms up, and the sky is clearer.
• The monsoon season starts in the last few days of June, July, and August. Trekking during these months can be challenging due to the frequent rainfall and unpredictability of the weather. Trekking is best avoided during these months.
• Autumnal months like September, October, and November offer the greatest terrain for trekking to Everest Base Camp Trek and making the journey enjoyable. The Fall is the most beautiful and ideal season to do Everest Base Camp since the days are dry and the sky is clear.
• The route will be quiet starting in late December as people stay away from outdoor activities during the winter. Late December to February are cooler months with temperatures that start to fall below zero. Therefore, it is recommended to stay away from hiking during these months.

Moreover, the most preferable seasons are considered to be the Spring and Autumn season when you will be able to witness the best of the Everest region and your trek will be a memorable one.

Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

The Everest Base Camp Trek is a high-altitude trek with a strenuous difficulty level. Some of the factors that make the Everest Base Camp Trek difficult are High Altitude Sickness, Acute Mountain Sickness, Inclement weather, and trekking difficulties.

• While walking in Nepal's Everest region, there is a considerable danger of developing AMS (Acute Mountain Sickness). It is challenging to adjust to the shifting climate due to the considerable elevation gains and weather fluctuations. Therefore, it is a typical experience for the majority of trekkers going to Everest Base Camp Trip.
•  In higher elevations, the weather is changeable and uncertain. Other unavoidable events include rapid snowfall, extremely low temperatures, and others. Consequently, this element may make it impossible to complete the expedition.
• Altitude sickness is another difficulty that most trekkers experience when trekking to the Everest Base Camp. Hence, precautions should be taken and symptoms should not be neglected which may result in more serious circumstances such as HAPE and HACE. A healthy diet should be taken, warm gear should be worn and medication should not be taken lightly.
• Those with some health difficulties and uneasiness are not advised to do the Everest Base Camp Trek.

The condition should worsen. It is a strenuous level trek that requires a certain level of physical and mental fitness.

Required Permits for the Everest Base Camp Trek

 Everest Base Camp Trekking, you will require two permits mandatorily which are:

• Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit (Trekker's Card) Updated
• Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance Permit

By obtaining these permits from the required authorities, you can trek to the mesmerizing Everest Base Camp Itinerary and create one of the most adventurous and beautiful memories of a lifetime.

Useful Information:

Trip extension.

After completing the Everest Base Camp Trek, you may want to spend more days in Nepal. There are many more beautiful and adventurous places in Nepal. You can spend your days doing several activities such as sightseeing in Kathmandu Valley, Chitwan Jungle Safari , Paragliding in Pokhara, Rafting, Nagarkot View Trip, and Canoeing.

The client’s safety is our utmost priority. Trekking with Himalayan Connection guarantees our client safety and satisfaction. We carry standard essential gear, equipment, and medical kits to keep everyone safe. 

In an emergency, we will consult your insurance company and quickly arrange helicopter rescue. 

Avoiding Altitude Sickness

Altitude Sickness cannot be prevented but we can minimize the risk. Here we provide you some tips to avoid altitude sickness; take proper acclimatization days, ascend slowly, stay hydrated, have nutritious meals, and avoid alcohol and tobacco. Listen to your body, if you realize any symptoms like headache, nausea, or dizziness, inform your guide about your health condition. Considering your situation they will decide the best course of action and arrange any kind of option that is available, even helicopter rescue (if needed).

Except for Indians, all foreigners need a visa to enter Nepal. You can get an on-arrival visa at the Tribhuvan International Airport. You can visit the www.immigration.gov.np portal for complete information.

Citizens from certain countries - Swaziland, Nigeria, Ghana, Zimbabwe, Afghanistan, Iraq, Cameroon, Somalia, Liberia, Ethiopia, and Palestine may not get an on-arrival visa. So if you are from these countries, you need to contact your local Nepalese Embassy.

Trek Booking is Safe with us:

Himalayan Connection Treks & Expedition is a government-authorized, registered, and licensed tour and trekking operator in Nepal. We are members of the Trekking Agency Association of Nepal (TAAN).

As an advance, we need 10 percent of the Everest Base Camp Trek cost to confirm the booking. After booking the Everest Base Camp Trek, you need to send us the essential documents- passport copy, passport size photo, travel insurance policy, and arrival and departure flight details within a week from the booking date.

You can pay the advance through online payment directly from our website or by bank transfer and remaining in cash, credit card, or bank transfer after you arrive in Nepal. We will email you the available modes and details of payment.

Currency Exchange

Nepali Rupees (NPR/Rs) is the local currency. (1 USD= Rs.133 NPR about) in the current situation.

You can exchange major foreign currencies in local banks and legitimate money exchanges in Kathmandu (all over Thamel). You can exchange small amounts of cash in hotels. Most of the exchangers display the exchange rates publicly.

We suggest you bring cash and exchange it in Kathmandu. You can also withdraw cash in Rupees from the ATMs in Kathmandu and Thamel. If you use a foreign card the maximum withdrawal amount is NPR 35,000 for a 500 Rupees processing fee. If you use the money exchange facility by a financial institution, they charge you about 4% for processing fees.

Only a few places have ATM service on trekking routes. You can exchange your currency in some places but you don't get the real exchange rate. So better to exchange your money in Kathmandu. We can help you to exchange if you need our help.

Personal Expenses

The Everest Base Camp Trekking package covers only the things that we mentioned in the cost included and excluded section. You have to pay for visa application, travel insurance, snacks, protein bar, tea/coffee, cold drinks, wifi, drinking water, and tips to the trekking crew members.

 So, we suggest you bring an extra amount with you for your expenses. Meals and Accommodation costs in Kathmandu depend on you.

 Travel Insurance

Everest Base Camp Trek is a bit challenging and comes with high altitude risks, altitude sickness, and unfavorable weather. Travel insurance is compulsory for the Everest Base Camp trekking. Trekkers must provide a copy of their travel insurance policy certificate along with other documents to Himalayan Connection. Medical and emergency repatriation including helicopter rescue and evacuation expenses up to 6,000m must be included in the Travel Insurance policy.

We request trekkers to send their detailed insurance information before the Everest Base Camp Trek starts. So that we can use the insurance policy and information documents you sent us for quick and effective rescue operations in emergencies. Before purchasing travel insurance, call the insurance company and check if their plan includes heli-rescue up to 6,000m and health care costs.

About Last Minute Booking

Booking is much better for Everest Base Camp trekking, it helps to manage requirements such as permits, hotel booking, transportation, flight, etc. 

You can pay just 15% of the total cost of the booking and the rest of the money you can pay after you arrive in Nepal.  In last-minute booking, you must Pay 100% of the total cost 24 hours before the trek starts. However, last-minute treks may be delayed due to uncontrolled events such as bad weather, lack of accommodation, and trekking staff. 

Contact us for more information at WhatsApp:  9851311073 or email us at [email protected] .  

Key Highlights

Our international advisors, trek itinerary, day 01: arival in kathmandu nepl (1400m/4592ft).

First of all, we would like to welcome you to the beautiful Himalayan country. Our agency representative will be at the airport to welcome you. Then take you to the hotel that, we booked for your stay.

In the evening you will join the team meet-up and pre-trekking discussion about the Everest Base Camp Trek. then after we will have a welcome dinner together.

Day 02: Kathamandu Heritage Valley Sightseeing and Trek Preparation

Camp : Thamel Kathmandu

Altitude : 1400m/4592 ft.

Meals : Breakfast

Accommodation : 3-star hotel

After Having breakfast we will move for the Kathmandu Heritage Valley sightseeing. In this program, we visit some ancient and heritage monuments like Monkey Temple (Swoyambhunath Stupa), Boudhanath Stupa, the Biggest Hindu temple Pasupatinath Temple, and historic ancient Basantapur Durbar Square (Kathmandu Durbar Square).

After visiting those wonderful places. We returned to the hotel and prepared the backpack for an adventure trip to Everest Base Camp.

Day 03: Fly to Lukla (2840m/9315ft) and Trek to Phakding (2651m/8695ft) 30 min flight and 3-4 hrs walk

Camp : Phakding

Altitude : Lukla (2840m/9315 ft.)  Phakding (2651m/8695ft.)

Time: 30 min flight and 3 – 4 hrs. walk

Meals : Breakfast,

Accommodation: Tea house

Today we leave Kathmandu and fly to Lukla. Early morning we transfer you to the airport for your scenic Lukla flight. During the flight, you will see the spectacular mountains, deep valleys greeneries, and wonderful mountain ranges through your aircraft’s windows.

After landing at the Lukla airport (Tenzing Hillary Airport) we meet our local sherpa porters then we move to the Phakding village through some beautiful villages.

At the end of Lukla village, there is a tourist check post where will get your trekking permit and entrance ticket (Updated Trekkers Card) for the Everest Base Camp Trekking. 

Day 04: Trek to Namche Bazzar (3440m/11283ft) 5-6 hrs walk

Camp : Namche Bazar

Altitude : 3440 m/11283 ft.

Time : 5 – 6 hrs.

Meals : Breakfast, lunch, and dinner

In the morning after having breakfast we leave Phakding village for the beautiful and popular Namche Bazaar. On the way to Namche Bazaar, we will have a wonderful walk through some Sherpa Village like, TokTok, Monjo, etc, and  Deep Dudhkoshi River valley.

At Monjo, we have to register our permit (Trekker’s Card) that we got at Lukla. Then after officially, you can visit the Sagarmatha National Park.  After some time walking through the Dudh Koshi river bank, we cross the amazing Hillary suspension bridge which is surrounded by huge rocky canyons.

459ft long and 410ft high Hillary suspension bridge looks awesome with the strung of Buddhist prayer flags and Swals. After crossing the bridge we will have to climb up the hills through the dense forest. From the middle of the forest, we have the first ever small sight of Mt. Everest. (8848.86m) and we continue to the Beautiful Namche Bazaar.

Day 05: Acclimatize Hiking Day Around Namche

Altitude : 3440 m/11283 ft

Today we have a special and important day. We just hike around Namche and meet some height points to acclimatize and to be friendly with the altitude which helps you to avoid altitude sickness.

There are some places that you must visit on your Everest Base Camp Trek, such as an Everest view point and Everest view hotel, from where you can enjoy the pleasing views of Mt Everest, Ama Dablam, and some others, Sir, Edmund Hillary school, beautiful Sherpa village Khumjung, and Sir Edmund Hillary visiting center Which is just opened on the occasion of Everest May 29, 2023.

Note: our agency owner Mr. Sujan Pandey was the official photographer of the events. As an official photographer, He was involved with the respected team Himalayan Trust Nepal, Himalayan Trust New Zealand, and Passang Lhamu Municipality and was the event organizer.

At the same time, the Everest platinum jubilee was celebrated at Lukla, Namche, and Khumjung villages,  with the presence of the former prime minister of New Zealand Mrs. Helen Clark, Petter Hillary (son of Sir Edmund Hillary) Alexander Hillary (grandson of Sir, Edmund Hillary) and high profile person from different sectors.

Day 06: Trek to Tengboche (3870m/12694ft 5-6 hrs walk

Camp : Tengboche

Altitude : 3870 m/12694 ft

This day is a little different than previous days. The trails during the day to Tengboche have big ups and downs and into the forest. Sometimes you can spot the Musk deer, Himalayan Thar (Blue Sheep) Pheasants, and some other wild birds and animals.

During the day you will also be able to see some beautiful Buddhist mani walls and Chhorten. The first part of the trail is smooth and flat, 2nd part of the trail is big descending and the 3rd part of the trail is big ascending.

After passing those phases you will reach wonderful Tengboche Village. The place offers you breathtaking views of the Himalayan range. There is a 100-year-old Tengboche monastery in the village.

Day 07: Trek to Dingboche (4360m/14301ft) 5-6 hrs walk

Camp : Dingboche

Altitude : 4360 m/14301 ft

Time : 5 – 6 hrs walk

On this hiking day to Dingboche village, we will pass the beautiful rhododendron forest at the beginning of the day and some small villages such as Deboche, Pangboche, Somare, etc later. 

After passing the Deboche village you don't find any trees around you which means your feet entrance into the high Himalayan desert. From Pangboche Village you will have a close and stunning view of the iconic Mt. Ama Dablam (6812m/22343ft) the first climb of this mountain was in 1961AD.

After passing beautiful trails we reach Dingboche village. Which is located in a pleasing valley surrounded by spectacular mountains and hills.

Day 08: Rest and Acclimatize Day

Altitude : 4360 m/14301ft

After continuously gaining altitude. Your body needs rest and acclimatization to be familiar with altitude and adjust the thin oxygen level in your body. So once again we stop one more day at Dingboche and hike around to acclimatize.

Which is the best option to avoid altitude sickness? Today we Hike to the nearest hill to acclimatize and for the breathtaking views of Mountains like Ama Dablam, Island Peak, Cho Oyu, Thamserku, etc, and the beautiful Dingboche Valley.

Day 09: Trek to Lobuche (4940m/16203ft) 4-5 hrs walk

Camp : Lobuche

Altitude : 4940 m/16203ft

Time  : 3 – 4 hrs walk

This morning we are heading to the Lobuche village after spending 2 nights to acclimatize in Dingboche. The first few steps after Dingboche is ascending it takes about 15-20 minutes then we reach a small ridge.

Then after we will see long gradual flat trails. After passing those parts we will reach Thukla where we can have a few minutes of rest, a cup of tea, chocolate, and cookies to get back the energy just before the Thukla hill climb.

On the top of Thukla Hill, you will see many memorials of climbers who lost their lives and dreams in this region. We continue our trek to Lobuche overnight.

Day 10: Trek to Gorakshep (5170m/16958ft) hike to EBC (5364m/17594ft) and back to Gorakshep 7- 8 hrs walk

Camp : Gorak Shep (the last campsite of the Everest Base Camp Trek)

Altitude : 5364 m/17594 ft

Time : 7 – 8 hrs walk

Today is the biggest day, you are going to put your feet on the Base of the world’s highest mountain, you are going to touch your dream place, this could be your most delighted moment ever. 

Wait till you have to move from Lobuche, hahaha,

First, we will go to Gorakshep through the huge Khumbu Glacier, after reaching there, we leave our backpack in the hotel get food, and move to the Base Camp. it takes about 2 hrs from Gorakshep.

While you reach Base Camp capture the moment, take photographs, chill out loudly, and stamp the moment, memories, and achievements in your mind. We are sure that you will have one of the best opportunities to take Everest Base Camp Trek Photo.

After spending quality time in your dream place we move back to Gorakshep overnight.

Day 11: Hike to Kala Patthar (5555m/18220ft) Back to Gorakshep and Trek to Pheriche (4288m/14065ft 6-7 hrs walk

Camp : Pheriche

Altitude : Kalapathar 5555 m./18220 ft. Pheriche 4288 m/14065 ft

Time : 7 – 8 hrs

Early in the morning, we move to Kala Patthar to see the breathtaking sunrise view on the top of  Spectacular Mt. Everest (8848.86m) which could be another delightful moment in your lifetime.

Capture and collect this pleasing moment in your camera, phone, and mind. 

After spending an incredible moment at Kala Patthar we will move back to Gorakshep, have breakfast and some rest, pack up the backpack and memories, and then start our trek to Pheriche village for another overnight stay.

Day 12: Trek Back to Namche Bazzar (3440m/11283ft) 7-8 hrs walk

Time : 6 – 7 hrs walk

After having breakfast we are heading to Namche Bazaar. Walking after about 40 minutes we will connect the trail that we walked before. Then we will follow the same trail to reach Namche Bazaar. 

Day 13: Trek Back to Lukla 2840m/9315ft 6-7 hrs walk

Camp : Lukla

Altitude : 2840 m/9315 ft.

Time : 6 – 7 hrs. walk

Today we are heading forward to Lukla through the same trail that we used early in the Everest Base Camp trip.

Day 14: Fly Back to Kathmandu (1400m 4592ft) 30 min Flight Time

Camp : Kathmandu

Altitude : 1400 m/4592 ft

Time : 30 min flight

Meals : Breakfast  and special farewell dinner with a Nepali cultural show

Accommodation: 3-star hotel

After accomplished our dream Everest Base Camp Trek we are leaving the Everest region. Take the scenic flight to Kathmandu. Have a rest and relax day. 

Himalayan Connection Treks organize the Farewell dinner in the evening with an Authentic Nepali cultural live performance. At the same time, you can share your experience with us. We provide you with the trek success and achievement certificate.

Trek Gallery

Everest Base Camp Trek 2024/2025 Equipment Checklist

For head/face, accessories, cost includes, cost exludes.

Frequently Asked Questions

Where is everest base camp.

Everest Base Camp lies at an elevation of 5,364 m in the northeastern fringe of the Khumbu region of Nepal. The Khumbu region is popular for its amazing high-altitude trekking.

How difficult is Everest Base Camp trek?

Everest Base Camp trek is a high-altitude trek with a strenuous difficulty level. Some of the factors that make the Everest base camp trek difficult are High Altitude Sickness, Acute Mountain Sickness, Inclement weather, and trekking difficulties.

When is the best time to visit the Everest Base Camp trek?

The Autumn season and Spring season are the best time to visit the Everest base camp trek. Trekking these months is favorable in terms of temperature and rainfall as this time of the year is comparatively better than other months.

What is the duration of the Everest Base Camp trek?

On average, it takes about 10-18 days to do the Everest Base Camp trek. You can visit other places in the circuit on the way with a certain extension in time.

What type of accommodations and facilities can we get along the trail of the Everest Base Camp?

You can get the basic accommodation of your choice during the trek to Everest Base Camp. Everest Base Camp trek is very commercial, and there are a lot better options for lodges and hotels from which you can choose accordingly. Likewise, hot water and shower facilities are also available which will cost a certain charge.

Will I get all the necessary amenities during the Everest Base Camp Trek?

Yes. Overall, you will get the necessary amenities during the trek such as porter services, electricity, water, as well as internet services.

Will I get altitude sickness during the trek?

Yes, but conditional. Since the Everest base camp trek is a high-altitude trek, there is a high chance of getting altitude sickness and also suffering from HAPCE or HACE which are serious circumstances of altitude sickness. Hence, proper medication should be done to prevent it and a healthy diet should be taken.

Is there wildlife in the Everest region?

Some of the wildlife that we can spot while trekking in the Everest region are Himalayan Tahr, Musk Deer, Snow Leopard, Red Panda, Clouded Leopard, and so on.

Can beginners also trek the Everest Base Camp?

It might be a little difficult for beginners but if they are physically and mentally fit and prepared to accomplish the trek, then certainly novices can also trek the Everest Base Camp.

How is the Everest base camp trek in the terms of preference?

One of the most exciting and spectacular treks in Nepal's Everest region is the Everest Base Camp Trek. It is also the most renowned trekking route in Nepal and is renowned for its breathtaking scenery and awe-inspiring ambiance.

Where does the trek to Everest Base Camp begin from?

The trek to the Everest base camp begins from Lukla. You can get a flight to Lukla and start the trek to EBC.

What is the average hours of trek per day?

The average hours of walk during the trek per day is 5-7 hours.

I had the privilege of meeting Sujan in 2013 along the Annapurna circuit. When you meet someone incredible, it's impossible to forget them. Despite just meeting him randomly along the trail, he made a very positive impression on my wife and me, who think fondly of our conversations and interactions. He has a wealth of wisdom and experience, not just in the mountains but in interacting with people all over. He's got an unquenchable heart for people and his country, which he shares well with anyone in his company. When we do go back, he will be one of those people we must meet again. It's not a surprise that he has started a reputed guiding organization. It's about time! I would highly recommend Sujan and would even provide a back guarantee for anyone who does not have a stellar experience with him.

Related Treks

Api himal base camp trek, manaslu photography trek, tashi lapcha pass trek 17 days.

Connect With Us

We are affiliated with.

Quick Links

Ace the Himalaya

Trekking in Nepal, Peak Climbing, Mt Biking and Tours in Nepal, Bhutan and Tibet

Everest Base Camp Trek - 14 Days

• EBC Trek with Helicopter Return - 12 Days
• Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek - 14 Days
• Everest Base Camp with Island Peak - 19 Days
• Everest Three Passes Trek - 20 Days
• Annapurna Base Camp Trek - 13 Days
• Annapurna Circuit Trek - 19 Days
• Ghorepani Poon Hill Trek - 9 Days
• Manaslu Circuit Trek - 15 Days
• Gokyo to Everest Base Camp Trek - 17 Days

Enjoy an exciting journey across the Khumbu region's trails with the stunning vistas of mountain peaks and the world's highest peak, Mt. Everest.

EBC Trek Highlights

• Embark on a journey to the base of mighty Mt. Everest – Everest Base Camp .
• Captivating aerial views of the Himalayas en route to Lukla .
• Experience the wilderness of Sagarmatha National Park .
• Discover Namche Bazaar, the gateway and cultural heart of the Everest region.
• Immerse in the lively culture and tradition of the Sherpa community.
• Great perspectives of the mountain range from the highest-placed hotel – Hotel Everest View .
• Visit the oldest monastery in the Everest region, Tengboche Monastery.  
• Get a glimpse of the Khumbu glacier and Khumbu icefall .
• Picturesque trek to Kala Patthar (5,555 m) and Nangkartshang  Peak (5,083 m) .
• Spectacular views of Mt. Everest, Ama Dablam, Lhotse, Nuptse, Thamserku, Cho Oyu , and many more.

Everest Base Camp Trek Overview

The Everest Base Camp trek combines the convenience of well-maintained paths with the raw beauty of the Himalayas. The Everest region, located in the lap of the mighty Himalayas, is recognized for its beautiful scenery and welcoming Sherpa people. This adventure not only brings you to the base of the world’s highest peak but also immerses you in the rich culture and traditions of Nepal.    

The 14 day Everest Base Camp trek will take you to a height of roughly 5,364 meters. It provides panoramic views of many 8,000-meter-high summits. You can witness the incredible view of Pumori, Lhotse, Nuptse, Lobuche, and other peaks, as well as the iconic Mt Everest itself.

The EBC trek journey begins with a breathtaking 35-minute flight from Kathmandu to Lukla in the month of (January, February, June, July, August, September, and December) or a 20 minutes flight from Manthali/Ramechhap to Lukla including a 5 to 6 hours drive from Kathmandu to Manthali in the month of March, April, May, October, and November .

The Mount Everest Base Camp trek begins and ends in Lukla. The journey starts along the Dudh Koshi River’s bank, passing through the Sagarmatha National Park on the way to Namche Bazaar . Namche is the main trading point in the Everest region, also popularly known as an acclimatization destination for Everest region treks.

The walk is challenging, but the beautiful scenery of verdant forests, farmland, hills, and mountains will inspire you to keep going. We will depart Namche Bazaar after a day of acclimatization and continue our trek to Tengboche.

Upon arriving, we visit the renowned Tengboche Monastery. We will continue our walk to Dingboche and eventually to Lobuche from here. During the hike, you will be able to see Lhotse , Nuptse, Makalu, Cho Oyu, Ama Dablam, and many more peaks.

Continuing the journey, we hike to Gorak Shep and walk alongside the Khumbu Glacier until we reach mount Everest base camp. The Khumbu Glacier , the world’s deepest glacier, can also be seen from the Everest base camp. We then return to Gorak Shep to spend the night.

The following day, we hike up Kala Patthar, where we can see the sunrise over Mt. Everest and other peaks. After observing the scenery for a while, we return to Gorak Shep before descending to Pheriche Village.

We retrace our steps to Tengboche, passing through the lush forests of rhododendron and juniper, and continue to Namche. Once in Lukla, a flight back to Kathmandu concludes the EBC trek in Nepal .

Short Itinerary

Arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu (1,400 m) and transfer to hotel. Overnight at a hotel.

Flight to Lukla (2,840 m) from Kathmandu – 35 minutes or drive to Manthali/Ramechhap (474 m) – 5 to 6 hours and a 20 minutes flight to Lukla, and then trek to Phakding (2,610 m) – 3 to 4 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) from Phakding – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Acclimatization Day at Namche (3,440 m). Hike to Hotel Everest View (3,880 m) and back – 4 to 5 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Tengboche (3,860 m) from Namche Bazaar – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Dingboche (4,410 m) from Tengboche – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Acclimatization Day. Hike to Nangkartsang Peak (5,083 m) and back – 4 to 5 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Lobuche (4,910 m) from Dingboche – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Everest Base Camp (5,364 m) and then back to Gorak Shep (5,190 m) – 8 to 9 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Early morning Hike to Kala Patthar (5,555 m) and then, descend to Pheriche (4,240 m) – 7 to 8 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) from Pheriche – 7 to 8 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Lukla (2,840 m) from Namche Bazaar – 7 to 8 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Flight Back to Kathmandu – 35 minutes or Manthali/Ramechhap – 20 minutes from Lukla and same day drive to Kathmandu – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a hotel.

Transfer to the International Airport for your Final Departure.

Our standard itinerary might differ slightly due to unpredictable happenings and events out of our control. Factors such as flight cancellation/delay, unfavorable weather, natural calamities, newly implemented government rules, political affairs, trekkers’ health condition, etc., are possible. Evaluating the situation’s possible solutions allow the trekking to resume as much as possible based on the best alternatives. In these times, we look for your cooperation and flexibility. Read more

It is advised you arrive a day before the trip start date so you can rest and it also gives you time to buy clothing equipment and gear required for the trek. Also, it is best if you book your international flights with spare days in Nepal before and after your trek in case of any flight delays or cancellations due to weather. Moreover, you have options to customize this trip where you can add on a sightseeing tour in Kathmandu , other adventure sports or day trips around the country before or after the trek.

Lukla flight information

We would like to inform you regarding the Lukla flight details which may affect your itinerary. During peak seasons, (including March, April, May, October and November) the flight to Lukla will be operated from Ramechhap/Manthali due to air traffic expansion, which is about a 5 to 6-hour drive from Kathmandu. Whereas, during nonpeak seasons, (including January, February, June, July, August, September and December) the flight is operated from Kathmandu.

Please be aware that the decision regarding the operation of flights solely depends on the airline and is influenced by the volume of travelers during the specific month.

Unpleasant weather conditions, congested traffic in the Airport, unmanaged runway, topographical difficulties, etc., are the significant reasons for Lukla flight delay/cancellation. Therefore, if you intend on trekking in the land of Everest region, arranging additional one or two days in your trip is highly preferable. This will help in case of flight delay/cancellation and thus board on the pre-planned international flight.

Everest Base Camp Trek Departures 2024 & 2025

Secure your spot now on our best-selling trip! Spaces fill up fast, so book early to avoid missing out. Feel free to ask any questions later – reserve your adventure today and embark on an unforgettable journey!

Looking for personalized Everest trek? We organize privately guided journey which is mainly designed to fit your taste and interest. Please fill out the form below to get started.

Departure Date

• Lead Traveler's Full Name *
• No. of Travellers * No. of Travellers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 20+
• Country Country Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Brazil Brunei Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Colombia Comoros Congo, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Costa Rica Côte d'Ivoire Croatia Cuba Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic East Timor Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Polynesia Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Greece Greenland Grenada Guam Guatemala Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Honduras Hong Kong Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati North Korea South Korea Kosovo Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Mauritania Mauritius Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine, State of Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sint Maarten Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Sudan, South Suriname Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Togo Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vatican City Venezuela Vietnam Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, U.S. Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe
• How did you find Ace the Himalaya? * How did you find Ace the Himalaya? Google Search Yahoo Other Search Engine Facebook Twitter Newsletter Ace Blog I m a Previous Client Friend Recommendation Lonely planet Trip Advisor Magazine Advertisement Brochures/flyers I met you in Trade shows I am your Trade partners From North American Representative From European Representative From Australian Representative The Clymb Groupon Travel Zoo Scoupon From Other Deal Sites Others
• I agree to Ace the Himalaya Terms and Conditions
• Prove your humanity : 13 plus two =
• Phone This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.

Inclusions in the EBC Trek Price

• All (international and domestic) airport transfers on a tourist vehicle

Twin-sharing/double accommodation in a 3-star hotel for 2 nights in Kathmandu including breakfast (Private room accommodation can be organized at an extra cost)

Twin-sharing guesthouse accommodation during the trek for 11 nights in the Everest Region with attached toilets in Lukla, Phakding & Namche

• All your standard meals during the trek (Breakfast, Lunch, and Dinner) including one hot drink and seasonal fruits  
• Experienced, first-aid trained, government licensed, English-speaking Ace the Himalaya's trekking guide
• Permits for Sagarmatha/Everest National Park and TIMS (Trekkers' Information Management System)
• Porters during the trek for carrying luggage (1 porter for every 2 clients)
• Wages, accommodation, meals, gear, insurance, and medications for all staff
• Purified drinking water during the trek using Water Filter or water purification tablets.
• Round-trip airfare between Kathmandu/Manthali and Lukla
• 1 Ace the Himalaya’s duffel/kit bag, trekking map, sun hat, Buff (Neck Gaiter) and trip completion certificate
• A farewell dinner on the last night in Nepal
• All administrative expenses and government taxes

Price Excludes

• Meals (lunch and dinner) in Kathmandu
• International flight fare and airport departure tax
• Any beverages including bottled and boiled water
• Travel insurance along with high-altitude emergency evacuation coverage
• Tips to trekking staff and driver
• Nepal Entry Visa (Visa can be acquired easily after your arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu with a fee of USD 50 for 30 days visa and USD 125 for 90 days visa)
• Personal Trekking gear and equipment
• Any expenses other than the Price Include section

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

Day 01: arrival at tribhuvan international airport in kathmandu and transfer to hotel.

Upon your arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu, one of our representatives will warmly welcome you. You’ll be escorted to your hotel in our private tourist vehicle.

During the pre-trip meeting, you’ll have the opportunity to meet your trip guide and address any questions or concerns you may have about your upcoming mountain trekking adventure with one of our team members.  

Note : Pre-trip meeting will be done at the office if you arrive before 4 pm and in your hotel itself if you arrive later in the evening. Be sure to bring two copies of passport-sized photos and a readable copy of your travel insurance policy to the meeting.

These documents help to acquire trekking permits and related documentation during the trek. Pay the remaining balance of your invoice and sign in the legally binding trip form and non-liability disclaimer.

Day 02: Fly to Lukla from Kathmandu or drive to Manthali/Ramechhap & flight to Lukla and then trek to Phakding

Manthali to Lukla Flight (March, April, May, October, and November) During peak seasons, such as March, April, May, October, and November, the flight to Lukla will be operated from Ramechhap/Manthali due to air traffic expansion. The Manthali/Ramechhap airport is about a 5 to 6 hours drive away from Kathmandu. On this day we wake up at 1:30 to 2:30 am and take an escorted shuttle to Manthali airport on a shared tourist vehicle and board a 20-minute flight to Lukla.

Kathmandu to Lukla Flight (January, February, June, July, August, September, and December) The flight to Lukla is typically operated from Kathmandu during nonpeak seasons, which include January, February, June, July, August, September, and December . Please be aware that the decision regarding the operation of flights solely depends on the airline and is influenced by the volume of travelers during a specific month. On this day we wake up at 5 to 6 am. Our staff will escort you to the domestic airport terminal in Kathmandu and board a 35-minute flight to Lukla.

Helicopter Option

You have the option to book a direct helicopter flight from Kathmandu to Lukla for an extra charge of USD 550 per person. This price is quoted on a 5-people sharing basis. This is the best alternative to avoid the long drive to Manthali airport during peak season (March, April, May, October, and November).

Prepare your luggage for the trek the day before the flight. You will be arriving at the Tenzing Hillary Airport early in the morning. Breakfast in Lukla. Porters will meet the group in Lukla and are assigned to carry luggage. For every two clients, one porter is assigned.

Today we trek to Phakding. The trail is straightforward. We head out of Lukla and follow the Dudh Koshi River downhill. The route connects to the Namche Bazaar trail, just above Chaurikharka (2,713 m/8,900 ft). Continuing, we come across the small village of Ghat. After a brisk hike, we arrive at Phakding.

Day 03: Trek to Namche Bazaar from Phakding

After breakfast, we follow the trail alongside the Dudh Koshi River while crossing suspension bridges along the way. After hiking for a while, we come upon Sagarmatha National Park and go through entry permit verification in the Everest region.

As the trek advances, we ascend a steep climb with astonishing perspectives of majestic Himalayas, splashing glacial rivers, multi-colored prayer flags, and sacred mani stones. We arrive in the charming Sherpa town of Namche Bazaar in the early evening.

Day 04: Acclimatization Day at Namche. Hike to Hotel Everest View and back

Trekking at higher elevations can lead to altitude sickness and other severe illnesses. That is why it is a must to acclimate to the increasing elevation. The initial acclimatization day on this trek is scheduled in Namche Bazaar.

Namche Bazaar the main trading center in the Everest Region run by the Sherpa people. Here you can purchase various things such as trekking equipment, and local handicrafts, as well as find accommodations like hotels and guesthouses.

On this day, we acclimate at Namche Bazaar by hiking nearby destinations. We make our way to Sherpa Cultural Museum and discover the history and culture of the Sherpa community.

Afterward, we hike up to Syangboche Airport (the highest airport in Nepal) and Hotel Everest View (the highest hotel on the planet), one of the best viewpoints in the Everest region . Gorgeous vistas of Everest, Ama Dablam, Lhotse, Nuptse, and other peaks can be seen from here.

Day 05 : Trek to Tengboche from Namche Bazaar

The trail to Tengboche is rocky. The route descends early in the day and then climbs up to Tengboche.

Begin the trek advancing along the Dudh Koshi River. Witness the enchanting sight of the mountains along the way. Advance to Phungi Thenga, passing through lovely rhododendron forest.

On moving further, you arrive at Tengboche with an astonishing view of Mt. Everest, Ama Dablam, Lhotse and Nuptse. The stunning views of lush rhododendron forest, glacier, rivers, and monasteries along the EBC trail is rewarding.

After arriving in Tengboche, we visit the Tengboche Monastery and observe Lamas performing a prayer ceremony either in the morning or evening.

Day 06: Trek to Dingboche from Tengboche

After spending a night in Tengboche, we head for Dingboche in the morning. The trek moves on to Deboche through the alpine forest, and we cross Imja Khola via a suspension bridge. On the way, we come across a wall inscribed with stones.

Later in the day, you will be rewarded with a captivating view of Ama Dablam. After we ascend to the village of Pangboche and follow the trail leading to Imja Valley. At long last, we reach Dingboche village after making an ascent.

Day 07: Acclimatization Day. Hike to Nangkartsang Peak and back

After acclimating for the first time at Namche, we will have a rest day today. Adapting to the increasing altitude and changing environment is essential for the human body to prevent altitude sickness .

Today we acclimate by making a hike to Nangkartsang peak . The view of Ama Dablam from the peak is awe-inspiring. After the acclimatization hike, you can explore the village or relax in the teahouse.

Day 08: Trek to Lobuche from Dingboche

On this day, we leave for Lobuche by hiking a gentle climb to Thukla. From this point, you’ll be stunned by the splendid sight of Taboche and Cholatse. Continuing, we pass through the lateral moraine of the Khumbu Glacier and stone memorials at Thukla Pass .

These stone memorials are constructed in the memory of the departed souls of climbers, adorned by colorful prayer flags. After a brisk hike, we arrive in Lobuche village. The massive mountain vistas of Nuptse, Lobuche, and Pumori can be seen from the village.

Day 09: Trek to Everest Base Camp and then back to Gorak Shep

Today there are two sections of the EBC trek. First, the trail follows the route to Gorak Shep and then to Mount Everest Base Camp.

After having breakfast, we leave Lobuche, hiking along the Khumbu glacier while enjoying the magnificent view of Mt. Nuptse. Soon we reach the village of Gorak Shep.

From this point, we continue our trek all the way to Everest Base Camp. The trail ahead is challenging as it is rugged terrain. The captivating view of Khumbu Glacier and Khumbu Icefall is visible along the way.

Once we reach base camp, you will be rewarded with a panoramic view of Mt. Everest, Nuptse, Pumori, Khumbutse, and surrounding peaks. It’s a great feeling to be present at the base of the world’s highest mountain.

In addition, we may encounter expedition teams and climbers during peak seasons.  We then retrace the path back to Gorak Shep.

Day 10: Morning Hike to Kala Patthar and then, Descend to Pheriche

Today we hike to the highest point of the Everest Base Camp Trek, Kala Patthar. The hike begins very early in the morning with a breathtaking sunrise view over the giant mountains.

Kala Patthar is an excellent vantage point for the incredible view of Lhotse, Nuptse, Pumori, and Mount Everest.

Embrace every moment of joy and sensational feelings you experience while in Mount Everest’s lap. After enjoying quality time, we make our way down to Gorak Shep and resume our EBC trek following the route down to Pheriche village.

Day 11: Trek to Namche Bazaar from Pheriche

After a hearty breakfast, we move down to Namche, hiking along the trail we had taken earlier. As the trek progresses, we come across Pangboche village, following Tengboche village.

We cross a suspension bridge and enter the forest trail hiking until we arrive in Namche Bazaar.

Day 12: Trek to Lukla from Namche Bazaar

The adventure of hiking Everest Base Camp ends today once we reach Lukla. We leave Namche Bazaar for Lukla after breakfast. Since this is your last day in the Everest region, take a walk around the village.

Enjoy and celebrate the lifelong moments made along trails of the region.

Day 13: Flight back to Kathmandu or Manthali/Ramechhap from Lukla and same day drive to Kathmandu

Lukla to Manthali Flight (March, April, May, October, and November) The flight from Lukla to Manthali is a 20-minute flight. After that, it is about a 5 to 6 hour drive to Kathmandu. Please note that the driving hours may vary according to the highway traffic condition. You’ll be transferred to the hotel in Kathmandu on a shared tourist vehicle.

Lukla to Kathmandu Flight (January, February, June, July, August, September, and December) The flight from Lukla takes about 35 minutes. After arriving at the airport, you will be transferred to the hotel in Kathmandu via a shared tourist vehicle.  Please be aware that the decision regarding the operation of flights solely depends on the airline and is influenced by the volume of travelers during a specific month.

You have the option to book a direct helicopter flight from Lukla to Kathmandu for an extra charge of USD 550 per person. This price is quoted on a 5-people sharing basis. This is the best alternative to avoid the long drive to from Manthali airport to Kathmandu during peak season (March, April, May, October and November).

If you would like to spend more time in Nepal, we offer trips to popular destinations in Nepal. Pokhara tour, Chitwan National Park, Kathmandu Cultural Heritage Tours, etc., are some of our popular Nepal trips. In addition, we also provide outbound tours to Tibet, India, and Bhutan.

You will be served a farewell dinner in a fine restaurant.

Day 14: Transfer to the International Airport for your Final Departure

It’s the end of our exciting journey in the Everest region! Today we conclude our 14 days Everest Base Camp Trekking. One of our airport representatives will accompany you to the International Airport for your flight back home.

We bid you farewell, and hoping you’ll travel to Nepal again.

Packing List for Everest Base Camp Trek

Here is a list of what you might want to pack for the Everest base camp hike. Please take this as a starting point. You’ll need layers of warmer clothing during the winter.

We provide a 75 liter duffel bag for you to use for the trek. It will be given to you during your pre-trip meeting in Kathmandu. The duffle bag is yours to keep. Also, you can rent sleeping bag and down jacket with us at the additional fee of USD 35 for each once you are in Kathmandu.

• Four-season (zero degree) sleeping bag (We have rental sleeping bags available for an additional USD 35)
• Sleeping bag liner
• Puffy down jacket ( We have rental jackets available for an additional USD 35)
• Daypack (35-45 liters recommended) with rain cover
• Sun hat or cap (We'll provide you with a free Ace the Himalaya baseball cap.)
• Knitted hat/Beanie
• Scarf/Neck Gaiter/Buff (highly recommended)
• Technical fabric base layer (light for warmer months, heavy for colder months)
• Technical fabric short (2) and long sleeve (2) shirts
• Waterproof, windproof shell
• Fleece jacket or pullover
• Hiking pants (2)
• Comfortable pants for inside the teahouses
• Hiking shorts
• Wool or technical fabric liner gloves
• Hard-shell outer gloves (insulated for colder months)
• Wool or technical fabric warm socks
• Hiking socks
• Liner socks (optional such as silk)
• Trekking/hiking boots (waterproof recommended)
• Ice Cleats /Micro Spikes (For trekking from November to March, it's recommended to include Ice Cleats/ Micro Spikes to prevent slipping on icy or wet surfaces.)
• Casual shoes
• Gaiters (lightweight for dust or heavy for snow in colder months)

Undergarments

Note: The quantity of each article of clothing can be adjusted to suit the preferences of each participant.

• Technical fabric/quick drying is best for underwear (opportunities to launder during the trip)
• Sports bras (women)
• Pajamas or sleeping clothes

First Aid Kits and Medications

• ( Note : Guides carry medications and first aid kits during the trip. However, personal kits and medications are highly recommended.)
• Cough Syrup (recommend for Khumbu Cough)
• Mosquito repellent cream (for Kathmandu and Phakding)

Other Essentials

• Extra copies of passport-sized photos
• Reusable water bottle
• Toiletry kits
• Water purification tablets or UV water purifier (if you plan to treat water)
• Hydration bladder
• Toilet paper (2 rolls)
• High protein snacks (such as protein bars or nuts)
• Waterproof/dry bags for carrying important documents and money
• Airline tickets (Please leave a copy at our office in Kathmandu. This can be useful if there is a change in the date of the flight.)

Once you are in Nepal, you have the option to purchase supplies and gear for hiking if you have spare time. Our guide will assist you in buying the equipment. Thamel, which is Kathmandu’s tourist hub, offers a wide range of trekking equipment at affordable prices.  

• Power bank or extra batteries
• Cameras and mobile phone
• Pee bottle/ pee funnel for women
• Trekking poles
• Thermos for hot water
• We give you a free duffel bag and baseball cap during your pre-trip meeting in Kathmandu. The duffel bag will be used to pack your trekking supplies.
• For every two participants, we assign one porter. The duffel bag, which should weigh around 10 kg/22 lbs, will be carried by the porter throughout the walk.
• To carry your daily necessities like cash, crucial papers, a water bottle or bladder, a camera, toiletries, sunscreen, a notebook, clothing, etc., you must have your own daypack (with a waterproof cover).
• You can store your luggage (non- trekking items) at the hotel in Kathmandu.
• Total luggage allotment allowance for the Kathmandu-Lukla flight is 15 Kg/33 lbs including both duffel (10 Kg/22 lbs.) and backpack (5 Kg/11 lbs.)
• Down jacket with a hood is a must for altitudes above 4,000 m to keep warm. You can rent a down jacket for USD 35. Please note that in case of loss or damage, you need to reimburse the cost of USD 200 per item.
• You can rent a 4-season sleeping bag for USD 35. Please note that in case of loss or damage, you need to reimburse the cost of USD 200 per item.

Note: Some clothing, especially form-fitting, figure-hugging items made of elastic material (like yoga pants), may offend locals. Therefore, if you choose to wear these clothes for comfort, please make sure to wear something over them.

Everest Base Camp Trek Map & Elevation

EBC Trek Video

FAQs for Everest Base Camp Trek

Why trek with ace the himalaya.

Ace the Himalaya is proudly recognized as one of the best trekking companies in Nepal.  We have a reputation for successfully leading treks with knowledgeable leaders and staff taking care of all your travel needs.

We are a certified sustainable travel company that also endorses the idea of giving back to the community by participating in various philanthropic activities. Here are 17 reasons why you should choose Ace the Himalaya for your next adventure!

Is Nepal open to travelers following the Covid-19 pandemic?

Indeed, Nepal is entirely open. Travelers are welcome in Nepal without any restrictions. Arriving travelers can obtain a visa on arrival at the Kathmandu airport as well.

What are the conditions to travel to Nepal post Covid-19?

Traveling to Nepal is now hassle-free. You don’t need a vaccination certificate or negative PCR test, but check with your airlines and transit countries for any specific requirements.

We suggest you look at the Nepal immigration site https://www.immigration.gov.np for the most up-to-date information.

What additional documents do I need?

• Two passport-sized photos (2×2 inch) to give to our office staff
• A copy of your international flight ticket to give to our office staff
• A copy of travel insurance to give to our office staff

What should I know about booking my flights to/from Nepal? Do I need to plan extra days in case of delays?

The best course of action is to add a day or two before and after your intended trek days in case of flight delays or cancellations. It also gives you time to buy clothing equipment and gear required before your trip.

Please be aware that Ace the Himalaya is not responsible for any inconveniences or missed international flights resulting from unforeseen events like airport changes, flight delays or cancellations, etc.

Is hiring a guide necessary even if I have trekking experience?

You can hike to Everest Base Camp without a guide. A guide is there to assist you in going forward and making alternative plans and arrangements when unanticipated occurrences happen or when things get difficult.

Our hiking leaders are qualified experts. When talking about their trip, our guests frequently remark on how much fun they had and how crucial their guide was to make it successful.

Can the guide speak English?

Our guides are fluent in English. All the guides that we assign speak and understand English. They’ll share with you the fascinating stories, traditions, and folklore of the mountains. The guides will also help you communicate with the locals since many shopkeepers and hosts of teahouses don’t speak English.

Everest Base Camp Weather and Temperature

What is the best time to trek everest base camp.

The best time to trek to Everest base camp are autumn (Mid-September to November) and spring (March to early June). This trek is possible year-round, and we can organize it when it suits your schedule.

However, we generally suggest doing this trek in the favorable seasons and keep away from rainstorm season (July and August). In cold months of January and February, the temperature can be a little harsh in the mountains.

However, some prefer to travel during these months as it is less crowded given that you are well prepared with appropriate winter wear and other gears.

What kind of weather and temperature can I expect while trekking?

Due to its tendency to be localized, the weather in the Everest region is challenging to forecast. You could see rain, fog, cold, or hot and sunny weather while trekking. It is best to be equipped to handle various weather situations. In the Everest region, nighttime temperatures are significantly lower than midday temperatures. In less than a day, the temperature can change from a high of 25°C (77°F) to a low of – 20°C (-4°F). The weather and temperature ranges are typically predictable based on the month and season, even though it might be challenging to predict what each day in the mountains will bring.

Spring – March/April/May/June

Despite being the busiest season, spring is perhaps the best time to visit the Everest region. Activities assisting the expedition teams take place in Everest Base Camp. The many varieties of blossoming trees should be visible, and the sky should be clear with stunning vistas. During springtime, the average temperature is 20°C (68°F), with a high of 25°C (77°F) during clear days and a low of – 15°C (5°F) overnight above 4000 meters.

Monsoon season – July/August through Mid-September

Since it rains heavily at elevations below 3500 meters, this season isn’t exactly ideal for travel in the Everest region. While it can occasionally be dry in areas above 4000 meters, it frequently rains so therefore not many people travel during this season. Trekking during the monsoon season has some advantages, such as a greater possibility of seeing waterfalls and the best opportunity to escape crowds. During the monsoon, the average temperature is 22°C (71.6°F), with a high of 30°C (86°F) during clear days and a low of- 5°C (23°F) overnight above 4000 meters.

Autumn – End of September/October/November

In the Everest region, autumn is equally as busy as spring. It is one of the best times to go, too. While the plants and trees are not in bloom, the sky is often clear, offering breathtaking vistas from almost every viewpoint. The average temperature in autumn is 17°C (62.6°F), with a high of 20°C (68°F) during clear days and a low of – 15°C (5°F) overnight above 4000 meters.

Winter – December/January/February

Due to fewer tourists, some people like winter travel. Even while the views are still beautiful, it can be cloudy, thus adding extra days is highly advised during this time. The average temperature is 10°C (50°F), with a high of 17°C (62.6°F) during clear days and a low of – 20°C (- 4°F) overnight above 4000 meters. The teahouses provide extra blankets for warmth at night.

What is the temperature rating of the sleeping bag that you lend to trekkers?

The temperature rating of the sleeping bags that we rent to trekkers is about -10°C (14°F). Also, our guides can obtain extra blankets if needed at the teahouses.

Can we hike to Kala Patthar first and then to Mount Everest Base Camp?

Yes, it’s possible to hike to Kala Patthar before reaching Everest Base Camp to witness stunning sunsets. However, due to unpredictable mountain evening weather, the safer approach is to trek to Everest Base Camp first and then ascend to Kala Patthar early the following morning.

Arrival and Visas

Is it possible to obtain a visa for nepal upon arrival at the airport.

Yes, you can obtain a Nepal visa upon your arrival at the airport. There are kiosks in the arrival hall that you use to complete the necessary forms.  The cost is USD 30 for a 15-day tourist visa, including numerous entries, or USD 50 and USD 125 for a 30-day or 90-day tourist visa including numerous entries respectively. You should carry cash (USD) with you to pay your visa fees quickly and easily, as digital payments are frequently unavailable.

To save time, we recommend filling out the online visa application form in advance. Applying online 2 weeks before your arrival will expedite the process at the airport. For detailed guidelines, please refer to our blog titled Guidelines for Online Tourist Visa Form in Nepal .

Who will come to pick me up at the airport upon my arrival?

Our staff will be waiting for you outside the airport terminal with our signboard (Ace the Himalaya). You will be accompanied to a hotel in a private tourist vehicle.

How long should I expect the visa process and baggage claim to take upon arrival at the airport?

The process of obtaining a visa and collecting your baggage at Tribhuvan International Airport generally takes about 1 to 1.5 hours. This duration can vary depending on factors such as the time of day, the number of arriving flights, and the passenger volume.

Can I buy a SIM card at the airport in Kathmandu?

Yes, SIM cards are available for purchase at the airport from local telecom providers such as Ncell and Nepal Telecom (NTC). We recommend choosing Ncell for its extensive coverage. The SIM card counters are open 24 hours, you can buy a SIM card in the arrivals area after collecting your baggage. Please ensure you bring a passport-sized photo and a copy of your passport for the purchase.

Where can I exchange money upon arrival in Nepal?

You can exchange currency at one of the money exchange counters in the arrivals area of Tribhuvan International Airport, which operate 24 hours a day. Alternatively, you can also exchange money at authorized exchange centers near your hotel, which are typically open during the day.

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

How much additional money do i need per day.

Typically, USD 15 to 20 per person per day will be sufficient. This is to purchase water, tea/espresso, snacks, and hot showers in the mountains and for lunch or dinner in Kathmandu. Additionally, if you want to buy souvenirs or native Nepali goods, you can bring extra cash with you.

Can I use a credit card in Nepal?

Yes, you can use credit cards in Nepal, especially in major cities like Kathmandu and Pokhara. Visa, Mastercard, and American Express are widely accepted at most hotels, restaurants, and shops. However, please note that the use of a credit card may come with a fee to cover transaction charges.

Is it possible to use credit cards in the places I visit during the trek?

Nepalese Rupees cash is preferred to a credit card while trekking in the mountain region. Exchanging your cash into Nepali Rupees in Kathmandu before the beginning of the trek is ideal. This can be accomplished at the airport, at banks, or at your hotel. Please note the hotels will exchange up to about USD 100 for each transaction only. There are ATMs up to Namche Bazaar but can be unreliable. The currency exchange rate is better in Kathmandu.

Is it possible to reserve a trip now and pay a deposit later, or do I have to pay a deposit at booking/reservation?

When you book, you must pay a 30% deposit to secure your itinerary. The remaining balance can be paid upon your arrival at Kathmandu or before arrival. US Dollars cash and credit cards (Visa, Master, and American Express) are accepted once in Nepal. Please note a 4% transaction fee will be added for all credit card transactions.

How do I pay the remainder of my balance upon arrival in Kathmandu? US Dollars cash or credit card?

You can make payments via US Dollars cash or credit card (Visa, Master, and American Express). A 4% transaction fee is added if paying with a credit card. Thus, we encourage you to pay with USD cash if you are planning to pay upon your arrival in Kathmandu.

We prefer you pay with larger bills (USD 50 or 100).  Please note that the cash should not be older than 2009 and in good condition, as banks do not accept worn, torn, or crumpled bills.

How are the ATM and money exchange facilities in Kathmandu?

There are ATM and money exchange facilities almost every few meters in Thamel, where you will be staying in Kathmandu. So, you can easily use your cards to cash out limited sum of money to which a minimum charge is deducted by the ATM facility itself. You can easily exchange your foreign currencies in currency exchange centers for an exact rate.

Who Can Trek?

Do i need prior trekking experience.

Previous trekking experience is not required if you are physically healthy and have enough enthusiasm for the trek.

Are there any age restrictions for joining Everest Base Camp Trek Packages?

Our treks have no age restrictions if members are healthy and willing. We warmly welcome trekkers of all ages to embark on this incredible adventure.

We have had families with kids as young as 5 years do the treks along this region, and our oldest adventurers have been in their late 70s.

For more information, check out our blog titled Everest Base Camp Trek with Kids .

Is trekking to mountain regions safe for solo female travelers?

It is safe for a female to trek alone in Nepal. Nepal is usually regarded as a safe nation for female visitors traveling alone. It is entirely safe for a solo woman to trek with Ace the Himalaya on any of our treks.

Physical Fitness

How difficult is the everest base camp trek .

The Everest Base Camp Trekking in Nepal is somewhat challenging due to the altitude and long duration of the trek. It is a strenuous journey that comprises walking 5 to 8 hours a day. If you’re curious about the specific challenges and preparation needed, check out our blog on Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty for more insights.

How quickly do you walk on the trail?

The average walking speed for a reasonably fit person is 4 kilometers per hour. At higher elevations, it is highly recommended that you walk slowly to help with acclimatization.

What kind of physical training is necessary for trek preparation?

For Everest base camp trekking, you must prepare your body to walk over uneven, hilly landscapes while carrying a backpack. Walking at an incline, jogging, cycling, and going for long-distance hikes are all good ways to exercise.

You should work out for at least one hour four to five times a week for at least two months before trekking. For more comprehensive tips and detailed insights on how to prepare for this once-in-a-lifetime journey, check out our blog: How to prepare for Everest Base Camp trek .

What are the physical standards that I need for the trek?

Participants in good physical condition should be able to complete this trek. If you are not physically active, we advise starting an exercise regimen two months before the trek that includes at least an hour of walking at an incline, running, or biking four to five times a week.

Incorporating hiking into your workouts is ideal. It is advised to speak with a doctor before making travel arrangements if you have any health conditions that could affect your ability to complete the trek.

Trek Preparation and Packing

What is the weight limit for the lukla flight.

The weight limit for the Lukla flight is 15 kg (33 pounds), including your duffel bag and daypack. If your daypack weighs more than the allowed weight, you can pay an extra USD 2 to USD 5 per kilogram. Despite the extra pay, the baggage allowance is occasionally withheld. Therefore, we recommend you pack within the 15 kg weight limit.

What are the procedures after I make my deposit?

After making the deposit, one of our staff will email you for further information. We will require a copy of your passport photo page and your arrival/departure flight details. We will also provide you with additional trip information.

What sort of insurance do I need? How can I obtain a policy?

Travel insurance is mandatory for our hiking itineraries. We require your policy have medical evacuation coverage for the maximum elevation of your itinerary.  Insurance may also cover additional costs in the event of a flight delay or cancellation caused by bad weather, medical costs, theft, loss, and damage to your items while traveling.

Travel insurance can be obtained online by one of several travel insurance companies. Please note that insurance obtained from an airline at the time of booking your flight may not cover medical evacuation coverage.

What are the necessary items that I should pack for this trek?

You can find the necessary items to pack for the trek on the Equipment Section of this trek. Gear and equipment can be bought or rented upon your arrival in Kathmandu. If you plan on buying or renting gear in Kathmandu, please allow extra time.

Do you provide sleeping bags or down jackets for rent?

Yes, we do provide sleeping bags or down jackets for rental costs of USD 35 each. Do let us know before initiating the trek and we shall provide items.

What are the weights of the sleeping bag and down jacket?

The sleeping bag weighs approximately 1.5 kg (3.3 lbs), while the down jacket weighs about 1.1 kg (2.4 lbs).

What type of bag will the porters carry?

We provide you with a free duffel bag of 70 to 80-liter capacity that our porters will carry.  The maximum weight that porters can safely carry is 30kg, and each porter is assigned to two people.

What type of daypack should I bring?

We suggest a 30 to 40-liter capacity daypack. Wider straps and hip belts are recommended to assist you in carrying weight evenly and reduce pain.

What about my passport, medications, and belongings?

Bring copies of your passport, insurance papers, and other essential items in your carry-on during your flight. If you need to take medications daily, keep them in your daypack with your other essential possessions.  You can store other non-trekking essentials in the office of Ace the Himalaya or at the hotel in Kathmandu.

EBC Trek Accommodation

What kind of lodging is available on this trip.

In Kathmandu, we use three-star hotels including breakfast. We use Hotel Thamel House, Gaju Suite Hotel, Hotel Jampa, or comparable-class lodging in Kathmandu. Teahouses with clean rooms are used during the trek. For further information see  Teahouses in the Everest region trek

Is it possible to have private rooms while trekking in the Everest region or while in Kathmandu?

A private room in the teahouses and in Kathmandu can be guaranteed for an additional cost.

Do the rooms at the teahouse have a private attached toilet or do we have to use a common toilet?

Yes, we provide you with attached toilets in the teahouse in some places like Lukla, Phakding, and Namche only. You will have a shared toilet available in the teahouse for the rest of the places.

What happens if I end up staying an extra night/s in Kathmandu due to an unforeseen delay or cancelation?

The Everest Base Camp trek package includes 2 nights’ accommodation in Kathmandu.

In case of unforeseen circumstances such as flight cancellation, your health, or for any reason you decide to discontinue the trip and arrive early in Kathmandu then you will need extra accommodations in Kathmandu.

The cost of the teahouses in the mountains is not equivalent to the cost of a hotel in Kathmandu.  In such cases, we will arrange your accommodations, but you will need to pay a supplemental charge.

Is it necessary to bring toilet paper for the trek?

You can buy toilet paper in the guesthouses during the trek, but it can be expensive, so we suggest you bring some with you. You also need to bring personal items such as towels, soap, hand sanitizers, and so on.

Are there restrooms along the trail?

There are toilet facilities in the teahouses/lodges during the trek. Trekkers can also find private areas along the trail for emergencies.

What sort of food can I expect in trekking?

Multiple food choices are available in the guesthouses. Options include daal bhat (rice and lentil), bread, eggs, potatoes, noodles, soup, pasta, and pastries. We suggest eating vegetarian during the trip.

You will find a great deal of garlic on the menu since it helps with acclimatization. Each meal includes one hot drink.  Hot drinks include coffee, hot chocolate, tea, and hot lemon drinks. You can purchase an additional hot drink or sometimes soda at your own expense. You can also purchase candy or cookies (crisps) at your own expense.

Is the food in the mountains prepared to international standards in terms of safety?

Indeed, the guesthouses follow international guidelines while setting up the food and serve you clean, protected, and warm meals .

I'm a vegetarian. Is that a problem?

Most of the teahouses in the mountains offer vegetarian meals. So, being a vegetarian is not a problem. Vegetarian meals are preferable to avoid food poisoning and indigestion.

Is the water okay to drink? Do I need to bring purifying tablets or filters?

Natural spring water or tap water can be found along the trek and in guesthouses but must be treated. We use Katadyn filters to purify the natural water sources to make them safe to drink. This way, it is sustainable and pocket friendly as you need not buy bottled mineral water. You must carry a water bottle that can hold both hot and cold water and a hydration pack.

If the temperature drops too low for the Katadyn filter to function properly or if any technical issues occur, it is recommended to buy boiled water from the teahouse to ensure safe drinking water as an alternative.

Can we get hot or boiled drinking water? Does it cost extra?

Yes, teahouses do provide hot boiled water for an extra charge of USD 2 to 5 per liter. The cost varies and increases at higher altitudes.

Can I shower/bathe during the trek?

Yes, hot showers are available from Lukla up to Namche Bazaar for an additional cost. Some villages at higher elevation too might have shower availability. However, you can purchase a pail of warm water at higher elevations to bathe with.

It is not recommended to take showers above the village of Dingboche to avoid sickness. Depending on the location, it will cost an additional USD 5 to USD 8 for each shower during the trip.

Are there any laundry services available on EBC trek?

Some teahouses provide laundry services in the Everest region for an extra charge. However, it’s not guaranteed that your clothes will dry on the same day.

There is a possibility that you can wash your clothes yourself during acclimatization days in Namche and Dingboche. However, we recommend you pack enough clothes for your trek and do not rely on laundry services.

Can I charge my electronic equipment during the trek?

Yes, you can charge your equipment during the trek for an additional cost. The cost will vary but is around USD 1-5 per charge. Two pins (type C) and three pins (type D) adaptors are highly recommended. Bring these adaptors or purchase them while you are in Kathmandu.

Health and Safety

Do your guides have the trekking guide certificates from the hotel management and tourism center have they received first aid training for high altitudes.

We provide licensed trekking guides with fluent English. Our guides are certified by the Hotel Management and Tourism Center after receiving 45 days of training. Similarly, the guides receive high-altitude training from Kathmandu Environmental Education Project (KEEP).

What are safety measures in place? What safety equipment do your guides carry on the trek to deal with sickness/accidents?

Our guides are well trained and certified in first aid. Throughout the journey, our guides will evaluate your condition and your oxygen level using an oximeter. Our head office receives continuous updates on your condition and location through the guides. In places without a phone signal, your situation will be updated through a satellite phone during emergencies.

How do you allocate guides and porters in a group?

We allocate one guide for groups of up to 8 participants. For groups of over 8 participants, we allot an associate guide. As per the size of the group, we may add more guides or divide them into sub-groups.

We provide one porter for every two clients. Two clients’ duffel bags will be carried by one porter. The weight limit is 30kg or 15kg for each client. For an additional cost, we can arrange for one porter to carry one participant’s duffel.

Is Ace the Himalaya's staff insured?

Our company insures all our trekking staff members, including guides, cooks, Sherpa, and porters. Please browse through our legal docment page to view insurance details.

What vaccinations will I need?

While no vaccinations are strictly mandatory for travel to Nepal, it is highly advisable to take precautionary measures to protect your health. To ensure a safe and enjoyable trip, we recommend the following vaccinations: Routine Vaccines, Malaria, Japanese Encephalitis, Hepatitis A, Hepatitis B, Typhoid, Rabies, Cholera, etc.

It is also helpful if you inform us of any medical condition that is relevant so we may convey this information in the event of an emergency. Ace the Himalaya keeps your medical condition confidential unless treatment is necessary.

What if I am very sick in the mountain?

Our guides are 24 hours available for the services during the trek. They are trained to use first aid kit and have knowledge to use Oxy meter. They are very much aware that higher the altitude the oxygen level gets lesser so to get updated on the oxygen level of our client and to know whether they are fit enough or needs extra precautions to continue.

Guides carry local sim cards both Nepal Telecom and Ncell in order to update whereabouts and situation of our every client. During the time of emergency our guides are alert and keeps updated to head office in Kathmandu that is available 24 /7 to arranging from horse to mules or helicopters in the must needed cases especially when client is seriously sick in the mountain and needed to be hospitalized.

Do you guys have a PAC (Portable Altitude Chamber)?

Yes, we have access to a portable altitude chamber in case of an emergency. It is not essential to carry during the trek. Though, we can use arrange it upon request for an extra cost of USD 200.

Do you provide oxygen supply if needed?

Yes. Guesthouses at higher elevations such as Lobuche and Gorak Shep offer oxygen at an extra cost if needed. The cost of oxygen can be high so we recommend having travel insurance so they can reimburse you.

We can also provide pre-booked oxygen for an extra cost of USD 200 for 1 tank that can be carried along with you during the trek starting from Namche to higher elevations.

How are acclimatization and altitude related?

Altitude sickness is a possibility during the EBC trek. Air at higher elevations has less oxygen available. To avoid altitude sickness, acclimatization days and slow climbs are recommended at higher elevations. Along the trek, you’ll be assisted by our professional guides in recognizing and preventing altitude sickness.

What kind of trekking boot would be best for the trek?

An important piece of equipment is your trekking boots. Invest in a durable and comfortable pair, preferably with water-proof lining. Boots that provide ankle support on rough ground and have stiff soles are recommended.

What is necessary for sun protection during the trek?

Even when the sun isn’t shining, sun protection is essential. UV rays are reflected by the snow and the harshness of the sun will damage your skin before you notice it at high elevations. Therefore, proper clothing and sunblock are necessary. Hat, sunscreen, sunglasses, clothes, etc. are vital for sun protection.

Practical Matters

What is your cancellation policy.

Notice should be provided 20 days before the trip start date in case of cancellation. The trip can be canceled for justifiable reasons. Once the trip is canceled, a fee of 30% of the trip cost is retained for administrative costs.

However, the trip amount is entirely non-refundable if the cancellation is not made before the 20 days as per our terms and conditions. For submitting a claim to your insurance company after the cancellation, we can assist with documentation such as a receipt of monies paid. Refund will not be provided for unused accommodation in case of trip cancellation caused by personal reasons/sickness/weather.

More information about our cancellation policy can be found here in Terms and Conditions page.

Do I need to tip my guide and porter? How much would that be?

Tipping is both expected and appreciated, and it reflects your satisfaction and enjoyment of the trek. We recommend tipping based on the number of participants in your trekking group and the duration of the trek. As a general guideline, consider allocating at least 10% of your total trek cost for tipping. Detailed tipping recommendations for your guides and porters will be provided during our pre-trip briefing in Kathmandu.

Is there any communication while we are trekking?

Yes. The guides carry local cell phones, so you can use their cell phones if necessary and reimburse them. Assuming you have brought your cell phone, you can obtain a local SIM card and use it. Our guides or representatives can help you get a local SIM card after your arrival. There is the availability of Wi-Fi at most teahouses for an additional cost.  We utilize satellite telephones for emergencies.

What is the Internet availability in the Everest region?

For internet usage, the Everest region has a network “Everest Link” which can be bought for around NPR 600-800(USD 5-7) for 6GB that can be used at one destination, or you can pay NPR 2500(USD 21) for 10GB data that can be used in the regions that have access to Everest link.

The purchase is valid for one device only. Some teahouses will have internet access and offer Wi-Fi hotspots for a charge. These are usually unreliable and not all teahouses will have connections, so it is recommended you purchase Everest Link or a 3G/4G SIM card to use for the duration of your trek.

Does it cost an extra amount if I am a solo traveler?

If you are a solo traveler and book one of our published dates, there is no additional fee. If you sign up for a private trip or change the trip date from one of our published trip dates, you will be charged an additional fee.

Is there a provision for a refund policy if I don't accomplish the trek?

Trekkers occasionally fail to complete the journey for medical or personal reasons. In this situation, be aware that we do not issue any refunds for products purchased or unused trek days. We must pay our administration staffs, guides, and porters, purchase trekking permits, and all other booked accommodations in advance, so our expenses remain the same.

Who else will be joining my trekking group?

If there are any, you will be allocated to a trekking group. The details of the personal data of your group members cannot be disclosed. However, feel free to contact us if you have queries about other trekkers in the group and we shall give you a general idea of the ages, nationality, and sex of your group members. Chances are you will be trekking with others unless you have booked a private trip.

What is your group size?

Our group size typically ranges from a minimum of 2 participants to a maximum of 14 participants. However, our average group size tends to be around 8 participants.

In addition to group treks, we also offer options for solo travelers and private group treks. If you’re interested in solo or private group treks, please don’t hesitate to contact us for more information.

Can I add extra days to my trekking trip?

You can extend your trekking trip for an additional cost. Potential arrangements will be made if we get a request from your guide. This is applicable for private or solo trips as the itinerary can be easily adjusted. The addition of extra days is bound by time when you are in a group. Therefore, discuss with your group and guide, what changes can possibly be made.

I want to extend my holiday, any recommendations?

Yes, you can extend your holiday. Ace the Himalaya offers many options and alternatives for your holiday extension. For more information, you can visit our Day trips pages.

Transportation and Flights

Do i need to book my international flights for the travel to nepal.

Yes, you must book your international flights. We are a local agency and do not make international flight arrangements. You can easily browse through flight tickets in airlines sites to book ones most feasible for you.

What form of transportation do you utilize?

We utilize private tourist vehicles for touring, city visits, and airport pickups. Based on the group size, we use cars, minibuses, or vans. We use 4WD when necessary.

Can we fly by plane to Lukla directly from the Kathmandu airport?

The flight to Lukla depends on the trekking season. During peak trekking seasons (March, April, May, October and November), the traffic in Kathmandu airport is congested so, the flight to Lukla may be from Manthali airport in the Ramechhap district. However, during the off-season, you can take a flight to Lukla directly from Kathmandu airport.

How can I reach Manthali Airport, Ramechhap? Do the airlines provide shuttle services to get to Manthali from Kathmandu?

You can reach Manthali airport by traveling in a vehicle. The journey is about 4 to 5 hours (depending upon traffic) by road.

Usually, the airline companies provide shuttle services at 3 am to get to Manthali airport, Ramechhap from Kathmandu (depending upon flight time). If airlines’ shuttle services are not available, Ace the Himalaya will arrange for a vehicle to Manthali airport.

To catch your Lukla flights, you will travel to Manthali early in the morning around 2 to 3 am from Kathmandu. If your departure time is early in the morning, you must arrive in Manthali the day before and spend the night there. More information will be shared 2 to 3 weeks before you arrive in Kathmandu.

The return journey from Manthali to Kathmandu will remain like your outward journey.

What sort of bus services can I expect to reach Manthali Airport from Kathmandu?

Generally, vehicles such as Toyota HiAce, Mahindra Scorpio, etc. are used for shuttle services between Kathmandu and Manthali. Even though the roads leading to Manthali are bumpy, sloping, and winding, the transportation options offered will be comfortable during the trip.

Is there a possibility of flying to Kathmandu from Lukla by plane directly after the trek?

The flight to Kathmandu from Lukla depends on the trekking season. Direct flight may not be possible during peak trekking season (March, April, May, October, and November) due to heavy air traffic in Kathmandu. Therefore, the flight arrives at the Manthali airport, Ramechhap.

What are the main reasons for Lukla flight delay or cancellation?

Bad weather conditions are the major reason for Lukla flight delay and cancellation. Other reasons can include congested air traffic at the Kathmandu Airport, staffing shortages, and other difficulties cause flight delays/cancellations.

Is there any alternative option if my flight to and from Lukla is canceled or delayed?

In the event that scheduled flight(s) to/from Lukla airport are canceled or delayed due to adverse weather conditions, making it necessary to ensure your trek departure or return, a chartered helicopter may be required, shared among up to five(5) passengers. Helicopters can operate in some weather conditions where airplanes cannot. Any expenses incurred for helicopter services will be the responsibility of the client(s) and are not covered by Ace the Himalaya. It is advisable to have a minimum of USD 550 per person (ONE WAY) readily available in case this situation arises. If you have comprehensive travel insurance, you may be able to claim these expenses later. We will provide you with the necessary documentation, including receipts and a letter from our company and the airlines, to facilitate your insurance claim process.

Is it possible to book a helicopter flight instead of regular flight between Lukla and Kathmandu?

Yes, you have the option to book a seat on a helicopter between Kathmandu and Lukla for an extra charge of USD 550 per person for a one-way flight. This price is quoted on a 5-people sharing basis.

How much should I pay for a private Helicopter charter?

A private helicopter can be reserved for an additional cost of USD 3,500 for one way in addition to the flight cost between Kathmandu and Lukla. Similarly, a helicopter charter from Manthali to Lukla costs an extra USD 2,500 for a one-way flight. The seat limit is five. Meaning you will be sharing the cost with your fellow passengers. Sometimes, if you are lucky, the cost can get cheaper if there are passengers from Ace the Himalaya sharing the cost for both ways. We can give more information at the time of booking.

What is the weight limit in a helicopter?

Assuming the five-passenger weight limit of 80kg and a baggage limit of 15kg each, with a captain on board, the helicopter carries 475 to 575 kg on a single helicopter flight.

Traveler Reviews

These full and frank reviews are from travelers who have traveled with Ace the Himalaya previously. The reviews and experiences shown here are from reputable travel websites like TripAdvisor, Google, Facebook, and Trust Pilot, etc.

Google Reviews

Everest Base Camp Trek Video Reviews

Evan Phillips

Julia, Isabella & Isabelle

Denise & Group

Matthew & Natalie

Matt, Nicholas & Charlie

Jeffrey Lenardson

Jarrod Lopiccolo

Peyton & Emily

Cedric Rieder

Kevin, Mayura & Gus

Jason Bergancia

Emily Nowland

Saeid Bossaghzadeh

Natasha & Alex

Julia & Nicholas

What makes this trip different ?

Our csr with sambhav nepal.

• Ace the Himalaya believes in giving back to the communities that surround and support tourism in Nepal. Ace provides logistical support and, if needed, cash donations to the projects of Sambhav Nepal (a local NGO).
• Sambhav Nepal and Ace work together to plan volunteer programs that will bring in foreign volunteers and make use of their enthusiasm, time, and talents in a variety of projects.

Sustainability and Responsible Tourism

• Of the few Travelife Partners in Nepal, Ace the Himalaya is one. We respect the procedures for sustainable tourism. Our excursions are socially and environmentally conscious, leaving the lowest possible impact in the Himalayas.
• About 80% of Ace the Himalaya’s staff members are natives of the regions where our trips are organized. It is one of our sustainable and responsible efforts to help local communities, support small businesses, and promote regional culture and way of life.

Related Information

Embarking on the Everest Base Camp trek is an exciting and adventurous journey. To make the most of your experience, it’s essential to have some key information at your fingertips. In this section, we provide valuable insights to help you plan and prepare for the trek.

How high is Everest Base Camp?

The elevation of Everest base camp is 5,364 meters (17,598 feet), its serves as the launchpad for climbing the world’s highest peak, Mount Everest. However, the highest point reached on the Everest base camp trekking is Kalapatthar, situated at an altitude of 5,555 meters (18,225 feet).

From this vantage point you can enjoy the unobstructed view of the Mt. Everest and other surrounding peaks if the weather is clear. Its the perfect location to experience the breathtaking perspective of the Himalayas and Khumbu region.

Accommodation during Everest trek

During the 14 day Everest Base Camp Trek, you’ll have a total of 2 nights of accommodation at a hotel in Kathmandu and 11 nights at guesthouses in the trekking areas.

Alternatively, we also have Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek package , which includes upgraded accommodations and enhanced facilities both in Kathmandu and throughout the trekking journey.

Kathmandu accommodation for EBC trekking

Upon arrival in Kathmandu, you’ll be promptly transported to your designated hotel, a comfortable and well-maintained 3-star option in the heart of the tourist hub; Thamel area, like Hotel Thamel House, Gaju Suite, Hotel Jampa, etc.

Your stay includes twin-sharing/double accommodation with breakfast. All the rooms have private bathroom, TV, and ample storage for your luggage.

If you desire a more exclusive experience, you can upgrade to single occupancy or enhance your stay to a 4- or 5-star hotel at an additional charge.

Nearby, Thamel offers various restaurants, shops, and trekking gear stores for your convenience.

Attached/toilet bathroom facilities during the EBC trekking

During the trek, you’ll be staying in local teahouses/guesthouses, offering simple lodging and meals for travelers.

However, these places have improved facilities now, especially in some areas like Lukla, Phakding, and Namche where we offer you rooms with attached toilets/bathroom. Locals run these teahouses, serving Nepali meals like “Dal Bhat.”

While dining spaces are cozy, accommodation is basic, with twin-sharing rooms and the option to upgrade for single occupancy at an additional cost. Also, please note that comfort is modest in the mountains. However, there is a possibility of having fewer choices available during the off-season. For a closer look at the lodging and dining options along the Everest Base Camp Hike.

Permits for Everest Base Camp Trekking

For your Mount Everest Base Camp trekking adventure, you’ll need three types of permits: the Trekking Information Management System (TIMS) permit, the Sagarmatha National Park permit, and the Khumbu Pasang Lhamu rural municipality entrance card.

All these permits are already covered in our packages, as detailed in the Price Include section. For SAARC nationals, the permit costs are as follows: TIMS permit – NRS 600 per person, Sagarmatha National Park permit – NRS 1,500 per person, and Khumbu Pasang Lhamu rural municipality entrance card – NRS 2,000 per person.

For foreign nationals, the permit costs are TIMS permit – NRS 2,000 per person, Sagarmatha National Park permit – NRS 3,000 per person, and Khumbu Pasang Lhamu rural municipality entrance card – NRS 2,000 per person.

How safe is it to embark on Everest Base Camp Trekking?

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is generally considered safe for individuals who are in good health and eager to undertake the adventure. Ace the Himalaya has been organizing EBC treks since 2006 and has had a diverse range of participants , including families with children as young as 5 years old and individuals in their late 70s.

Based on our experiences, it’s important to note that high altitude presents a significant challenge during this trek, and altitude sickness can affect anyone, regardless of their physical fitness level.

It is difficult to predict altitude sickness which can strike at any time. When you’re in the mountains, mental preparedness is just as important as physical fitness . Choosing the right travel company and an experienced certified guide to support you on the journey can increase your chances of safely reaching Everest Base Camp.

Regarding the trekking trails to Everest Base Camp, given its elevation of 5,364 meters above sea level, it’s expected that you will need to ascend high hills to reach your destination. However, the trail has been designed to be accessible to individuals with good physical health and determination.

Having said that, at Ace the Himalaya safety is our top priority. To ensure that, our certified guides are equipped with oximeters and first aid training. We provide one guide for small groups of up to 8 people and an associate guide for larger groups above them.

Along with that we tag 1 Porters for every 2 clients which have weight limits of 30 kg or 15 kg for each client, and all our trekking staff are insured as well. Not only that, but we also offer 24/7 support and emphasize acclimatization to prevent altitude sickness. Besides that, proper gear and optional oxygen support are also available at an additional cost.

Similarly, it’s important to acknowledge that the real danger during the trek is the unpredictable natural calamities and disasters beyond anyone’s control. It is strongly recommended to obtain travel insurance before starting your journey .

How to prevent altitude sickness during EBC trek?

Altitude sickness poses a serious and potentially fatal risk, especially during the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek. Prevention measures are crucial due to their unpredictability. Consulting medical experts beforehand for a physical exam and risk assessment is essential.

Avoiding substances like alcohol and tobacco, while limiting caffeine, aids in acclimatization. Whereas, adhering to safe altitude gain rules, maintaining hydration, and a carb-rich diet is a key factor while EBC trekking.

Likewise, gradual acclimatization through slow ascents and hiring experienced guides are highly recommended. Similarly, when you recognize symptoms like nausea and dizziness and descending to lower altitudes promptly is suggested.

For such cases carrying altitude sickness medications, a first aid kit, and testing local remedies are prudent precautions. Overall, while physically fit individuals are still susceptible, proactive steps can mitigate altitude sickness risks during Mount Everest Trekking. Navigate in detail the vital aspects through our blog about Altitude Sickness Prevention Tips for Trekking in Nepal.

What is the best time for Everest Base Camp Trekking?

Trekking to Mount Everest Base Camp is possible throughout the year, with each season offering distinct experiences. Spring (March-June) is vibrant with blooming flowers, mild temperatures (20°C/68°F), and clear skies, making it ideal.

The monsoon season (July-mid-September) brings heavy rain, particularly at lower elevations, but offers quieter trails and temperatures averaging 22°C (71.6°F). Autumn (end of September-November) is popular due to pleasant weather, clear views, and colorful landscapes.

Winter (December-February) provides solitude with cold temperatures (10°C/50°F), dropping to -20°C (-4°F) at higher altitudes. Proper gear is crucial for warmth.

Overall, spring and autumn stand out for their pleasant conditions, while the monsoon and winter offer unique experiences with challenges to overcome. For more information, you can read our blog about the best time for the Everest Base Camp trek .

Detail information about flying into Lukla

Lukla Airport, also called Tenzing Hillary Airport, is one of the world’s most dangerous airports at 2,840 meters high serving as the entry and exit point for Everest region treks via flight. However, there are some operational changes involving flights from Ramechhap/Manthali airport at times.

Lukla flight from Ramechhap/Manthali Airport

Ramechhap/Manthali Airport is in Nepal’s Terai region, about a 5 to 6-hour drive from Kathmandu from there you’ll have a 20-minute flight to Lukla. In peak months such as March, April, May, October, and November, Lukla flights are redirected to Ramechhap/Manthali (474 m) due to increased air traffic.

Lukla flight from Kathmandu airport

Similarly, in months like January, February, June, July, August, September, and December, Lukla flights originate from Kathmandu, which will take you about 35 minutes to reach Lukla. However, it is important to understand that the decision regarding the operation of Lukla flights is entirely up to the airlines and is influenced by the number of travelers each month.

Therefore, factors like unfavorable weather, airport congestion, runway issues, and geographical challenges often lead to flight delays or cancellations to Lukla.

To account for this, it’s recommended to add an extra day or two to your Everest Trekking plan. This buffer time can be valuable in case of flight disruptions, ensuring you catch your scheduled international flight back home.

Baggage allowances in Lukla Flight

Please remember that the maximum weight allowed for the Lukla flight is 15 kg (about 33 pounds), which includes both your duffel bag and daypack. If your daypack is heavier than this limit, you can pay an extra fee of USD 2 to USD 5 for each kilogram over the limit.

However, sometimes even with the extra payment, you might not be allowed to bring more weight. To avoid any issues, it’s best to stick to the 15 kg limit when packing.

Travel insurance for Everest Base Camp Trekking

Having travel insurance that covers high-altitude adventure activities (above 5,000 m) is mandatory. This includes contingencies like flight disruptions, accidents, and emergency evacuations.

You can buy such insurance online from various providers. Some of the common choices based on client experiences for Everest Base Camp Hike include:

• USA and Canada: Tugo, United Health Care, World Nomad, Blue Cross
• Australia and New Zealand: Fast Cover, Allianz Australia
• Singapore: Ergo, World Nomad (Explore plan level 3)
• Europe: Europe Assistance, Austrian Alpine Club, Allianz Europe
• India: ICICI Lombard

However, please ensure that the policy covers trekking up to 6,000 m altitude. While these are just suggestions, the policies, and coverage may vary accordingly. Contact these insurers directly to inquire about their offerings before making a purchase.

Tipping tips for your Everest trekking

Tipping is customary for guides in Mount Everest Trekking, and it’s also a kind gesture for local restaurants, drivers, and porters. A good practice is to set aside around 10% of your total trek cost to tip the staff.

Typically, we suggest a minimum of 10% of the total trip cost, divided between the guide and the porter. For instance, if the trip price is $1,500, each customer could contribute $150, dividing it by a 60-40 ratio between the guide and porter.

This recommendation considers that many hospitality establishments already include a 10% service charge for their staff. However, the decision on the tipping amount is entirely at your discretion, whether it’s 10% or more or less.

Phone and Gadgets charging

In Everest Base Camp Hiking trail, they normally use renewable energy like solar power. If you need to charge your devices, certain guesthouses may charge a fee, usually around USD 1-5 per charge.

It’s advisable to bring two-pin (type C) and three-pin (type D) adapters. However, you can either bring these adapters or buy them in Kathmandu.

Trip Extensions

Upon completing your Himalaya Base Camp trek or before embarking on it, you can further discover Nepal’s beauty through various alternatives.

These include Trishuli River Rafting, Langtang Heli Sightseeing, Paragliding in Nepal (Pokhara), Ultra-Light Flight, Kathmandu Day Tour, Bardia Jungle Safari, and Chitwan Jungle Safari.

These options unveil Nepal beyond its mountains. To delve into these captivating alternatives, explore our Extend Your Trip page.

Food options during EBC trekking

Teahouses on the Mt Everest Base Camp trekking route follow international guidelines for food preparation, ensuring clean and warm meals. Ingredients are often sourced locally, guaranteeing freshness.

The main food while trekking is ‘Daal Bhat’ – rice and lentils. Teahouses offer various options, from American breakfast to Nepali dishes. Breakfast includes items like bread, eggs, porridge, and more. Lunch and dinner feature Daal Bhat and other choices like fried rice, noodles, and soups.

Carrying protein bars and dried fruits for snacks is recommended, along with staying hydrated. Dive deeper into this culinary journey through our blog post Food on the Everest Base Camp Trek .

Can a beginner trek Everest Base Camp?

Certainly! At Ace the Himalaya, we believe that with the right support and guidance, a beginner can absolutely trek to the iconic Everest Base Camp.

Our team comprises seasoned guides who boast in-depth knowledge of the terrain and are well-trained in first aid, ensuring the safety and comfort of every trekker throughout the journey.

We highly recommend that beginners undergo comprehensive physical training and conditioning before setting off on this unforgettable adventure. This may involve engaging in cardiovascular exercises, strength training, and hiking to build endurance and stamina.

By dedicating time to this preparatory phase, beginners can enhance their overall fitness levels, making the trek a more enjoyable and rewarding experience.

With Ace, beginners can rest assured that they’ll receive the necessary guidance, support, and encouragement, enabling them to fully embrace the splendor of the Everest region while creating lasting memories of a lifetime.

Training program for Mount Everest Base Camp trekking

Proper preparation is key for a successful Everest Base Camp trekking, necessitating physical and mental readiness starting around two months in advance is highly recommended. Prioritize gradual progress, rest, and hydration to avoid strain.

Along with weekly uphill hikes, gym workouts, and diverse cardio activities to enhance stamina and endurance. Similarly, balanced nutrition with complex carbs and protein is required to support increased calories need. Incorporate stretching and yoga for flexibility and stability.

Therefore, mental preparation involves understanding challenges, setting realistic expectations, and practicing mindfulness. By blending these strategies, you’ll cultivate the necessary resilience for a triumphant and gratifying Mt Everest Base Camp journey.

Explore the detailed aspects of our recommended EBC trekking training programs in our carefully written How to prepare for Everest Base Camp Trek? blog.

Everest Base Camp Trekking Difficulty

The Mt Everest Base Camp trail is renowned yet challenging. The primary difficulties are altitude sickness and the trek’s length. Altitude sickness is unpredictable and affects anyone. Trekking entails 5 to 8 hours of daily walking, but with proper preparation and nutrition, you can manage well.

To succeed in trekking, train your body for high altitudes, walking on hilly terrain with a backpack. Additionally, plan to walk an hour, 4-5 times weekly, from 2 months prior to trekking. For more information, check out our blog How Difficult is Everest Base Camp Trek?

Nepal EBC trek cost

The cost of the Mount Everest trek varies based on one’s preferences and the duration of the trek. A Google search will show the prices ranging from $800 to $4,500.

Our standard itinerary at Ace the Himalaya offers the trek at $1,550. Similarly, factors affecting these costs are accommodation, transportation, permits, guides, and trek duration. However, please check the price inclusion section before making a purchase based solely on package cost.

14 Days Everest Base Camp Trek Cost for 2024 and 2025

Ace the Himalaya introduces the standard 14 day Everest Base Camp Trek at USD 1,550 per person. The following table outlines the cost of Everest Base Camp Trek for 2024 and 2025, considering different group sizes.

The cost for Everest Base Camp trek varies according to the specific needs and preferences of travelers. While researching the cost of this trek, one may encounter diverse price brackets contingent upon the travel agency and the range of services provided.

Please note that our prices might be higher than other local operators due to our commitment to ensuring attached toilets in Lukla, Phakding, and Namche for your convenience.

Kindly refer to the following details for the Everest base camp trek cost, structured based on group size.

For groups of 11 or more, kindly reach out to us via WhatsApp for special discounts and an additional complimentary trip for the lead traveler.

Beginners guide for Mt Everest Base Camp

The Mount Everest Trekking is accessible to beginners with enthusiasm and reasonable physical health. Similarly, mental preparedness is also equally crucial. Whereas guided EBC trekking with experienced leaders provides support and cultural insights.

Cardio and strength exercises, gradual altitude acclimatization, and proper gear are also essential to practice. And on the other hand, nutrition, hydration, and a positive mental attitude contribute to success.

Additionally, adequate rest and recovery, along with mindfulness techniques, enhance the overall experience. Remember, it’s not solely about physical fitness but also the right mindset that makes this high-altitude adventure achievable and enjoyable for beginners.

For more details information you can also go through our blog 25 Tips to Improve Your Everest Base Camp Trekking Experience .

Internet & Wi-Fi availability during EBC trek

Unlike other trekking trails in Nepal, the Everest trekking stands out for its well-developed facilities, including internet connectivity. In this region, there’s an Internet Service Provider called Airlink which offers internet packages.

The unlimited internet package from Air Link costs NPR 700 (6-7 USD) for a 24-hour duration and NPR 1200 (9-10 USD) for 48 hours. Air Link’s Wi-Fi is accessible in the majority of guest houses along the Everest Base Camp route.

It’s important to note that these packages are valid for a single device. While some teahouses provide Wi-Fi for a fee, it’s not always reliable or available everywhere. To ensure consistent connectivity during your trek, it’s advisable to purchase Everest Link or obtain a 3G/4G SIM card.

For more detailed insights, refer to the blog titled Wi-Fi and Internet Access During Everest Base Camp Trek .

Extra expenses for EBC trek

Regarding additional costs for the entire trip, a budget of approximately USD 100 to 150 excluding the tips, is generally considered adequate for purchasing snacks and beverages.

However, the exact amount of extra expenses can differ depending on individual spending preferences, as well as on choices related to buying souvenirs, post-trip alcoholic beverages and activities.

What is the trekking distance from Lukla to the Everest Base Camp?

The distance between Lukla Airport (Tenzing-Hillary Airport) and the Everest Base Camp is approximately 65 kilometers or 40 miles. The total distance of the Everest Base Camp trek is around 130 kilometers or 80 miles., typically completed within an 11-day timeframe.

These 11 days also include two acclimatization days, one in the bustling hub of Namche Bazaar and the other in the tranquil village of Dingboche, allowing your body to carefully adapt to the increasing altitude.

Which Base Camp Trek is Right for You: Everest or Annapurna?

Everest Base Camp boasts unparalleled views of the world’s highest peak, challenging trekkers at higher altitudes, while Annapurna Base Camp trek captivates with diverse landscapes in a shorter duration. For a detailed comparison, explore our blog on Everest vs Annapurna Base Camp Trek .

Similar Treks like Everest Base Camp

EBC Trek with Helicopter Return

Everest Base Camp with Island Peak

Annapurna Base Camp Trek

Speak to an expert.

• Availability

Make An Inquiry for

• Full Name *
• Nationality * Nationality Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Brazil Brunei Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Colombia Comoros Congo, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Costa Rica Côte d'Ivoire Croatia Cuba Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic East Timor Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Polynesia Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Greece Greenland Grenada Guam Guatemala Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Honduras Hong Kong Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati North Korea South Korea Kosovo Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Mauritania Mauritius Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine, State of Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sint Maarten Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Sudan, South Suriname Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Togo Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vatican City Venezuela Vietnam Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, U.S. Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe
• Phone Number *
• Email Address *
• Prove your humanity : eight minus 4 =
• Comments This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.

• Name This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.

Trekking in Nepal

Climbing and expedition, cultural tour and sightseeing, cycling and mountain biking, luxury treks, luxury tours, multi country tours, voluntourism trips, extend your trip.

• Everest Base Camp Heli Trek – 8 Days
• Everest Panorama Trek – 9 Days
• EBC Trek with Helicopter Return – 12 Days
• Everest Base Camp Trek – 14 Days
• Gokyo Lake Trek – 13 Days
• Gokyo and Renjo La Pass Trek – 14 Days
• Everest Base Camp Trek without Lukla Flight – 17 Days
• Gokyo to Everest Base Camp Trek – 17 Days
• Everest Base Camp with Island Peak – 19 Days
• Everest Three Passes Trek – 20 Days
• Everest High Passes and Island Peak – 23 Days
• Classical Everest Base Camp Trek – 21 Days
• Langtang Valley Trek – 10 Days
• Langtang Valley Ganja La Pass Trek – 14 Days
• Langtang Helambu Trek – 17 Days
• Ghorepani Poon Hill Trek – 9 Days
• Mardi Himal Trek – 10 Days
• Annapurna Base Camp Trek – 13 Days
• Himalayan Highlights – 13 Days
• Nar Phu Valley Trek with Annapurna Circuit – 18 Days
• Annapurna Circuit Trek – 19 Days
• Tilicho Lake Trek With Thorong La Pass – 19 Days
• Khopra Danda Trek – 11 Days
• Shivapuri-Chisapani Trek – 4 Days
• Upper Mustang Trek (Drive & Trek) – 16 Days
• Tsum Valley Trek – 16 Days
• Manaslu Circuit Trek – 15 Days
• Dhaulagiri Circuit Trek – 21 Days
• Upper Dolpo Trek – 25 Days
• Kanchenjunga Base Camp Trek – 29 Days
• Yala Peak Climbing – 13 Days
• Island Peak Climbing – 15 Days
• Mera Peak Climbing – 19 Days
• Everest Base Camp and Lobuche East – 18 Days
• Tent Peak Climbing with Annapurna Base Camp – 18 Days
• Pisang Peak and Thorung La Pass – 21 Days
• Ama Dablam Expedition – 29 Days
• Kathmandu Cultural Heritage Tour – 3 Days
• Kathmandu Heritage – 3 Days
• Inheritances of Kathmandu – 4 Days
• Glimpses of Kathmandu & Nagarkot – 5 Days
• Kathmandu and Pokhara Unveiled – 5 Days
• Explore Kathmandu – 6 Days
• Glimpse of Nepal – 8 Days
• Nepal Heritage Tour – 10 Days
• Nepal Adventure Tour – 11 Days
• Nepal Multi Sports Adventure – 11 Days
• Nepal Vista – 10 Days
• Nepal Highlights – 14 Days
• Experience Nepal – 15 Days
• One Day Biking Trip – Kathmandu – 1 Day
• Annapurna Circuit Biking – 14 Days
• Upper Mustang Biking – 16 Days
• Kathmandu Valley Rim Biking – 8 Days
• Annapurna in Luxury – 9 Days
• VVIP Everest Base Camp Trek – 10 Days
• Everest View Luxury Trek – 11 Days
• Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek – 14 Days
• Everest Base Camp Deluxe Trek – 16 Days
• Mt Everest Base Camp to Gokyo Trek – 19 Days
• Kathmandu Luxury Tour – 3 Days
• Kathmandu and Pokhara Luxury Tour – 5 Days
• Nepal Multi Sport Luxury Adventure – 11 Days
• Best of Nepal – 14 Days
• Trishuli River Rafting – 1 Day
• Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour – 1 Day
• Everest Base Camp Heli Tour with Gokyo Extension – 1 Day
• Langtang Heli Sightseeing – 1 Day
• Pokhara and Annapurna Heli Sightseeing – 1 Day
• Paragliding in Nepal (Pokhara) – 1 Day
• Scenic Mountain Flight (Everest Flight) – 1 Day
• Ultra Light Flight – 1 Day
• Jamacho Day Hike-One day hiking trip – 1 Day
• Kathmandu Uncovered with Nagarkot – 1 Day
• Day Tour to UNESCO Heritage Sites – 1 Day
• Nepal and Tibet – 15 Days
• Nepal and Bhutan – 15 Days
• India, Nepal and Bhutan – 19 Days
• Nepal, Tibet and Bhutan – 20 Days
• Arupokhari School Volunteer Program – 14 Days
• Rebuild Home Volunteer Program – 9 Days
• Bardiya Jungle Safari – 4 Days
• Chitwan Jungle Safari – 3 Days

Trekking in Bhutan

Festival tours, motorcycling.

• Druk Path Trek – 8 Days
• Chomalhari Trek – 12 Days
• Laya Ghasa Trek – 18 Days
• Bhutan Vistas Tour – 5 Days
• Cultural Heartland Tour – 10 Days
• Hidden Valley – 11 Days
• Bhutan Multi Sports Tour – 11 Days
• Paro Tshechu Festival – 8 Days
• Punakha Tsechu – 9 Days
• Trongsa Lhuntse Tshechu – 9 Days
• Bumthang Tangbi – 11 Days
• Bhutan Ura Yakchoe – 12 Days
• Tamshingphala Choepa – 12 Days
• Mongar and Trashigang – 16 Days
• Bhutan Biking – 8 Days
• Bhutan Motorcycle Tour – 12 Days

Trekking in Tibet

• Tibet Advance Everest Base Camp – 21 Days
• Cho Oyu Expedition – 45 Days
• Shishapangma Expedition – 47 Days
• Everest Expedition via North Side – 63 Days
• Lhasa Tour from Kathmandu – 10 Days
• Lhasa Overland Tour from Kathmandu – 13 Days
• Kathmandu to Lhasa Overland Tour with EBC – 15 Days
• Tibet Tour with Everest Base Camp via Lhasa – 15 Days
• Kailash Mansarovar Yatra – 16 Days
• Everest Base Camp Biking Tour – 21 Days

Everest Base Camp Trek – Everything You Like to Know

Everest Base Camp Trek has been a goal of thousands of novice, independent and anxious trekkers all around the world. Here you can get the genuine and honest facts of this trek before you come to achieve it. So, feel easy to ask if you have any queries regarding this trek.

In this article, you’ll get general ideas of the overview of Everest Base Camp Trek along with itinerary, health requirements, packing list, permits, and frequently asked questions. Indeed, this article is especially for backpackers who want to trek to Everest Base Camp on their own path.

Basically, Mt Everest has two base camps – one is on the Nepal side and another is on Tibet, China side. But Everest Base Camp Trek is a wonderful trip that begins from Lukla to approach Mt. Everest closer to reaching Everest Base Camp (5364 m) and Kala Pathar (5545 m). It literally means the trek lies in Nepal and reaches to South Base Camp of Mt Everest. This iconic journey leads you through a few Sherpa villages in Khumbu, offering the beauty of the Sagarmatha National Park. Meanwhile, you will be delighted with a mesmerizing view of the dignified mountains above 8000 m. Mt Lhotse, Mt Nuptse, Mt Cho Oyu, Mt Makalu, and Mt Ama Dablam are the major peaks that you can observe on this trek. You can also observe the customs and traditions of Local Sherpa people along with their lifestyle.

The trek covers a distance of 130 Kilometers beginning and ending in Lukla. To find out more, you can visit our article Everest Base Camp Trek Distance .

To reach Kalapathar is this trek’s ultimate destination, which is elevated 5545 m above sea level. Therefore, Everest Base Camp Trek is also known as Everest Kalapathar Trek .

The trip begins from Kathmandu, however, the trek starts from Lukla. Alternatively, one can choose Jiri to EBC route to avoid the Lukla flight. But it requires 4-5 more days than Lukla to EBC route.

If you don’t wish to do such a long exhausting journey but want to see Mt Everest from closer, then Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour can be another best alternative way to see Mt Everest for you.

Check out 5 different trekking itineraries for Everest Base Camp

Everest Base Camp Trek Facts

• Altitude: Everest Base Camp sits at an altitude of 5,364 meters (17,598 feet) above sea level, making it one of the highest trekking destinations in the world.
• Distance: The trek to Everest Base Camp typically covers a distance of around 130 kilometers (80 miles) round trip, starting and ending in Lukla.
• Duration: The trek usually takes about 12-14 days to complete, allowing for proper acclimatization to the high altitude.
• Sagarmatha National Park: The trek passes through Sagarmatha National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site renowned for its unique biodiversity and stunning mountain landscapes.
• Tenzing Norgay and Edmund Hillary: In 1953, Tenzing Norgay and Sir Edmund Hillary became the first climbers to reach the summit of Mount Everest via the Southeast Ridge route, which starts from Everest Base Camp.
• Sherpa Culture: The trekking route is dotted with Sherpa villages, where you can experience the rich culture and traditions of the Sherpa people, renowned for their mountaineering prowess and hospitality.
• Kala Patthar: Kala Patthar, a prominent viewpoint near Gorak Shep, offers breathtaking panoramic views of Mount Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, and surrounding peaks. It is a popular spot for watching the sunrise over Everest.
• Weather: Weather conditions in the Everest region can be highly variable and unpredictable, with temperatures ranging from mild to extremely cold, especially at higher elevations. It’s essential to be prepared for a wide range of weather conditions.
• Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS): Due to the high altitude, trekkers are at risk of experiencing symptoms of AMS, such as headache, nausea, and fatigue. Proper acclimatization, hydration, and gradual ascent are crucial for minimizing the risk of AMS.
• Environmental Concerns: The increasing number of trekkers and climbers in the Everest region has raised concerns about environmental degradation and waste management. Responsible trekking practices, including proper waste disposal and eco-friendly trekking practices, are essential for preserving the fragile Himalayan ecosystem.
• Trek Difficulty: Moderate
• Accommodation: Teahouse
• Guide and Porter: Both are not mandatory. You can go independently or can hire a guide and porter to support you and make your trip easy and joyful
• Required permits: Local government tax and Sagarmatha National Park Permit
• Best Time to Trek to EBC : March to May(Spring) and September to November(Autumn)
• Start and End Point: Kathmandu to Kathmandu

Highlights of EBC Trek

• Scenic Flight to Lukla: Your adventure begins with a thrilling flight from Kathmandu to Lukla, a small mountain town with a challenging airstrip carved into the mountainside.
• Namche Bazaar: The bustling Sherpa capital of the Khumbu region, Namche Bazaar offers a vibrant atmosphere with colorful markets, bakeries, and stunning views of the surrounding peaks.
• Sagarmatha National Park: Trekking through the UNESCO-listed Sagarmatha National Park, you’ll encounter diverse flora and fauna, including rhododendron forests, Himalayan wildlife like musk deer and snow leopards, and rare bird species.
• Tengboche Monastery: Situated amidst awe-inspiring mountain scenery, Tengboche Monastery is one of the most significant Tibetan Buddhist monasteries in the Everest region, offering spiritual solace and breathtaking views of Everest and its neighboring peaks.
• Dingboche: Nestled in a picturesque valley, Dingboche provides stunning views of Ama Dablam and neighboring peaks. It’s a great place for acclimatization and offers opportunities for short hikes to nearby viewpoints.
• Lobuche: As you ascend higher into the Khumbu Valley, you’ll reach Lobuche, a remote outpost with incredible panoramic views of Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, and the Khumbu Glacier.
• Gorak Shep: The last settlement before Everest Base Camp, Gorak Shep sits at the base of Kala Patthar and offers stunning sunset views over Everest and the Khumbu Icefall.
• Everest Base Camp: The ultimate destination of your trek, Everest Base Camp offers a surreal experience as you stand beneath the towering presence of Mount Everest, the world’s highest peak.
• Kala Patthar: A viewpoint renowned for its breathtaking sunrise views of Everest, Kala Patthar offers an unparalleled panorama of the Himalayas, including Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, and Changtse.
• Sherpa Culture and Hospitality: Throughout your trek, you’ll have the opportunity to immerse yourself in Sherpa culture, interacting with local villagers, visiting ancient monasteries, and experiencing the legendary hospitality of the Sherpa people.

Everest Base Camp Trek Route Map

Below, you can view an overall map of Everest Base Camp Trek.

There are several maps you can get on premium online. Instead, you can buy it after you arrive in Kathmandu.

Click here to see the pictorial map

Detailed itinerary of EBC Trek

Day 01 arrival in kathmandu (1350m/4429feet).

If you have booked your trip with us or any tour operator either local or international, there will be one of their members to pick you up as per your and the tour operator’s understanding. If not, then you can find a Taxi there. But you have to do an agreement on the price before getting into the Taxi. Meter is rarely used by them.

We can suggest you book a hotel around Thamel as there are many hotels that range from Budget to Standard level. If you arrive in Kathmandu earlier, then you can even visit around Thamel .

Elevation Gain: 1310 m

Day 02 Fly to Lukla (2880m/9448feet), then trek to Phakding (2610m/8563feet)

Flying in a short scary domestic flight to Lukla and following the bank of Dhudhkoshi River crossing a few quizzical suspension bridges, you arrive at a small Sherpa Village called Phakding by 2-3 hours walk. Here it will be your first mountain overnight.

Either your tour operator will arrange the flight ticket for you or you should purchase the tickets at the airport. However, the ticket can be unavailable during peak trekking and climbing seasons. So, it would be better to buy tickets earlier either through a travel agency or directly from the airline’s website. Basically, the Lukla flight ticket costs around 280 USD which includes a return ticket as well.

There are chances of cancellation of Lukla’s flight due to bad weather. So, we recommend you make a flexible itinerary as much as it is possible. Having one or two spare days would be better.

Elevation Gain: 2880 m Lukla, and 2610 m Phakding

Day 03 Trek to Namche Bazaar (3440m/11286feet)

Today, you will be trekking through some local villages like Monjo, Jorsalle, etc till reaching Namche Bazaar – The biggest Sherpa town in the region. You can cut your lunchtime in Monjo as many trekkers do. From here, you will be entering Sagarmatha National Park which is home to many endangered wild animals. It has been also enlisted in UNESCO WORLD Heritage Site.

You will take a steep hike to Namche Bazaar after passing Jorsalle. It will take you 2 hours approx to reach Namche Bazaar. You will have enough time to visit Namche Bazaar and see the small markets.

From Namche Bazaar, the Everest Three High Passes Trekking route separates and moves toward Thame village which follows the path to Renjo La Pass, while the EBC route goes to Tengboche.

Elevation Gain: 3440 m

Day 04 Acclimatization day in Namche Bazaar

Reaching 3440 m altitude above sea level, anyone could suffer from altitude sickness problems. So, Namche is a great stop for acclimatization for Everest Trekkers. It will offer an opportunity to explore the village from near.

In addition, many love to hike to Everest View Hotel to see a glimpse of Mt Everest and the surrounding mountains. You can chill here by having a cup of tea or coffee ; you also can snap awe-inspiring pictures of Mt Ama Dablam in the foreground while Mt Everest will be in the background if the sky is crystal clear. Besides that, the hotel provides WiFi that enables you to contact your relatives and share how you are feeling.

Day 05 Trek to Tengboche (2860m/12664feet)

Today, you will be heading toward Tengboche, the home of one of the largest monasteries in Khumbu i.e Thyangboche Monastery. It is a mixture of great architecture and color that has a history of over 500 years.

Elevation Gain: 3860 m

Day 06 Trek to Dingboche (4410m/14468feet)

On the 6th day, either you will head to Dingboche or Pheriche. The way follows the same path until it reaches Worshyo Village. It then separates – one way goes to Pheriche and another to Dingboche. I always advise choosing Dingboche when you are going toward EBC. If you are coming down, then staying in Pheruche would be good. From Dingboche, Ama Dablam mountain is very closer. A way goes toward Chhukung from Dingboche that traces a path to Island Peak Climbing . However, the next day, we will not take our path to Chhukung because the EBC trek moves toward Lobuche.

In fact, the EBC route from Dingboche or Pheriche, both meet at the same point i.e Dughla, then approach the Lobuche where you will spend your 7th overnight stay at the mountain.

Elevation Gain: 4410 m

Day 07 Trek to Lobuche (4940m/16207feet)

As I already mentioned that your path from Pheriche or Dingboche meets at Dughla village, and head toward Lobuche having extraordinary scenery of mountains. Within 5-6 hours, you will be at Lobuche village.

Elevation Gain: 4940 m

Day 08 Trek to Everest Base Camp (5364m/17598feet)

From Lobuche, you walk through a rough rocky terrain path passing Gorakshep. You will spend 40 minutes approx in EBC enjoying and collecting the view of Nuptse, Lhotse, Pumori, etc mountains. Thereafter you come back to Gorakshep for an overnight stay.

Elevation Gain: 5364 m

Day 09 Kalapathar Hike (5545m/18192feet) and trek back to Pheruche

Approximately 2 hours hike to Kalapathar will wonder you today when you reach there. Kalapathar is the optimal viewpoint of Mt Everest and its neighboring mountains. After spending 30 minutes, you then will come down to Gorakshep and may have lunch before moving down to Pheriche.

Elevation Gain: 5545 m

Day 10 Trek back to Namche Bazaar

When you will be coming down to Namche via Tengboche, keep your camera ready to capture beautiful photos of rhododendron forests.

Day 11 Trek back to Lukla

You will walk approximately 6 hours today to come back to Lukla. Then you may celebrate the night with your team as you succeed in the EBC trek.

Day 12 Fly back to Kathmandu

Take a short flight from Lukla to Kathmandu in the morning and the rest of the day will be on your hand. You can spend how you want to. You may visit around Thamel or may go for 1-day heritage sightseeing in Kathmandu valley.

Everest Base Camp Transport

Generally, you will take either taxi or a private vehicle to go to Tribhuvan International Airport as it is the only airport that conducts a Lukla flight. However, the roads of Kathmandu are very congested, so as you can say it is badly regulated and has the poor condition of transportation. In case you choose to trek Everest Base Camp via Jiri Route, then you need a standard vehicle and driver for all your transfers. In the monsoon season, the hilly roads of Nepal are prone to landslides and accidents.

Food on Everest Base Camp Trek

Unlike the luxury hotel in a city like Kathmandu, you will not get a wide variety of meal menus during the Everest Base Camp Trek.

You get to have a few options of food while Dal Bhat Tarakari will be the favorite of many people as it is also a common and national meal in Nepal. Dal Bhat is provided by a teahouse that also serves as accommodation for trekkers. Basically, they provide a twin-shared room with separate beds. Likewise, some lodge base teahouses do also provide hot showers, and can also serve laundry service charging a small fee.

During the Everest Base Camp trek, you’ll find a variety of foods available at the tea houses and lodges along the trail. Here are some common foods you can expect to encounter:

• Dal Bhat: A traditional Nepali meal consisting of rice (bhat), lentil soup (dal), vegetables, pickles, and sometimes meat or fish. It’s a staple food for trekkers due to its high carbohydrate and protein content.
• Momos: These are Tibetan-style dumplings filled with meat or vegetables and served with a spicy dipping sauce. They’re a popular snack or appetizer along the trekking route.
• Sherpa Stew: A hearty stew made with potatoes, vegetables, and sometimes meat, simmered in a flavorful broth. It’s a warming and nourishing dish, perfect for replenishing energy after a long day of trekking.
• Noodles: Whether in soup or stir-fried, noodles are a quick and comforting option available at most tea houses along the trail. You can choose from a variety of toppings, including vegetables, eggs, and meat.
• Fried Rice: Another popular dish, fried rice is made with rice, vegetables, eggs, and sometimes meat, stir-fried together with aromatic spices. It’s a filling and satisfying meal for trekkers.
• Pizza: Surprisingly, many tea houses along the Everest Base Camp trek offer pizza on their menus. While it may not be traditional Nepali fare, it’s a familiar comfort food for many trekkers.
• Pancakes and Chapatis: For breakfast or a snack, you’ll often find pancakes (with toppings like honey or jam) and chapatis (flatbreads) served with butter or jam. They provide a quick burst of energy to start your day or refuel along the trail.
• Porridge: A warm and nourishing option for breakfast, porridge (made from oats or other grains) is often served with milk, honey, and dried fruits. It’s a comforting choice, especially on chilly mornings.
• Tea and Hot Beverages: Tea is a vital part of Nepali culture, and you’ll find a variety of teas available along the trekking route, including masala chai, ginger tea, and herbal teas. Hot chocolate, coffee, and other hot beverages are also available to warm you up after a long day of trekking.
• Snacks: Along with meals, you’ll find a variety of snacks available at tea houses, including energy bars, chocolate, nuts, and biscuits. These are convenient for munching on during breaks or to carry as snacks for the trail.

Accommodation in Everest Base Camp Trek

Accommodation along the Everest Base Camp trek primarily consists of tea houses, also known as guesthouses or lodges. These are basic but comfortable accommodations located in villages and settlements along the trekking route. Here’s what you can expect from tea house accommodation during your Everest Base Camp trek:

• Basic Rooms: Tea houses offer simple rooms with twin beds or bunk beds, basic bedding (usually blankets), and sometimes a small table or shelf. Rooms may be private or shared, depending on availability and your preference.
• Common Areas: Most tea houses have communal areas where trekkers can relax, socialize, and enjoy meals. These areas often feature benches, tables, and sometimes a fireplace or stove to provide warmth.
• Shared Bathrooms: Bathroom facilities in tea houses are usually shared and may consist of squat toilets or Western-style toilets. Hot showers are often available for an additional fee, although water availability and temperature may vary.
• Dining Hall: Tea houses typically have a dining hall or communal area where meals are served. This is where trekkers gather for breakfast, lunch, and dinner, enjoying hearty meals and swapping stories of their trekking adventures.
• Menu Options: Tea houses offer a menu with a variety of food and beverage options, including traditional Nepali dishes (such as dal bhat), Tibetan specialties (like momos), as well as Western comfort foods (such as pasta and pizza). Vegetarian and vegan options are usually available, and some tea houses can accommodate dietary restrictions with advance notice.
• Electricity and Charging: While electricity is available in many tea houses, it may be limited or available only during certain hours. Charging electronic devices such as cameras and phones is usually possible, although some tea houses may charge a small fee for this service.
• Altitude Considerations: As you ascend higher into the mountains, accommodation options may become more basic, with fewer amenities and shared facilities. It’s essential to be prepared for colder temperatures and thinner air at higher elevations.
• Booking in Advance: During the peak trekking seasons (spring and autumn), it’s advisable to book accommodation in advance, especially in popular trekking villages like Namche Bazaar and Gorak Shep. However, during the off-peak seasons, you may have more flexibility in finding accommodation on the spot.

What type of hotel can we find in Kathmandu city?

There is a wide variety of hotels ranging from 2 star – to 5-star in Kathmandu valley. Even you can get a very normal hotel around Thamel – a tourist center of Kathmandu.

Is it possible to book a tea house room by yourself?

It is a little bit hard to book a teahouse room in advance by an independent trekker. There are a few reasons behind these conditions:

• Trekkers might not have enough contact information about the teahouses
• If trekkers try booking the room by contacting teahouses, there is no guarantee of room booking. Because it is a remote area where almost all of the teahouses do not have an online booking system. So, they can’t be sure whether it is an original or fake booking.

On the contrary, trekking companies and guides do have more and better relationships with teahouses. Hence, they can arrange teahouses in a better way.

Note: You can’t expect high facilities in the tea house.

EBC Trek difficulty and health requirements

It is considered to be a moderate trek although it accesses Kalapathar which is 5545 m above sea level. Nevertheless, you should not take it so easily as many people have got altitude sickness while trekking in Everest.

To overcome the chances of altitude sickness , you need to do some physical activities at least 10-15 days prior to the trek. It would have been far better if you have already hiked some mountains. It may be applicable for those people who have been living just close to the height of sea level.

Basically, you need to be physically and mentally fit to trekking to Everest Base Camp. It does not require any mountaineering skills as it only passes through terrain land and hikes to the steep hill.

Kathmandu to Lukla Flight Cancellation

Since the classic Everest Trail begins from Lukla, we need to take a short flight to Lukla from Kathmandu. It only takes 40 minutes approx to arrive at Lukla from Kathmandu. Nevertheless, no one can be 100% sure about the weather in the Himalayas. It might be changed anytime. Consequently, the Lukla flight may be canceled or can not be landed on Lukla.

Therefore, I would like to suggest everyone add 1 or 2 spare days in order to ensure your trekking on Everest. Alternatively, there is the possibility of helicopter service in a group joining spending some money. The helicopter service charges may range from $300 to $500 for each of the members. In a helicopter, there will be a maximum of 5 members at a time.

Everest Base Camp Trek Permits

The basic required permits for Everest Base Camp Trek are listed below:

Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance Fee

Sagarmatha National Park Entry Fee

• TIMS (Trekking Information Management System) fee

The first two permits are now the must-require permits. However, about the third permit – TIMS, there are a lot of controversies still going on. But you are allowed to trek just having Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance and Sagarmatha National Park Entry permits.

You can’t get this permit in Kathmandu. It is like a replacement of a TIMS permit which is directly collected by Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality. It can be obtained either in Lukla or in Monjo Village.

Cost: Rs 2000 per person

It is another must-required permit that can be obtained in Kathmandu at Nepal Tourism Board or in Monjo village just prior to entering the National Park.

Cost: Rs 3000 per person

Note: If you are planning to trek from Jiri to Everest, then you need an additional permit i.e Gaurishankar Conservation Area Permit. Because you will be passing through Gaurishankar Conservation Area which also costs Rs. 3000 and it also can be obtained in Kathmandu.

What documents are required to issue Everest Base Camp Trek permits?

It is enough to have valid passport details to issue the permits to trek to Everest. But all permits are only for a single entry and once the permits are issued, they can not be refunded.

FAQs of Everest Base Camp Trek

How safe is it to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Safety concern on EBC Trek depends upon a variety of aspects. But In comparison to Everest Climbing, Everest Base Camp Trek is very safe. However, it still poses some risks due to the high altitude as written above.

Apart from the geographical scenarios, the political situation also matters in your safety zone while you are traveling to a particular place.

Before 2008, there used to be a Maoist problem – a form of a political party. But now they are also a part of the Nepali Government. After the comprehensive peace agreement, they are now in parliament. So that this problem no longer exists.

What to pack for trekking in Everest Base Camp?

Normally, you need to bring basic hiking gear, such as walking poles, hiking boots (preferably shoes), lightweight t-shirts, hiking pants, a down jacket, sleeping bags, and so on. For detail about the gears, just click here .

What is the Best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Basically, trekking in EBC is open all the time year. However, March to May and September to November are the best time to trek in Everest Base Camp because, in these months, the weather and climate in EBC become as good as a trip requires.

Why hire a local guide for Everest Base Camp Trek?

An interpretive local guide will enhance your valuable time in the mountain. They are very knowledgeable about mountain conditions, weather, avalanches, and other potential hazards. In order to keep you safe on the mountain, they will be passionate about sharing their knowledge of your surroundings.

Is Travel Insurance necessary for Everest Base Camp Trek?

To protect your travel investment, you must have travel insurance for Everest Base Camp Trek ; it should cover helicopter evacuation and medical repatriation. Although it is a moderate trek, it goes up to 5545 m above sea level. In such conditions, some trekkers can suffer from high altitude sickness which can be life-threatening too. Sometimes, trekkers need helicopter rescue. So, if you have travel insurance, it will save you money.

Will there be access to any communication medium in Everest Base Camp?

Definitely, you can take Nepali SIM cards – NCELL or NTC. It often works in most areas. You can enable Internet Data Service on your sim card which makes you unable to communicate with your international friends. In remote areas, the data service of NCELL is better than NTC. Otherwise, Paid WIFI service is available in some of the teahouses. They take nearly $1 USD to use the internet service.

“But keep in mind not to forget to bring a power bank for your mobile phone” Although teahouses do have the facility of electronic device charging, they may charge a few amounts for it.

Is a private trip possible for Everest Base Camp Trek?

Yes, you can book your private trip. But it may cost a little bit higher than the group trek. Almost all of the trekking agencies do organize private trips to Everest Base Camp.

Is it necessary to hire a guide and porter to trek to Everest Base Camp?

No, it is not compulsory to hire a guide and porter for Everest Base Camp Trek. However, a guide and porter can be good company for the whole trip as they will take care of you; help you to get safe, and get better teahouses and food. They can give detailed information and safety precaution about the trail and region. Even some of the guides and porters entertain tourists by singing and dancing.

A Porter will carry your luggage weight of up to 15 – 20 kg. It is not a joke to carry that much weight in such a king of rough trails and altitude.

Note: In Nepal, a guide is a must only for those trails which lie in certain areas called restricted zones by the government of Nepal. Such as Manaslu Circuit Trek , Upper Mustang Trek, etc.

Do I need a porter for the trek to Everest?

I never say that a porter is a must needed for the EBC trek. However, having a porter may let you enjoy the trip twice better than a porter-less trip. A porter will carry your luggage and let you enjoy your journey pleasantly.

Small earnings from you become helpful for them and it improves the income of local communities of the mountain area.

How much does it cost to hire a guide and porter?

The basic salary of a guide ranges from USD $15 – $25 per day. Likewise, it costs $12 – $15 per day to hire a porter. If you buy a complete package trip from a trekking agency, then they will provide a guide and porter accordingly.

Is natural water drinkable on Everest Trail?

We don’t suggest you drink tap water or any water from natural streams. However, you can use a water purifier if you really want to drink that. Instead, mineral water can be found in teahouses on the trail but that is nearly 10 times more expensive to buy than in Kathmandu.

What is the right cost to trek Everest Base Camp?

The cost of an EBC trek varies on the trip type, trekking trails, and the trekker’s own behavior. But the best reasonable cost of Everest Base Camp Trek is about $1400 – $1600. This cost can cover all your food, accommodation, guide and porter, permits, and domestic flights to Lukla. Follow this link for a detailed cost estimation of the Everest Base Camp Trek .

How much does it cost to trek to Everest Base Camp for Indians?

For Indians, it is not the budget of Everest Base Camp Trek that far different than any other nation. However, Indian nationals will get Kathmandu to Lukla flights at a cheaper price than any other nationals. And Sagarmatha National Park Entry fees are only Rs 1500 for an Indian citizen, whereas it costs Rs 3390 for each person.

Can I sleep at Everest Base Camp?

No, you can’t sleep in Everest Base Camp. There is no tea house in Everest Base Camp. On the other hand, trekkers are not allowed to stay at base camp. Only climbers who are summiting Everest can stay at Everest Base Camp.

Do I need to take Oxygen on this trek?

Generally, it is not necessary to take oxygen for this trek. You just need to walk at your own pace and should not get horrid while trekking to Everest Base Camp. However, a well-managed trekking company always brings oxygen as a medical backup to ensure first-aid support for their clients.

What is the temperature at Everest Base Camp?

The weather and temperature of Everest Base Camp are extreme. It ranges from 20 degrees Celsius in summer to -5 degrees Celsius in winter in the daytime throughout the year. But at night, it can reach up to -20 degrees in winter and 4 degrees in summer.

Once you reach Lukla, you will feel a decrease in temperature in the air as you are already at the height of 2800 m above sea level. Again when you go up and up, then the temperature further drops.

Is there any age limit to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Not exactly, the government of Nepal has not defined any age limit for Everest Base Camp Trek. All can plan to trek to Everest Base Camp. However, considering the high altitude and difficulty level of the trek, it is most probably best doable for those who are 14 to 65 years old.

Is there road access to South Everest Base Camp?

There are only trekking trails that take you to the Everest Base Camp. The road access has not reached to Khumbu region yet instead it only reaches the Solu region.

Can Everest Base Camp Trek be an educational trip?

Yes, it can be an educational trip because Everest Base Camp Trek is not only an adventure journey, but it also covers cultural and traditional aspects of the Khumbu region, Nepal. The region is the home of Sherpa communities. Throughout this journey, travelers can explore a few Sherpa inhabitants and the museum of Khumbu Region – Sagarmatha National Park Museum. Moreover, you can study the lifestyle of mountain people before and now.

How to book Everest Base Camp Trek?

To book Everest Base Camp Trek, you can contact us . We provide budget and luxurious both sort of Everest Base Camp Trek. We assure you that you will definitely love our service.

Podcast of EBC Trek

Latest features.

The latest articles, galleries, quizzes and videos.

Everest Three High Passes Trek – A Complete Guide

The Everest Three Pass Trek is an epic adventure that involves crossing three incredibly high-altitude passes: Renjo-La pass, Cho La pass, and Khongma-La pass. Accordingly, these passes rise up and hold the most dramatic altitude, ensuring that you enjoy the views of your awe-inspiring surrounding scenery. Hiking duration for a trek is long, up to…

Essential Guide to Choosing Travel Insurance for High-Altitude Climbing in Nepal

Obtaining the right travel insurance is crucial when planning to climb mountains in Nepal, such as Island Peak. Given the risks associated with high-altitude climbing, ensuring that your insurance policy covers the specific conditions and altitudes you will encounter is essential. Here are some key considerations to keep in mind when selecting travel insurance for…

Island Peak Climbing – A Complete Guide

Located in Nepal’s Everest area, Island Peak, also called Imja Tse, rises to a height of 6189 meters above sea level. Surrounded by the massive Himalayan peaks of Lhotse, Baruntse, and Nuptse, the summit, which is located in the Chukkung Valley, appears rather little in comparison to its height. Climbers can have a difficult but…

Everest Base Camp Trek in April

In April, the Everest Base Camp Trek continues to offer a spectacular experience, building on the favorable conditions of March. Here’s what you can expect: Weather April falls within the Spring season in Nepal, offering pleasant and stable weather conditions. Temperatures are mild, ranging from around 9 to -4 degrees Celsius. While the lower altitudes…

Sign up for trip deals, inspirations and competitions.

• Switzerland
• New Zealand
• United Kingdom
• United States

Everest Base Camp

  Your browser does not support the HTML5 video element.

An iconic 22-day trek to the base of the highest mountain in the world - Mount Everest. Walk through forested foothills and up the Khumbu Valley, cross bridges across glacial rivers and pass through remote communities on this bucket-list trek.

• Namche Bazaar - Visit the Tibetan market and explore this bustling home of the Sherpa community
• Kala Patthar - Hike to the summit (5645m) for fantastic views of Everest and surrounding 8000m+ peaks
• Teahouses - Enjoy a warm Nepali welcome and hearty food in these cosy mountain huts

Included meals

Breakfast: 21

Explore Tour Leader

Accommodation

18 nights simple guesthouse

3 nights comfortable hotel

Walking grade:

Challenging and Tough

Group Size:

Trip maximum 16 Explore average 11

Itineraries on some departure dates may differ, please select the itinerary that you wish to explore.

The trip starts today in Kathmandu, the busy, colourful and chaotic capital city of Nepal.

Your Leader plans to meet everyone in the hotel reception for a welcome meeting at 5 pm. For those that wish, there is the chance to go out together as a group for dinner afterwards. There are no other activities planned for today. Should you miss the welcome meeting, your leader will leave any essential information and details of the best time to catch up with them, at the hotel reception.

If you would like to receive an airport transfer today, you'll need to arrive into Kathmandu Tribhuvan International Airport (KTM). You should allow at least 45 minutes to reach our hotel in central Kathmandu as traffic congestion in city can be bad.

Depending on the arrival time of your flight, you may wish to explore the city. Our hotel is located a short walk from the lively Thamel area - home to a multitude of outdoor gear, souvenir shops, great bookshops and a huge variety of restaurants - it's a fun place to wander.

Accommodation:

Mila Hotel (or similar)

Grade: Comfortable Hotel

Single room available

Meals provided: none.

It's an early start this morning as we travel out of Kathmandu on our 265 km drive to Salleri, which should take around 9 hours. We travel in 4WD vehicles especially adapted for the roads, as once outside the Kathmandu Valley the asphalt roads soon give way to unsealed roads. The long drive is a scenic one, with snow-capped mountains ever present in the distance, as we travel alongside rivers and through lush forests. As we pass through Pattale Village at an elevation of 2,840 metres, we catch our first distant glimpses of the high mountains with Mt. Makalu visible in the distance. Finally, we reach the charming mountain town of Salleri, the administrative headquarters of the Everest region where we will spend our first night in a cosy mountain lodge.

Salleri Teahouse (or similar)

Grade: Simple Guesthouse

Single Room Unavailable

Meals provided: breakfast, lunch & dinner.

We meet our friendly Sherpa crew this morning, and after our trek briefing we embark on our trail into the Everest region. Passing through the lively Salleri Bazaar, we head off into the forests towards Phaplu. The walk passes through dense woodlands and terraced fields, passing by small Sherpa and Rai settlements. The trail takes us uphill from Ringmo Village, offering beautiful views of Buddhist Chortens (shrines). We reach the high point of today's walk - Takshindo La pass at an altitude of 3,081 metres, where we are treated to stunning mountain vistas. Today's walk ends in the small village of Takshindo where we spend the night in a traditional teahouse.

Nepal's teahouses are ubiquitous in these mountain regions - they are local homes converted to offer guests basic accommodation with a warm welcome. Rooms are sparse and facilities are often outside and communal, but there's a warm and cosy central dining area that a provides a great place to relax, eat and share stories with fellow trekkers.

Today's 16 kilometre/10 mile walk is expected to take around seven hours with a total ascent of 720 metres/2300 feet and a descent of 10 metres/30 feet.

Takshndo Teahouse (or similar)

We set off this morning for the village of Kharikhola, stretching our legs as we pass fields filled with maize, millet, potatoes and of course rice, and passing many small settlements along the way. This area is known for having a diverse number of communities including Sherpa, Magar, Rai, Tamang and Chettri settlements.

We'll no doubt encounter a number of sherpas along the trail, skilfully transporting an array of items up and down the mountain, often fixed to their head using a strap so their hands are free and the bulk of the weight is spread across their backs and their strong necks. Nowadays there are strict upper weight limits on how much the sherpas can carry to avoid overloading.

Today's 12 kilometre/7 mile walk is expected to take around six hours with a total ascent of 80 metres/250 feet and a descent of 900 metres/3000 feet.

Kharikhola Teahouse (or similar)

Leaving Kharikhola behind this morning we make our way back onto the trail and upwards towards the small village of Paiya. Today's walk criss-crosses small streams and passes waterfalls as we head up the Khumbu Valley and towards the high point of today's trek - the Kari La Pass (3,000m) which offers beautiful views of the surrounding hills and forests.

Also seen along the trail are yaks - these cantankerous animals serve a multitude of purposes in this difficult environment - from transporting people, heavy goods and food up and down the mountain, whilst also providing milk and meat to locals and trekkers alike.

Part of the experience of hiking in this area is spending some time taking a break at one of the many teahouses dotted along the trails, and enjoying a refreshing chai whilst soaking up some of the warm Nepali hospitality.

Today's 12 kilometre/7 mile walk is expected to take around six hours with a total ascent of 680 metres/2200 feet and a descent of 120 metres/400 feet.

Paiya Teahouse (or similar)

This morning's walk takes us onto the main Everest trail, towards the village of Phakding. We snake our way up through Surke village before the famous Tenzing-Hillary Airport at Lukla comes into view. Known for having one of the shortest runways in the world at 527 metres in length, it also has a steep gradient of 11.7% to aid take off and landing. Only the most skilled pilots in Nepal are allowed to take off and land here, and only in specialist light aircraft. We can stop and watch the comings and goings at the airport whilst we break for tea, watching planes full of trekkers coming in to land from Kathmandu. As there are no roads in the region, the airport is also an important place for bringing in vital supplies for the communities that live in the Khumbu Valley.

We have some time to have a walk through the town of Lukla and browse some of the shops that sell handicrafts and a variety of trekking related gear. Our walk then continues on to the settlement of Phakding.

Today's 14 kilometre/8.5 mile walk is expected to take around seven hours with a total ascent of 40 metres/ 130 feet and a descent of 200 metres/650 feet.

Phakding Teahouse (or similar)

Now on the Everest trail proper, we start to see the surrounding scenery change as we ascend in altitude over 3000 metres. The walk criss-crosses suspension bridges that sit high above the Dudh Khoshi River, a glacial river than starts high in the Himalayas. At Monjo village we catch a glimpse of Thamserku Peak (6,608m), before our permits are checked and we enter Sagarmatha National Park. We ascend out of the dense pine forests on a zig zag trail that climbs all the way up to the amazing town of Namche Bazaar, the spiritual home of the Sherpa community.

Today's 10 kilometre/6 mile walk is expected to take around six hours with a total ascent of 1050 metres/ 3450 feet and a descent of 270 metres/900 feet.

Namche Teahouse (or similar)

Today is a free day to explore the bustling town of Namche Bazaar. The town acts as a gateway to the higher Himalayas and sits in a horseshoe-shaped valley which is surrounded by snow-capped peaks. It is home to the famous Sherpa community, renowned for their excellent mountaineering skills and ability to thrive in extreme high-altitude conditions. The town also acts as a trading centre between Nepal and Tibet and still today has a bustling Tibetan market.

Today has been left free to explore the narrow streets, bazaars and teahouses of Namche. There will also be a short, optional walk up to the air-strip at Syangboche and on to the mountain viewpoint where, if the weather is favourable, we may just catch our first glimpse of Mount Everest.

Today's optional 6 kilometre/3.5 mile walk is expected to take around four hours with a total ascent of 480 metres/ 1570 feet and a descent of 480 metres/1570 feet.

Recommencing our trek today, we ascend out of Namche and round a corner to get another great view of Everest, along with the other 8,000m + peaks of Lhotse and Nuptse. The walk then takes us through forests of rhododendron and pine, and onwards to the Tengboche Gompa. This Gompa is the largest monastery in the Khumbu region and a focus for the area's deep spirituality. This beautiful monastery houses a 20-foot sculpture of Buddha and is home to a number of monks and nuns.

From Tengboche we continue on, with the trail descending through a forested area to the village of Deboche.

Today's 11 kilometre/7 mile walk is expected to take around four hours with a total ascent of 480 metres/ 1570 feet and a descent of 60 metres/200 feet.

Deboche Teahouse (or similar)

Today is all about the changing landscapes as we ascend above the tree line and the greenery gives way to a lunar-like landscape of rocky plateaux. We start amongst coniferous forests before descending to the banks of the Imja Khola river, crossing it via a sturdy footbridge. We pass alpine meadows with views of the dramatic Ama Dablam (known as the Matterhorn of the Himalaya) as we head towards Pangboche. From here we start to ascend a path that takes us above the tree line for the first time to the village of Dingboche, where we will spend the night.

Today's 9 kilometre/5.5 mile walk is expected to take around seven hours with a total ascent of 590 metres/2000 feet and a descent of 40 metres/150 feet.

Dingboche Teahouse (or similar)

Today has been left free to relax in the small village of Dingboche. After a relaxed breakfast there will be an optional acclimatisation walk up to Nangkartshang Peak. From this vantage point, we enjoy stunning panoramic views of Mount Makalu, Mount Lhotse and the Imja Valley. After some time soaking up the scenery, we trek back down to Dingboche, concluding today's trek after approximately 3 hours of walking. This relaxed walk will offer the body a good opportunity to further adjust to the altitude.

This afternoon there is the opportunity to visit the Lehara Foundation to relax and enjoy a sports massage. This foundation is a non-profit organisation and a chosen charity of the Explore Foundation, the charity arm of Explore. The Lehara Foundation has provided opportunities for local people to become qualified as massage therapists, in a region with very few other employment opportunities.

As well as providing benefit to our fatigued muscles, any massages taken will also directly contribute towards the good work the Lehara Foundation is doing. It is recommended to book your massages in advance following this link: https://lehara.au2.cliniko.com/bookings?appointment_type_id=1382324282478041712&embedded=true . Massages could be taken here or at their Namche clinic on Day 8 or 15.

Today's optional 4 kilometre/2.5 mile walk is expected to take around four hours with a total ascent of 680 metres/2250 feet and a descent of 680 metres/2250 feet.

We climb further up the Khumbu Valley this morning as the scenery becomes more and more barren, and we may encounter our first traces of snow, depending on the season. On our way along the rocky, uneven terrain we will spot the twin peaks of Taboche and Cholatse as well as the rounded peak of Pumori towering high at 7145m. We overnight in Leboche, the last permanently inhabited (and highest) village along the trail.

Today's 8 kilometre/5 mile walk is expected to take around six hours with a total ascent of 580 metres/1900 feet and a descent of 80 metres/250 feet.

Lobuche Teahouse (or similar)

We leave early this morning, layered up as we ascend the trail towards Everest Base Camp. Our trek starts with a gentle ascent initially which later develops into a steeper ascent for about half an hour. A descent then brings us to Gorak Shep (5150m) where we will pass the teahouse that we will use for tonight's stop. The trail splits at this stage and goes to the small peak of Kala Patthar one way and Everest Base Camp along the other. We will take the Base Camp route and head out onto the incredible Khumbu Glaciar where the climbers of the high mountains make their camp. Depending on the season (Mar-May), there may be the possibility to meet climbers and their crew at the camp on their way up the mountain. Once we have explored the Base Camp and seen all it has to offer we will retrace our steps back to Gorak Shep where we will spend the night.

Today's 12 kilometre/7.5 mile walk is expected to take around nine hours with a total ascent of 500 metres/1640 feet and a descent of 40 metres/140 feet.

Gorakshep Teahouse (or similar)

We have a challenging day ahead of us today as we ascend to the highest point of the trip - the summit of Kala Patthar at 5645 metres above sea level. The walk takes us up a steep and rocky ascent, sometimes scrambling up and across large rocks and small boulders up to the top where we find Nepali prayer flags to signify the summit. On a clear day we can enjoy majestic panoramic views of the surrounding mountains, including Everest and the South Col, Lhotse, Nuptse, Pumori, Ama Dablam, Cho Oyu and of course the sprawling and infamous Khumbu Icefall.

After taking in the views we retrace our steps, past Gorak Shep and on to Pheriche, back down to an elevation of 4,200m and our overnight stop.

Today's 12 kilometre/7.5 mile walk is expected to take around nine hours with a total ascent of 480 metres/1600 feet and a descent of 1075 metres/3500 feet.

Phireche Teahouse (or similar)

Following the western bank of the Imja Khola, we continue our descent today, passing through Shomare, and the familiar villages of Pangboche, Debuche and Tangboche on our way back to the heart of the Khumbu region, Namche Bazaar.

As well as a market, shops and cafes, there are some great lively bars in Namche, so it's an ideal place to share a celebratory beer with our fellow trekkers and local support crew.

Today's 19 kilometre/7.5 mile walk is expected to take around eight hours with no ascent and a descent of 960 metres/3150 feet.

Continuing our descent, we walk amongst stunning mountain landscapes, and back amid lush forests now that we are down below the tree line once again. There is plenty of time to stop along the route, with tea breaks taken in a couple of the Sherpa villages along the route, and a nice relaxed break for lunch in Phakding. We end our walk today in the village of Surke.

Today's 18 kilometre/7 mile walk is expected to take around eight hours with a total ascent of 20 metres/65 feet and a descent of 1040 metres/3400 feet.

Surke Teahouse (or similar)

The trail today takes us through forests of rhododendron and oak and past fields of rice and vegetables, as we descend along a steep trail to Bhupsa village. Our trek continues alongside Khari Khola stream, leading us to the village of Jubing after approximately 7 hours of trekking. The day's journey is a mix of landscapes, and lots of small villages as we now find ourselves at the lower altitudes.

Today's 14 kilometre/8.5 mile walk is expected to take around seven hours with a total ascent of 110 metres/350 feet and a descent of 610 metres/2000 feet.

Jubhing Teahouse (or similar)

Today's walking has a mix of up and down hill as we continue to make our way through beautiful forests of pine and oak, crossing streams and passing through small villages. We continue to follow Khari Khola stream which leads us to the village of Jubhing after approximately 7 hours of trekking.

Today's 14 kilometre/8.5 mile walk is expected to take around eight hours with a total ascent of 1390 metres/4500 feet and a descent of 350 metres/1150 feet.

Ringmo Teahouse (or similar)

Our final day of walking sees us crossing a mixture of landscapes that include forests, terraced farms and Sherpa and Rai settlements as we make our way to Phaplu. This area of the lower Khumbu Valley feels a world away from the upper Khumbu region, with far fewer trekkers and smaller, charming farming communities which gladly welcome us in from the trail for refreshing tea and snacks. Our walk today ends in the village of Phaplu.

Today's 12 kilometre/7.5mile walk is expected to take around seven hours with a total ascent of 120 metres/400 feet and a descent of 478 metres/1550 feet.

Phaplu Teahouse (or similar)

We bid farewell to our trek support crew today as it is time to give our feet a well-earned rest and travel by 4WD back to the capital, Kathmandu. The drive takes us along winding roads and past rivers and small villages before we start to see encounter more civilisation and move onto sealed roads as we reach the greater Kathmandu valley. From here we drive into the city, a drive of around 8-9 hours.

Meals Provided: Breakfast

This morning we have arranged a walking tour visiting the bazaar and the Durbar Square area, the centre of old Kathmandu. Much of the day to day life of Kathmandu takes place in the bazaar: a fascinating mixture of people selling fruit, vegetables and spices; potters spinning their wheels to produce small household bowls and containers for temple offerings; devotees visiting their favourite gods at temples and small shrines dotted along the sides of alleyways; rickshaw wallahs honking their horns and the ever present sacred cow wandering amongst it all. We also visit Boudhanath, the largest stupa in the country and a destination for Buddhist pilgrims from all over Nepal.

This afternoon has been left free to relax, or perhaps explore the city further. The colourful Thamel district is a popular place to wander around and is great for some last minute shopping, whilst the historic city of Bhaktapur offers a glimspe into the life of the Newar Kingdom between the 12th and 14th century.

The trip ends in Kathmandu after breakfast.

Is this the tour for you?

• We've graded this trekking tour as challenging to tough. You should have a good level of fitness and a love of the outdoors to take part.
• We've carefully planned our ascent rate following Wilderness Medicine Society (WMS) guidelines. We'll take our time to acclimatise as we go, however we will be trekking at altitude, so you might feel the effects of altitude sickness.
• Our guides are trained to recognise and deal with altitude sickness and we also carry oxygen tanks in case of emergencies.
• At Explore, we choose not to fly within Nepal, which unfortunately means we are a little slower to cover the ground. We made this decision as Nepal's airlines are on the EU's air safety blacklist and we can't justify adding an internal flight at the risk of our customers. Road infrastructure in the country is expanding and we endeavour to see as much of the country as we can safely.
• With this in mind, our itinerary includes some longer driving days, particularly to reach the start of the trail and to return to Kathmandu. Please check the day - to-day itinerary for exact driving times.
• As well as this, ongoing roadworks make for dusty conditions on the road - our time on the road is a bit of a rite of passage, brings us closer to local life and gives us the chance to soak up Nepal's stunning scenery.
• During this tour, we make use of Nepal's teahouse accommodation. These give us an authentic taste of rural Nepal but it's worth noting that facilities are basic. For more details please refer to the accommodation section.
• Single rooms are only available in Kathmandu and not available for the trek portion of this trip due to the teahouse accommodation used.
• We recommend carrying one of our water - to-go filtration bottles to make sure you have fresh water throughout the trek.
• Walking Information

Daily distances

Total distance : 118 miles

Trip information

Temperatures in the lower altitude regions are extremely pleasant. At Pokhara variations in temperature are very limited: from the coldest recorded of 8°C (46°F) to the highest of 31°C (88°F). The mountains are best admired, with greater air clarity, from October to January, while from February to May the skies may be hazy. Monsoon rains are strongest in June, July and August. The coldest months are December and January.

Time difference to GMT

2 Pin Round

Long Trousers - for everyday walking, light cotton trousers are the most suitable. Knee length shorts are generally acceptable now throughout Nepal. Jeans are not recommended as they are often difficult to walk in over longer distances and become cumbersome when wet. Down Jacket - after sunset, temperatures can fall below freezing. A down jacket is the lightest and most convenient way of keeping warm when the temperature drops. Down jackets can be inexpensively hired or bought in Nepal. Details will be given at the briefing in Kathmandu. Waterproofs - breathable waterproofs not only protect against rain and wind but also stop you from overheating. They 'breathe' and avoid condensation which you will experience from non-breathable nylon waterproofs. Rain during the trekking season is fairly rare but can be heavy if it does happen. Gloves - especially useful in the morning and in the evening at higher altitudes. Thermal types are most suitable. Socks - it is best to wear a pair of reasonably thick loop stitch socks. This helps to protect your feet against blisters. Avoid nylon socks, they are abrasive, don't breathe well and can cause blisters. Lightweight Shoes or Trainers - useful in towns and when travelling. Thick fleece pullover/jacket - a thick fleece pullover or jacket is necessary as nights can be very cold at altitude. Make sure that your waterproof jacket is loose enough to wear over your pullover or jacket. Track Suit - comfortable and much more practical (and warmer) to sleep in than pyjamas. Alternatively, thermal underwear is good.Thin Shirt/T-Shirt Thick Shirt or Thermal VestWarm Hat

We strongly recommend you bring walking boots with ankle support - leather or fabric are both fine. Make sure that your boots are worn-in and comfortable before the start of the trip. Trainers and tennis shoes do not give the ankle support afforded by a decent pair of walking boots. Ideally, visit a specialist outdoor pursuits shop who will offer advice. Also bring trainers or sandals for relaxing and general wear. We suggest that on international flights you either carry your walking boots in your hand luggage or wear them - should your luggage be lost or delayed, your own boots are the one thing that will be irreplaceable.

Sleeping Bag - As you do not carry it yourself this may be down or synthetic, but it should be 4-season (temperature -10 to -5 degrees celcius). As most treks pass through a variety of climatic conditions, a long side zip is a good idea. A cotton liner helps to keep your bag clean. Good sleeping bags are expensive but can be rented or bought quite easily and cheaply in Kathmandu, so if you don't own one you could consider this option. Details will be given by your Tour Leader at the briefing in Kathmandu. Dry Bags - If you pack bits and pieces in a selection of dry bags inside your bag they will stay dry in case of rain and be easier for you to sort through in camp. Remember, the less you have to unpack in the evening, the less you have to repack each morning! A liner to pack inside your daysack is also a good idea. Torch/Batteries/Bulb - A small torch is essential for finding things in your room, going to the loo in the night, etc. Petzl head torches are particularly useful. Remember that in most developing countries only a limited selection of batteries is available so bring spare batteries and bulb. The most common are pen cells (or AA size) and SP/HP2 (D size). Toiletries - Try to keep heavy cosmetics etc to a minimum. Essentials are toothbrush/paste, bio-degradable soap, small towel, small nail brush and toilet rolls! Sunglassesnow Goggles - A good pair of sunglasses are essential for protection against UV rays and glare at high altitudes. Sun Hat, High Factor Sun Cream/Block & Lip Salve Choose a high factor suncream (Factor 15 or more) to protect your skin against the sun at high altitudes. A combination sunblock/ lipsalve is ideal for facial protection. Personal First Aid Kit Each trek carries an extensive first aid kit but no prescription medicines. You should have your own supply of plasters, aspirin, diarrhoea tablets and also a comprehensive blister kit plus any other medications you or your doctor feel advisable. (Please do not give medicines to local people without consulting the trek leader.) See the list in our General Information Booklet. Trekking poles Trekking poles with rubber points are recommended. Gaiters Whistle to attract attention in an emergency. Boot Cleaning Kit Spare Laces Swimsuit Anti bacterial handwash Equipment Hire in Nepal - Almost every item required for a trek can be purchased or hired in Kathmandu and your Tour Leader can advise on the best shops to visit at your tour briefing. The costs of hiring are as follows: Sleeping Bag (4 season)- Rs.150 per day Down Jacket- Rs.100 per day Equipment Hire and Trek Training Days in the UK - Trek Hire UK hire out a wide range of kit including quality sleeping bags, down jackets, therm-a-rest sleeping mats and walking poles http://www.trekhireuk.com. They also run regular trek training and preparation days from their base in the Surrey Hills, ideal for getting an indication of your overall fitness level and also covering advice on kit and altitude.

Food and drink The costs for meals may vary depending upon location, type of restaurant and number of courses eaten and so the prices given are an average guide. Local restaurants located off the beaten track may be less expensive, whereas an upmarket restaurant located in the centre of a major city may charge more.

Foreign exchange, transport information.

4WD, Minibus, On Foot

Accommodation notes

During this tour, we spend three nights in comfortable hotels and 18 nights in simple teahouses. While our accommodation has been chosen with comfort, location and authenticity in mind, it's worth noting that standards will differ from home. Although the welcome will always be warm, service levels might be less efficient than what you're used to. Tea houses in Nepal were originally local homes where a family had opened its doors to visitors, offering them a drink, a simple meal and a place to sleep for the night. Over time, these developed into a homestay-hotel hybrid and the concept of the 'tea house' was established. The tea houses we use usually feature a twin room with a bed, mattress and pillow - you'll need to bring your own sleeping bag. Occasionally, when there is a larger group and the trails are very busy, you might need to share a triple or even quad room with other customers from Explore (same sex). Likened to 'indoor camping' - there is no central heating, and the shared toilet and shower facilities will be basic (there may be a squat-style toilet and hot water is not always available). Meals are taken in the heated, communal dining area which also provides a place to relax and socialise after the day's walking. Throughout the trek, there will be a range of Nepali, Chinese and some Western dishes provided. Vegetarians are well catered for. A comprehensive range of hot and cold drinks will also be available. Using tea house accommodation is a great way to meet the kind-natured people of Nepal whilst helping to support the economy in these remote mountain communities.

Food and drink

All meals are included for the trekking portion of the trip. Breakfasts and Dinners will be served in the Teahouses and the morning meals will typically consist of porridge, eggs and bread along with tea and coffee. Dinners will be a mix of local and western dishes like chicken and vegetable curries, rice, pasta or pizza, along with soup and a dessert. Lunches are often picnic in style and may be sandwiches, rice dishes, noodles or potatoes and will be prepared by the trek team ahead of your arrival at the lunch spot. Meals are always hearty and will provide plenty of calories to cover off the exercise. You will be provided with drinking water throughout the day to refill your drinking bottle. Each day you must sterilise water with Chlorine Dioxide with which to fill your own bottle. 1 litre is the minimum size suitable. If you dislike the taste of sterilised water, it is a good idea to add some powdered fruit juice. You MUST bring Chlorine Dioxide with you on this trek. For environmental reasons, we do not encourage the purchase of bottled mineral water  

Can you drink the water?  The water quality is poor and therefore it is recommended to avoid drinking tap water during your trip.   

Government Travel Safety Advice

Under 18 immigration guidance.

Please note that some countries require proof of parental consent when travelling overseas with under 18s. Please check requirements with the relevant embassy or consular office well in advance of travel if this applies to your party.

Price Guarantee

Once your booking has been confirmed we guarantee the price will not increase, whatever the circumstances. However, please note that if you voluntarily make any changes to your booking including changing your trip or departure date, any additional costs or charges incurred will not be covered. Before booking please ensure you have read our important tour pricing information. Booking Conditions  

Visa and Passport Information

Nepal: An entry visa is required by UK, New Zealand, Australian, US & Canadian citizens and can be obtained on arrival at Kathmandu Airport and various international border crossings between Nepal and its neighbouring countries. This currently costs $30 USD for a 15 day visa, $50 USD for a 30 day visa and $125 USD for a 90 day visa. All visas are issued as multiple entry visas and are valid from the date they are issued. There have been reports of lengthy delays when completing the form to obtain the visa at the airport, especially during peak times. We therefore recommend that you fill in the visa information prior to arrival using the following link: http://online.nepalimmigration.gov.np/. This will produce a receipt with a reference number, which you will need to print off and produce on arrival to obtain the visa. Please note if you are filling in the form before you arrive, please do so only within 15 days of arrival as application forms are only stored for a maximum of 15 days. Whether you are filling in the form on arrival or before, a passport-sized photograph for immigration is required along with the exact cash. Payment must be made in cash, UK sterling and US dollars are both accepted. If you are ineligible for the visa on arrival or wish to obtain a visa before you travel, please refer to your nearest Nepal embassy.

If you do require assistance in obtaining a visa then you may be able to apply through Explore's recommended visa service in the UK, Travcour. See www.travcour.com to download the relevant visa application for your trip, if applicable (UK citizens only), along with details of how to apply for your visa through Travcour. The Team at Travcour will be happy to answer specific questions relating to visa applications, please call them directly on 0208 5431846 . It is your responsibility to ensure that you are in possession of a full passport, with the correct validity for your chosen destination.  

Booking conditions

Minimum age restrictions, your safety and enjoyment on tour, your tour leader, find out more about trip transfer terms and conditions before you book. booking a land only package with explore.

Customers who have chosen to book on the ‘Land Only’ arrangements of our tour, please ensure that you have checked your tour specific ‘Joining Instructions’ prior to booking your own travel arrangements. Your joining instructions can be found below in the dates and prices information.  You may also be eligible for the Free Explore Transfer.

Joining Tour Abroad

Customers booked on the ‘Land Only’ arrangements will receive a Free Transfer, provided you arrive and depart on the tour only itinerary start and end dates. The complimentary transfers will be arranged from the Explore designated airport or train station to your trips joining point, and then back from the ending point to the designated airport or train station. Generally the airport or station that Explore have selected will be the one that is closest to the town or city where the trip starts, or the one nearest to the joining point. It will be either an airport or train station but not both. The exception to this rule is customers who are booked on a tour where the joining and ending point is at the designated airport or train station.  

Free transfers are not available for Polar customers.

If you are not eligible for the Free Transfer then you will need to make your own way through to the joining and ending point. On a majority of our tours Explore will be able to provide a private transfer at an additional cost. Please ask for a quote at the time of booking.   For more information regarding the Explore Free Transfer click here

It is a condition of booking with Explore that you have adequate valid travel insurance. It is your responsibility to arrange appropriate travel insurance and ensure you have read and understood the full terms and conditions of your travel insurance policy to ensure that you are covered for all activities you intend to undertake whilst on the tour, including all optional activities. Your Insurance Policy must fully cover you for medical expenses and emergency repatriation to your home country. Please ensure your policy includes medical emergency helicopter evacuation in the event of illness or injury and covers the entire duration of your holiday. If you are trekking at altitude please ensure that there is no upper altitude limit which may limit or exclude cover for your trip. The cost of many of our Polar Voyages will exceed the capped amount covered by standard insurance premiums and you will be required to pay an additional premium to cover the full value of your trip. Please ensure that you are covered for the full amount of your holiday cost, as insufficient cover could invalidate a claim under the policy. Medical and repatriation insurance cover is not mandatory for UK residents who are travelling on trips within the United Kingdom. Read more information about what travel insurance is required.

Flight information

Flight information.

You are able to book this tour on a 'land only' basis or as a ‘flight inclusive’ package. Your flight inclusive package will be fully protected by the Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) ATOL protection scheme.

Booking a flight inclusive package with Explore

We have a good selection of flights not only from London but from many regional airports around the UK allowing us to compare fares between scheduled carriers as well as low cost and charter airlines. Our dedicated flights team will match the best flight options to your arrival and departure airport.

On our website we display the price of the tour only. Please call us or select the flight option during the online checkout to receive a quote for a flight inclusive package. To avoid paying supplements or to secure your preferred flight option, we recommend booking as early as possible, especially for peak travel dates.

Vaccinations

Nothing compulsory, but we recommend protection against malaria, infectious hepatitis, typhoid, tetanus, polio and Japanese encephalitis. Consult your travel clinic for latest advice on different prophylaxis available against malaria. Although not compulsory, travellers may wish to take immunisation against meningococcal meningitis. Please check the latest requirements with your travel clinic or doctor prior to departure. The above is not an exhaustive list. Further information regarding vaccinations and travel health advice can be found by following the NHS and NaTHNaC links at Explore Travel Health and from your local healthcare provider. Visa and vaccination requirements are subject to change and should be confirmed by you before travelling.

Dates, prices and booking

You might also be interested in.

• Why Book This Trip?
• Gallery & Map
• Is This The Tour For You?
• More Details
• Dates & Prices

• [email protected]
• 977-1-4700386

• Availability

Everest Base Camp Trek

Home >Everest Base Camp Trek

based on 5+ reviews

Country Nepal

Duration 14 Days

Maximum altitude 5545m

Activity Trekking

Difficulty Moderate

Best Season September, October, November, December, February to April

Accomodation Included

Meals Included

Start/End Point Lukla/Lukla

Trek Overview

Everest base camp trek is a combination of the world’s highest mountain views and Buddhist culture in the captivating valley of Khumbu. The trek cost and itinerary are customized according to your holiday schedule and group size. The Mount Everest base camp trek route is one of the most popular destinations of the Himalayas which meets the highest mountain in the world. It is including Mount Everest (8848m) and the world heritage site Sagarmatha National Park as well. With a climb of Kala Pattar (5,545m /18187ft), you will observe the incredible panoramic view of mount Everest surrounded by adjoining mountains, it is the highlight of the Everest base camp trek.

The specialty of the Kala Patthar is to serve your closest view of Mt. Everest, as well as the highest spot of this adventure to experience. The Himalayan Smiles treks provide wonderful service and cost and guide you to amazing pictures of the high Khumbu valley. While the valley of inhabitant Sherpa tribe’s friendly people offers warm hospitality in the comfort of nice and cozy lodges on the route of the Everest Base Camp trek.

The Everest Base Camp trek of 14 days begins from Lukla (2,860m/9380ft) after 35 mins thrilling airstrip from Kathmandu. The airport at present is named after Everest’s legendary heroes Tenzing & Hillary the first to conquer Everest on May 29th, 1953 AD. After getting organized with the Himalayan Smile Treks, our porters will then carry your baggage full of responsibility. Sometimes laden on Jhopkyo(mix breed of Yak and normal cow) will carry them as Yak cannot survive below the 3,000m/9840ft. So the crossbred animals are used for carrying loads of trekkers and mountaineering expeditions.

Follow our expert local base camp guide who will show you the wonders of Everest.  The Everest base camp trek route leads towards the Khumbu high valley as the altitude picks up following the Dudh Kosi and Imja Tse rivers. Both river origin is the glaciers of Khumbu. The walk is pleasant although a touch of the high altitude above 4,500 m /14760ft. Thyangboche Monastery with its a famous old monastery steeped in over 500 years of history including awesome mountain scenery.

As the elevation gains trek leads toward the high Khumbu valley past the nice areas of Pangboche and Dingboche. Then reach a high mountainous area and glaciers as the walking approach at Everest base camp at 5364 m beneath the South face of Mt. Everest. Finally, the views of amazing Khumbu icefalls and glaciers will leave you delighted on the EBC trip

After a grand moment reaching the Everest base camp , the next adventure leads to the highest spot at Kala Pattar hilltop (5,545m/18187ft). The hill is a notable landmark located on the south ridge of Pumori in the Nepalese Himalayas. From Gorakshep, it takes you 2.5 hours to climb to the Kala Patthar. The marvelous and panoramic mountain view from Kala Pattar including Mount Everest (8848 m) and more :

• Mt Everest (8,848m/29, 028ft)
• Lhotse (8,516 m/24,940 ft)
• Nuptse (7,855m/25,772 ft)
• Makalu (8,463m/27758ft)
• Pumori (7,161m/23488ft)
• Tharmarsarku (6,623m/21723ft)
• Mt. Amadablam (6,812m/22349.08ft)
• And many more…

Finally, you will head back to the base camp in Lukla to conclude this fascinating Everest base camp trek with utmost, impressive service and with a reasonable cost of Himalayan Smile treks, wonderful cheerful guides, and porters. A scenic flight brings you back to Kathmandu after a memorable adventure trip to Mount Everest base camp.

Everest base camp trek – Difficulty

The Everest base camp trek is difficult because of the altitude. The trek starts from Lukla 2880 m which is 35 minute’s flight from Kathmandu. The high altitude sickness starts from Lukla and trails gradually up to the base camp(5364 m) and Kala patter(5555 m). However, aim for patients and longer periods of activity over speedy, high-intensive exercise the slow and balanced walk is giving your body more time to adjust to the altitude changes and sensible pacing to avoid exhausting yourself.

The Everest base camp trek has the spirit of a mountain journey and like walking, you are always qualified for any trekking in Nepal. You do not need any previous experience. However, we suggest you some physical fitness programs such as running, swimming, and hiking before you embark on the journey to the Everest base camp trek.

Day Excursion to Everest Base Camp

The Gorakshep is the last settlement before the Everest base camp. From here 3-hour high altitude walk but depending on each individual’s weather, acclimatization, and physical conditioning. The south Mt. Everest Base Camp is in Nepal at an altitude of 5,364 m (17,598 ft). The Everest Base Camp trek on the south side is one of the most popular trekking routes in the Himalayas and is visited by thousands of trekkers each year. Enjoy the view of the Khumbu glacier and the foot of the world’s highest mountain. Everest base camp is a flat field below Kala Patthar, 5,545 m (18,192 ft), and Mt. Pumori.

EBC AMS & Prevention

When you will go over 3000 m they may feel some effects of altitude sickness like shortness of breath and possibly light-headedness which is fairly common. Sometimes they may also get diarrhea as well as sprains and muscle aches. In such a case, our guide who is experienced in first aid treatment and high altitude sickness will advise you about any health requirements and also treat you. Altitude sickness is dangerous but it can be avoidable. If you follow a few simple rules you will not suffer from altitude sickness. Rules are to trek slowly with your guide, drink at least two liters of water per day (not including beer or soft drinks),

If you feel shortness of breath, a slight headache, or dizziness, tell your guide and rest immediately. Lie down, and drink water. If you are still feeling unwell you may consider going down a few hundred meters. Do not pretend you are okay and do not go down alone. For further information on altitude sickness.

Trek Highlights

An exciting mountain flight from Kathmandu / to Lukla.

Namche Bazaar, the gateway to Mt. Everest

Sherpa culture and lifestyle in Khumjung

Everest panoramic view from Syangboche.

Tengboche monastery

Climbing to Kala Patthar (5545m)

Great view of Mt, Everest, Mt Lhotse, and other mountains from Kala Patthar.

Touch the foot of the world's highest mountain Mt. Everest (8848 m).

Outline Itinerary

Arrival in kathmandu, arrival in kathmandu. transfer. overnight at hotel in kathmandu., fly to lukla. trek to phakding, fly 35 m to lukla. trek to phakding. 4 hours walking. overnight at mountain lodge., trek to namche bazaar, trek phakding to namche bazaar. 7 hours walking. overnight at mountain lodge., acclimatization day in namche bazaar., hike to syangboche ridge (3880m), visit everest view hotel for panoramic himalayan views., trek namche bazaar to tengboche, trek namche bazaar to tengboche. 7 hours walking. overnight at mountain lodge., trek tengboche to dingboche, trek tengboche to dingboche.8 hours walking. overnight at mountain lodge., trek dingboche to lobuche., trek dingboche to lobuche. 5 hours walking. overnight at mountain lodge., acclimatization day in dingboche., acclimatization. day excursion. overnight at mountain lodge., trek lobuche to gorakhashep - ebc., trek lobuche to gorakhashep. day hiket to the everest base camp. 10 hours walking. overnight at mountain lodge., everest view from kala pattar climb to kala pattar. trek to pheriche, climb kalapathar (5555m).trek to lobuche, then pheruche along dudh kosi river. 12km, 9 hours walk, trek pheruche to namche bazaar., trek pheriche to namche bazaar via tengboche.9 hours walking. overnight at mountain lodge., trek namche bazaar to lukla., trek namche bazaar to phakding via monjo. trek phakding to lukla, 13.5km, 8 hours walking. o/n mountain lodge., fly lukla to kathmandu., fly 35-minute lukla to kathmandu. transfer to hotel. overnight at kathmandu hotel., transfer to kathmandu international airport for final departure., price table, package price.

The trekkers should pay by themselves the expenses of their meals and accommodation in the tea house while they're trekking. But other services are the same which are included in the Gold price and are also included in the Silver price.

Price Includes

• Airport to hotel pick up and drop by private vehicle
• Two-night hotel in Kathmandu at three-star categories in BB plan
• One highly experienced mountain Guide and  Porter
• One dinner with a typical Nepali culture show in Kathmandu
• Accommodation food, drinks, salary, insurance, transportation of both trek guide and porter
• Down jacket, four seasonal sleeping bags, duffel bag, and trekking map (down jacket and sleeping bag are to be returned after trip completion)
• Group medical supplies (first aid kit)
• All necessary papers work and Sagarmatha National Park entry permit
• TIMS Card (Trekker’s Information Management System card)
• Khumbu Village community entry fees
• All additional government tax
• All ground transportation is by private vehicle.
• Kathmandu/ Lukla / Kathmandu airfare.(Ramechap - Lukla / Lukla-Ramechap)
• Trek Guide airfare.

Price Excludes

• Other ground transportation
• Nepal entry visa fee (USD 30 for 15 days/ USD 50 for 30 days from the date of issue) (You may easily get a Nepal visa upon your arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport, Kathmandu)
• Accommodation in Mountain Lodge run by local people during a trek
• All meals during trekking
• International airfare
• Travelers Insurance
• Cold and hot drinks (Alcohol  and cold drinks)
• Boiled water, Hot shower, Mineral water, Batteries charge, and hot drinks (in a pot)
• Lunch and dinner in Kathmandu
• Bar bills, telephone bills, and other personal expenses (shopping/ laundry)
• Tips to guide and porter
• All expenses due to unavoidable events e.g. Personal illness strike etc.
• Helicopter evacuation charge in case of emergency whilst trekking
• We don't include drinking water on the trek which you can buy at several places for between $1 and $3 a bottle (it gets more expensive towards base camp). A better solution is to buy water tablets in Kathmandu for around $2 and treat the water (your guide can help you find good places to fill your water bottle).
• The other things not included on the trek are like Wifi, charging batteries, and hot showers. Wifi is available in some tea houses for $3 to $5 an hour. Hot Showers are also available in a few for around $4 and charging costs about $1.50 an hour.
• Unforeseen costs due to flight cancellation, weather conditions, etc. You are responsible for extra hotel nights ($30/night) and meals in Kathmandu for any extra days in Nepal due to flight delays.
• Two-night hotel in Kathmandu at three-star categories in BB Plan.
• Meal on full board (breakfast, lunch, and dinner) a cup of tea/coffee in each meal during the trek
• One highly experienced mountain Guide and Porter
• Down jacket, four seasonal sleeping bags, duffel bag, and trekking map (down jacket and sleeping bag are to be returned after trip completion)
• Accommodation food, drinks, salary, insurance, transportation of both trek guide and Porter
• Khumbu Village community entry fee
• Kathmandu/ Lukla / Kathmandu airfare.(Ramechap-Lukla-Ramechap)
• Trek guide airfare.
• Cold  and hotel drinks
• Extra night accommodation in Kathmandu because of early arrival, late departure, or early return from the mountain(due to any reason) than the scheduled itinerary

Detailed Itinerary

Day 1: arrival in kathmandu.

After arrival at Kathmandu International airport, meet the Himalayan Smile treks airport officer and he will assist to transfer your hotel. After refreshment drinks at the hotel, we will do a short orientation of the overall trip. Meet your trekking guide and final preparation for trekking. O/n at a hotel in Kathmandu.

Transfer to Hotel

Preparation for trek

Kathmandu city tour

Day 2: fly to lukla. trek to phakding.

Early morning transfer to Kathmandu airport domestic terminal to catch a flight to Lukla (2810m), 35 minutes. After tea and coffee in Lukla, your trekking starts from Lukla. In the late afternoon, you will arrive in Phakding(2610 m). Three hours walking. Evening explores the village. O/n at a mountain lodge.

Fly to Lukla (2,860m/9,383 ft)

Trek to Thado Kosi (6,367m) and Lunch

Trek to Phakding (2,652m/8,700ft)

Day 3: trek to namche bazaar.

After breakfast, three hour walk to the Monzo at 2,835 m which is an entrance place of the Sagarmatha National Park. After crossing the suspension bridge at Dudh Kosi river at Jorsale( 2,740 m). Lunch. Trail gradually up through the forest to the Namche Bazaar (3440m). O/n at Mountain Lodge.

Trek to Jorsale(2,740m)

Jorsale To Namche Bazaar (3440 m/11,280 ft)

Day 4: acclimatization day in namche bazaar..

Acclimatization day in Namche Bazaar. Day hike to the Syangboche ridge at 3880m, ascend 2 hours to Everest view hotel and enjoy a 360-degree view of the Himalayas, including Mt. Everest(8848 m) with a beautiful landscape filled with evergreen fir trees, and shrubs. O/n at a mountain lodge.

Visit Syangboche (12,402 ft / 3,780 m)

Visit Khumjung village (3,790 m)

Explore around the Namche Bazaar

Day 5: trek namche bazaar to tengboche.

From Namche trail is contour to Kyangjuma(3600 m) with an excellent view of Mount Everest(8848 m), Amadublum, and Lhotse. The trail descends to the river Dudh Kosi, at Phungi Thanga (3250 m). Lunch. Trail accent through the pine forest to Tengboche ( 3,867 m). 9.2 km. 5 hours. O/n at a mountain lodge.

Trek to Phunki Tenga (3,250 m)

Phunki Tenga to Tengboche Monastery (3,870m/12694ft)

Explore Thyangboche Monastery

Day 6: trek tengboche to dingboche.

Trek through the rhododendron forest to Deboche and cross the river Imja Khola. The trail ascends with an incredible view of AmaDablam to the Pangboche village (3900 m). 1-hour walk to Shomare (4010m). Lunch. Trek to Dingboche (4410m). 9.1 km.6 hours. O/n at a mountain lodge.

Trek to Pangboche (3901 / 12799 ft)

Trek Pangboche to Dingboche (4,360 m/14,300 ft)

Day 7: trek dingboche to lobuche..

After a short accent, the ridge, nice and open Yak pasture land walking to the Thukla (4620m). Lunch. Trail ascent to the Thukla pass 4830m, a place for the memorial of those climbers who’ve died during climbing Mt. Everest. From here gradually accent to the Lobuche (4,940 m ).7 km. 6 hrs. O/n at a mountain lodge.

Dingboche to Duglha (4593 m / 15069 ft)

Duglha to Lobuche (4,940 m/16,207 ft)

Day 8: acclimatization day in dingboche..

Acclimatization in Dingboche( 4410m). From Dingboche hike 3 hours to the Nagarjuna Hill, which is at 5050 meters. To ascend the top of the hill is incredibly challenging but fun spectacular views of Ama Dablam (6812m), Makalu (8485m), and Cho Oyu (8201m). O/n at a mountain lodge

Day 9: Trek Lobuche to Gorakhashep - EBC.

From Lobuche, the trail gently slopes upwards to the moraine at Gorakshep (5,140 m), the last settlement before base camp and Kalapatthar. Lunch. Hike 3 hours towards the Khumbu Glacier reaching your ultimate goal to Mount Everest base camp(5,364 m) is complete. 8-hour walk. 12 km. O/n at a mountain lodge.

Lobuche to Gorak Shep (5,170 m/16,961ft))

Hike to the Everest Base Camp (5,364 m/17,594 ft)

Day 10: everest view from kala pattar climb to kala pattar. trek to pheriche.

Early morning 2 hours climb to the Kala Pattar (5,643 m) (Black Rock), a hill that provides the best viewing of Mount Everest (8,848 m) and the surrounding peaks. After breakfast trek to Lobuche.Trek to the Pheruche (4,200m) where the river Dudh Kosi is twisting through the valley.12 km. 9 hours walk. O/n at a mountain lodge.

Climb Kala Pattar (5,545m/18,192ft)

Trek to Pheriche (4,371 m /14,340 ft).

Day 11: trek pheruche to namche bazaar..

Today long distance walking from Pheriche to Namche Bazaar (3444 m). The trail gradually up and down to the Tengboche. Lunch. The trek route descends to Phungi Thanga (3250 m) ascends to the Kyanjuma(3600m), and contours to the Namche Bazaar. 14.3 km distance. 8-hour walk. O/n at a mountain lodge

Day 12: Trek Namche Bazaar to Lukla.

From Namche Bazaar the trail steeply descends to the Dudha Koshi river, crossing the suspension bridge to Jorsalle (2740m). From Jorslle 3 hour walk to the Phakding via Monjo. Lunch. The trek route continuously up and down to the Lukla at 2,860 m. 13.5 km distance. 8-hour walk.

Day 13: Fly Lukla to Kathmandu.

Early morning has breakfast at Lukla guest house. From the tea house, five minutes walk to the Tenzing–Hillary Airport(2860 m). Fly 35 minutes from Lukla to Katmandu (1,400m) domestic airport. Transfer to your hotel. shopping. Leisure. Evening meeting and dinner.

Shopping. Walk around the Thamel.

Day 14: departure..

After breakfast, walk around the Thamel. Last-minute shopping. Preparing for departure. Transfer to the Kathmandu International airport for final departure. From your hotel, we will suggest you that leave for three hours for the Kathmandu international departure.

Extend Your Trip

General Information

About the lukla flight.

For the Everest Region trek we will recommended that you allocate a few reserve days in case your flights are delayed/ cancel. You’ll be better off spending the remaining time discovering Kathmandu instead of missing your major flight home or trying to transfer tickets from nowhere. For your kind information, Kathmandu International Airport domestic airport is the interconnecting. Early morning major STOLE airlines are flying to Lukla and landing at Kathmandu domestic airport so the national and international flight schedule is affected. To minimize air traffic congestion the flight is moved to the Ramechap every year in the peak season (October to December). For your kind information, many international flights are scheduled for the morning because of the weather and landscape of Kathmandu Valley. The Ramechap airport is 5:00 hours’ drive from Kathmandu (131 km). Normally Lukla's flight starts in the morning so that from your hotel drive starts very early morning. Also, it depends on your flight schedule from Ramechap to Lukla.

Everest base camp trek Equipment

We suggest you bring the following equipment when you come to Nepal for trekking. The list can be adjusted according to your needs, the name of the trekking, and the time of your trekking. Please remember that during trekking your luggage will be carried out by a porter. One porter carries the luggage of two people. So if you are more than one, he will carry 12 to 15 kg of your stuff.

•  Hand sanitizing lotion
• Reading/writing material
• Camera & Binoculars
• Protein bars, chocolate, dried fruits, candies, and snack foods.
•  Travel documents: passport, visa, travel insurance, air tickets
•  Money: traveler’s cheques/cash/credit card
• Spare Boot Laces
•  Sleeping Bag
• Lightweight Towel
• Day pack to carry your personal needs during the day
• Torch/flashlight - headlamp style is ideal
• Sunscreen and lip balm
• Refillable water bottle - Min 1 Litre
• Gloves - wool or fleece
•  Scarf
•  Sewing Kit
• Wind and waterproof Jacket and pants
• Umbrella especially in summer (May to September)
• Comfortable trekking shoes
• Running shoes or sandals for the evening
• Wool jumper/sweater/fleece. Lightweight
• Down jacket
• Fleece Jacket
• T-Shirts 2 or 3 - Long Sleeved
• Pants - lightweight long trousers (jeans are unsuitable)
• Socks: thick wool blend and thin cotton to be worn in combination - ensure boots fit
• Extra warm clothing/ thermals
• Medicine (Prescription drugs if you are taking daily, lip salve, aspirin, band-aids, anti-histamine, Imodium, or similar tablets for mild cases of diarrhea)

Internet in Everest base camp trek

For your kind information, we recommend you buy an NCELL SIM card this company has up 3G base station of broadband mobile communications at an altitude of 5,200 m in the Everest Region. Also, it is possible to make video calls and browse the internet on mobile phones, a Nepalese telecommunication company called Ncell. If you're using your device (computer)you can buy an NCELL USB + SIM card for around Rs. 2400. In Namche has several Internet cafes. The wifi cost is approximately 500 rupees. In the Everest region, a newly launched internet Provider Company is Everest Link. This company provides well internet connection in every village. You can buy data in the tea house, the data costs 200 MB, 500 rupees, and 100 MB costs 300 rupees.

Everest base camp trek Temperature

In the afternoon quite moderate in the spring season. The temperature is above the 4000 m approximately 15°C to 20 °C in good weather. The room temperature evening and morning is approximately 5°C. In Gorakhashep morning and evening approximately 0°C to 5 °C in good weather. For your information above 4000 m the weather is frequently changeable and at any time can fall snow in mountains. In Everest base camp the temperature is approximately -5°C to 15 °C but it depends on whether. The Himalayan weather is unpredictable, it is every year changing.

Best Weather for Everest base camp Trek

Autumn being the best season for trekking, offers excellent weather and tantalizing mountain views January and February are noted for cold weather with occasional snowfall at higher elevations. Again, excellent views are common. These months are popular and ideal for trekking for those who are well-equipped or who remain at lower elevations below 3000 meters. Late February brings spring to Nepal and offers exhilarating trekking for those who are interested in flowers, birds, and natural grandeur. Different varieties of wildflowers, especially the rhododendrons make the hillside above 8000 ft haunting paradise during this season. April and May are the expedition season and the best time for climbing the high peaks. It is mildly warm at lower elevations but occasional haze mars beautiful view of mountains. At higher elevations over 4000 meters, the mountain views are excellent and the temperature is quite moderate even at night. Autumn (mid-September to end-November) Autumn is the most popular time to trek. During this time, the weather is clear with mild to warm days and cold nights. However, in higher altitudes, the nights drop into freezing temperatures. In this season, the mountain views are clear.

Highlights of the Everest Base camp Trek

Lukla Flights :

The Everest short trek is the most challenging part is to fly to Lukla airport(2880m). You will thrillingly enjoy the scenic mountain flight to Lukla. The Lukla airport is surrounded by high mountains. To fly Lukla it depends on weather can alternate radically from clear sunshine to a damp fog with drizzle within 15 minutes. This is why Lukla is considered to be one of the world’s most dangerous airports. Weather conditions particularly fluctuate at the start of the autumn tourism season after the monsoon period (end of September – the start of October) when the mountains are shrouded by frequent and rapidly changing fogs.

Namche bazaar :

Namche Bazaar is traditionally the village was a trading post, with locals bartering yak cheese and butter for agricultural goods grown at lower altitudes. The village's popularity with trekkers and geographical restraints has contained its growth, and it remains a small settlement with no more than 60 dwellings. In addition to an abundance of hotels, the village also boasts three small museums, a stupa, a monastery, several cafes (locally known as bakeries), and many well-stocked stores. Here you can get many facilities such as a bank, internet, Bakery, and shopping.

Syangboche:

After breakfast and a half hour of steep walking to Syangboche(3880m). From Syangboche you can see Mt. Everest(8848m), Lhotse(8516m), Ama Dablam(6814m), Thamserku (6618m), and more mountains. After lunch in Khumjung village(3780m) hike back to the Namche Bazaar The Syangboche Hill 3880 m is situated within the Sagarmatha (Everest) National Park in Nepal, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, the hotel offers a 360-degree view of the awe-inspiring peaks. With a view of Mt. Everest(8848m), the visitors can immerse in this thrilling scene. You will visit Everest View Hotel Opened in 1971, which has been listed on the Guinness Book of World Records (2004) as the Highest Placed Hotel in the world at 13000ft. Featured in numerous guidebooks and having received media coverage, the resort has become a destination in its own right. Also if you are interested in spending overnight at the Everest View Hotel extra cost is USD 200.00 Per Person. It is a perfect place from which to explore the nearby villages and enjoy the beautiful landscape filled with evergreen fir trees, shrubs, and rhododendron forests.

Gorak Shep at 5,164 m (16,942 ft):

The Gorakshep is a small last settlement for the Everest base camp trek that sits at its edge at 5,164 m (16,942 ft) elevation, near Mount Everest base camp. From Gorakshep ascent of Kala Patthar, which looks like a giant dune looming over the lakebed. From here many trekkers, summiting Kala Patthar, with its 5,550 meters (18,209 ft), also day hike to the Mount Everest base camp.

Day Excursion to Everest Base Camp 5,364 m (17,598 ft).

The Gorakshep is the last settlement before the Everest base camp. From here 3 3-hour high altitude walks depending on the weather, acclimatization, and physical conditioning of each individual. The south Mt. Everest Base Camp is in Nepal at an altitude of 5,364 m (17,598 ft). The Everest Base Camp trek on the south side is one of the most popular trekking routes in the Himalayas and is visited by thousands of trekkers each year. Enjoy the view of the Khumbu glacier and the foot of the world's highest mountain. Everest base camp is a flat field below Kala Patthar, 5,545 m (18,192 ft) and Mt. Pumori.

Kala Patthar 5,643 m (18,514 ft)

From Gorakshep a 2.5-hour climb to the Kala Patthar. It is the meaning of 'black rock' in Nepali. It is a notable landmark located on the south ridge of Pumori in the Nepalese Himalayas, to ascent of Kala Patthar is very popular with trekkers in the region of Mount Everest, since it provides the most accessible point to view Mt. Everest which is cannot view from Everest base camp including Nuptse Nup II and Changtse are spectacular from Kala Patthar and there are glimpses of the northern flank and summit of Lhotse. The trail then becomes steep once again until it reaches the wind-swept summit ridge. From there, a five- to ten-minute scramble over boulders takes one to the top, which is marked with prayer flags.

Sleeping at Everest Base Camp

Yes, you can sleep in the Everest base camp. The Himalayan Smile Treks organized a unique and lifetime experience trip to Everest base camp. You can spend one overnight in a tent in the world's highest mountain base camp at 5364 meters. The 14-day Everest base camp trek you will day hike to the Everest base camp but if you’re fascinated to spend one overnight at Everest base camp, you have to add 2 more extra days for trekking. Also, prepare for extra cost. Everest Base Camp is the starting point for scaling Mt. Everest. It is where mountaineers set up their camps before daring to ascend this highest peak in the world. But the Everest Base Camp is no longer only for mountaineers. You'll trek through some of the most beautiful scenery in the world, learn about the local culture, and have the chance to meet other travelers from all over the globe. After a productive journey, you will then spend a memorable night under the canopy of stars at Everest Base Camp.

Accommodation during trekking

Meals during trekking, can i have vegetarian meals on a mountain (camping/tea house trekking), am i fit for trekking should i do a prior preparation trek, everest base camp trek weather & climate., trekking team (guide, porter)., can hire / buy trekking gear in kathmandu, what physical fitness and experience is required, re-charging batteries of electronic items on the trek, wi – fi and phone communication in everest base camp trek, what type of adapter might i need, what are the toilet facilities in the tea house/guesthouse, where can i use the restroom along the trail, do i need to bring toilet paper for the trek, is it possible to shower on the trek, what sort of footwear is recommended, what happens if the flight from lukla or kathmandu is delayed, can i get a refund if i don't finish the trek, what happens if i get sick or injured while trekking, what happens if i have symptoms of altitude sickness on the trek, if i am sick can i continue the trek next day after a day of rest.

"Embark on an epic journey through the Himalayas with our EBC trek video. Witness stunning landscapes, towering peaks, and vibrant cultures along the way. Join us as we trek to Everest Base Camp, immersing ourselves in the awe-inspiring beauty and adventure of this iconic trail. Dare to dream. Dare to explore."

Trip Enquiry

Our friendly team would love to hear from you.

Best Price Offer

US$ 1150 Person

Speak to an expert.

Plan your trip with local expertise 17 + years of experience most authentic way to see the Nepal with Himalayan Smile. .

More Categories

EVEREST TREKKING

ANNAPURNA TREKKING

LANGTANG TREKKING

Average reviews write a review.

From 5 reviews

Cleanliness

Value for money, traveler review.

Amazing Experience !!! I am glad to have chosen NHT for the EBC and Kala Patthar trek. The owners Ganga and Balaram took special care to ensure that the trek went smoothly. They also went out of the way to seek feedback on the different aspects of the trip and this was a pleasant difference to other agencies, who basically hand you over to the guide and your fate once the payment is made. Requests for changes in schedules were taken care of seamlessly and I was pleasantly surprised that our Guide even received a call at Kala Pathar, to check whether all was well! Our guide was Chandra. He choose to take a different route during the ascent - Namche- Kumjung-Phortse- Pheriche-Thugla-Lobuche - Gorakshep. This route was picturesque and provided excellent views of Ama Dablam throughout the walk. Ofcourse, slow ascent and acclimatization is the key to an enjoyable trip. We did not have any issues with altitude and were quite disciplined when it came to drinking water and taking our Diamox doses. Accommodations in most places except Gorakshep was comfortable considering the resource challenges at this altitudes. We choose to trek the Kala Patthar on the day we reached Gorakshep starting at about 9.00 am and were rewarded with superb views and clear skies. The summit was also less crowded. Overall a great trek facilitated by

Best choice for my EBC trek ! I did the EBC trek with Nepal Hiking Team a month ago and choosing them was the best choice my cousin and I could have made. We prioritized a local agency, chose them by the good reviews and have only compliments to give. They were extremely responsive with all our questions, flexible and agile on the planning and overall, an amazing value for money with a great level of service that really surprised me. Our guide during the hike was Kul and I can’t thank enough for being so lucky to have such a pleasant, knowledgeable, encouraging and attentive company. He’s really awesome! We were on a group of 4, which also felt perfect, not too big and not too small. Really thankful for Kul and all the Himalayan Smile Treks and members who made this one of the best experiences in my life. Will be back soon, definitely with them!

Everest base camp Nepal We had trek with Himalayan Smile treks on 2016 March with guide Pramod and porter Lakpa they are very flexible to our demands and requests. The Everest base camp trek we had onetime flight to Lukla. In Namche bazaar we have two days for acclimatization and we had climb to Everest view hotel, it was excellent view of Mount Everest, Amadublum and Thamserku. It is worth to hike to Khumjung village also, I will recommend you. The Himalayan Smile Treks staff are extremely responsive with all our questions, flexible and agile on the planning and overall, an amazing value for money with a great level of service that really surprised me. Book with Himalayan Smile Treks and life time experience!!!

Everest base camp !!! Trekked with Nepal hiking team to Everest base camp in early march with my father. We had an excellent time. organizing the trip was easy with emails always replied to on the same or next business day. Our trek guide Santosh was very easy to get along with, very professional and made the trek so much better. Accommodation and permits were all handle quickly and easily during the trek with our bags being in the room ready for our arrival. Hotels and guides in Kathmandu were excellent as well.

Kathmandu Everest base camp Trek As friend reference of we are interest to do Everest base camp trek. We had contact to Himalayan Smile Treks. Also we request customized trek itinerary. We have extra days before trek start. The Himalayan Smile treks staff replay quick with details itinerary. The trek itinerary including Kathmandu valley sightseeing. It is fantastic city day tour with experience guide Surmesh. Our trek start thrilling short flight to Lukla. Our guide Pramod introduced port Kami R. Sherpa in Lukla. They're extremely friendly and unconditional professionals at what they do. The porter from Lukla so that it is help the economy as well. If your dream to reach world highest mountain base camp, inquiry with Himalayan Smile treks your dream will definitely fulfil. We are very happy to recommend Himalayan Smile Treks and guide.

Chan Chun Sing

Cheang hong lim.

• Cleanliness 5 stars 4 stars 3 stars 2 stars 1 star
• Service 5 stars 4 stars 3 stars 2 stars 1 star
• Facilities 5 stars 4 stars 3 stars 2 stars 1 star
• Location 5 stars 4 stars 3 stars 2 stars 1 star
• Value for Money 5 stars 4 stars 3 stars 2 stars 1 star

You Might Also Like

Gokyo Lakes Trek

Cho La Pass Trek

Three Passes Trek

Everest Panorama Trekking

Gokyo Renjo la Pass Trek

Jiri Everest base camp trek

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Short Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek by road

Khumbu Valley Trekking

Everest Mini Trek

Everest Kongde Trek

Mani Rimdu Festival

Everest Helicopter Trekking

Renjo-La Pass Gokyo Lake Cho-La Pass Everest BC trek

Pikey Peak Everest Cultural Trek

Everest Base Camp Fixed Departure Group Join Trek

Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour

10 Day Trek Nepal

Hike to Everest base camp

Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek

Panch Pokhari Mera Trek

Nagarkot Sunrise Tour

Solo Annapurna Circuit Trek

Why himalayan trek, responsible trek organizer.

We are completely follow the code of conduct of responsible tourism. Responsible Tourism is a conservation practices based on a sustainable theme.

Our social responsibility

HST committed to helping deprived people living in remote areas of the Himalayas. HST is strongly engaged in ecological management and environmental protection of the Himalayas.

Excellent service

We are committed to providing you with a truly memorable experience.

The best price with best value

You will find Best value for money, the most valuable balance of price, with quality service and sustainability to meet customer requirements.

Minimum booking deposit

Book the trip, Pay after your arrival.

Stress free, safe and relaxing trip

Book with us our local expert team will make your trip stress free, safe journey and a relaxing holiday

About Company

Company Promises

• Responsible Trek Organizer
• Become A Green Traveller
• Our Social Activities

Useful Links

• Sustainable Tourism
• Director's Profile
• Terms & Condition
• Company Privacy Policy
• Booking & Payment Condition
• Payment Form
• Flight Booking
• Hotel Booking
• Car Van Rental in Nepal
• Kathmandu, Nepal

Everest Base Camp and Three Pass Trek (17 Days)

The Everest Base Camp and Three Pass Trek offers adventurous trekkers an unparalleled opportunity to conquer three iconic mountain passes – Kongma La , Cho La , and Renjo La – in the breathtaking Himalayas. This 17-day journey begins with a flight from Kathmandu to Lukla, immersing participants in the vibrant Sherpa culture and stunning vistas of Mount Everest. Led by expert guides and equipped with necessary permits, this trek promises an unforgettable experience as trekkers push their limits and bask in the awe-inspiring views from Everest Base Camp and Kala Patthar. But the true challenge lies in traversing the three formidable passes, each presenting its own set of unique obstacles and rewards.

• This 17-day trekking adventure offers the opportunity to conquer three high mountain passes in the Himalayas and reach the iconic Everest Base Camp.
• The trek includes stunning views of Mount Everest and surrounding peaks, as well as culture in Sherpa villages and ancient monasteries.
• The trek is suitable for experienced trekkers, with physical and mental fitness required to navigate the challenging glaciers, rocky terrain, and high altitudes.
• The package includes round-trip flights from Kathmandu to Lukla, experienced local guides and porters, necessary permits, and emergency evacuation services.
• Participants are responsible for their personal trekking equipment, food, and beverages during the trek, as well as international flights and travel insurance.

Trek Overview and Highlights

The Everest Base Camp Trek is an exhilarating 17-day adventure that takes trekkers on a journey through the awe-inspiring Himalayan landscapes .

Priced from £1,465.31 per person, this trek offers the opportunity to conquer three high mountain passes – Kongma La, Cho La, and Renjo La – while enjoying breathtaking views of Mount Everest and its neighboring peaks.

Trekkers will stand at the iconic Everest Base Camp, surrounded by the Khumbu Icefall, and witness stunning sunrises from Kala Patthar and Gokyo Ri.

With an experienced local guide and porters, trekkers can forge lifelong memories and friendships in the heart of the Himalayas.

Trekking Experience and Itinerary

Beginning with a flight from Kathmandu, the Everest Base Camp Trek takes trekkers on an exhilarating journey through the lush forests, suspension bridges, and Sherpa villages of the Khumbu region.

After acclimatizing in Namche Bazaar and Dingboche, trekkers explore the rich Sherpa culture and enjoy panoramic views . They’ll cross ancient monasteries, prayer wheels, and mani walls before reaching the iconic Everest Base Camp.

The trek then culminates in the conquest of the Three Passes – Kongma La, Cho La, and Renjo La – traversing icy glaciers and rugged terrain.

Trekkers can expect to forge lifelong memories and friendships in the majestic Himalayas.

Inclusions and Services

The Everest Base Camp Trek package includes the round-trip flight from Kathmandu to Lukla, where the trek begins.

Participants will have the services of an experienced local guide and porters to assist with the journey. All necessary permits and entry fees are covered, and accommodation is provided in teahouses or lodges along the way.

Airport transfers in Kathmandu, a comprehensive pre-trek briefing, and gear assistance are also included.

For safety, the trek offers an emergency evacuation service and a first-aid kit.

Trekkers will also receive a trekking map and a duffel bag to use during the expedition.

Exclusions and Personal Requirements

Several key items are excluded from the Everest Base Camp Trek package. Participants must arrange and pay for their own international flights to and from Kathmandu, as well as travel insurance covering medical and evacuation expenses. They’re also responsible for acquiring their personal trekking equipment like boots, clothing, and sleeping bags. Food and beverages during the trek, any additional permits for side trips, and costs from unforeseen circumstances like flight delays or weather are also excluded. A breakdown of these exclusions and personal requirements is provided in the table below.

Important Information and Restrictions

What’re some important information and restrictions to be aware of for the Everest Base Camp Trek?

Firstly, participants must note that free cancellation is available up to 24 hours in advance for a full refund.

However, the trek isn’t suitable for pregnant women or those susceptible to altitude sickness .

Plus, drones aren’t permitted on the trek.

Hikers can reserve their spot now and pay later, though availability should be checked for desired dates.

Preparing for the Trek

Preparing for the trek to Everest Base Camp requires careful planning and consideration.

It’s essential to ensure you’re physically and mentally fit for the challenge ahead. Trekkers should invest in high-quality trekking gear , including proper footwear, layered clothing, and a good backpack.

Proper training, such as regular cardio and strength exercises, can help build endurance and stamina. Acclimatization to the high altitude is crucial, so trekkers should take rest days and follow the recommended itinerary.

Plus, obtaining the necessary permits and travel insurance is vital for a safe and successful journey.

Traversing the Three Passes

Trekking across the three renowned passes – Kongma La, Cho La, and Renjo La – is the highlight of the Everest Base Camp journey.

Crossing these high mountain passes, ranging from 5,486m to 5,420m, is a challenging yet rewarding experience . Trekkers will traverse icy glaciers, rocky terrain, and rugged landscapes, offering breathtaking views of Everest and neighboring peaks.

The ascents and descents along these passes test one’s endurance and mental fortitude. However, the sense of accomplishment upon reaching each pass is unparalleled.

Navigating the Three Passes is a true test of a trekker’s skills and determination, making it a cherished milestone in the Everest Base Camp adventure.

Exploring Sherpa Culture

As trekkers conquer the daunting Three Passes , they’re immersed in the rich cultural tapestry of the Sherpas – a resilient and hospitable mountain people.

Along the trek, they’ll encounter ancient monasteries , prayer wheels, and mani walls, all integral to the Sherpa way of life.

Visitors are welcomed into Sherpa villages, where they can experience the community’s strong traditions, from hearty cuisine to vibrant festivals.

The trek also provides opportunities to learn about the Sherpas’ deep reverence for the mountains and their role as skilled mountaineers, guides, and porters.

This cultural exchange enriches the trekking experience, fostering lifelong connections and a deeper appreciation for the Himalayan region.

Frequently Asked Questions

What Is the Best Time of Year to Undertake This Trek?

The best time to undertake this trek is typically during the dry seasons of spring (March-May) and autumn (September-November) when the weather is mild, skies are clear, and the trails are less crowded.

How Many Hours of Hiking per Day Are Typically Required?

Typically, hikers can expect to trek 4-8 hours per day during the Everest Base Camp and Three Pass trek. The daily hiking time can vary depending on the terrain, individual fitness levels, and acclimatization needs.

Are There Any Special Dietary Requirements for This Trek?

There are no special dietary requirements for this trek. Trekkers can enjoy a variety of local Nepali and international cuisines at the teahouses along the route, accommodating various dietary preferences and restrictions.

Can I Hire Additional Porters if I Have Difficulty Carrying My Bag?

Yes, you can hire additional porters if you have difficulty carrying your bag. The trekking company offers porter services to assist you throughout the trek, ensuring a comfortable and stress-free experience.

What Is the Level of Difficulty for This Everest Base Camp Trek?

The Everest Base Camp trek is considered a challenging trek that requires a moderate to high level of physical fitness. The trek involves crossing three high mountain passes and trekking at high altitudes, making it suitable for experienced trekkers.

The Everest Base Camp and Three Pass Trek offers an unparalleled adventure through the Himalayas. Trekkers will conquer iconic mountain passes, witness the grandeur of Mount Everest, and enjoy Sherpa culture . With expert guides and necessary permits included, this 17-day trek promises an unforgettable experience, culminating in the awe-inspiring vistas from Everest Base Camp and Kala Patthar.

Similar Posts

Day Trip to the Ancient City of Polonnaruwa From Negombo

3 Day Etosha Budget Camping Safari

Bali: Mount Batur Quad Bike Tour and Natural Hot Springs

Private Transfer:Athens Center-Rafina Port With Mini Van

Whistler Heli Picnic Experience

Paros Wine Tour and Tasting

Everest Base Camp Trek

Made it — Base Camp Everest

Feature image is of a simple stone inscribed with the words; “Everest Base Camp 2019”.  Shockingly, there is not grand sign set up at Base Camp explaining anything.  The reason is because the camp sits on a glacier and each year, the location shifts so a permanent sign would move over time.  Anyway, no matter, […]

Made it — Base Camp Everest Read More »

Practice Day at 15,300 feet

Feature Image is one of the literally dozens of massively hight mountain peaks — largest in the world.  Prickass is constantly pointing out mountains and their heights — but it goes over my head — the names are so confusing.  Take the largest mountain in North America, Denali in Alaska and that is the ante

Practice Day at 15,300 feet Read More »

Beast of Burden

Feature Image is of some donkeys carrying up gas cylinders of kerosene — super heavy stuff.  Just one of the different means to transport goods up into the mountain world of the Himalayas.  The others?  Mostly Yak and Human beast of burden. Today we are ending our day in Pangbuche, a town of 106 families

Beast of Burden Read More »

Definitely Going Up

Feature image is of a very large Buddhist Monk Monastery, really in the middle of nowhere, really.  For miles, nothing around that could distract any Monks or the like.  Nestled comfortably in the middle of the Himalayas. I really was not going to write about todays hike because it was really short but it did

Definitely Going Up Read More »

Acclimatizing Days

Feature Image today is a take on our beloved (before the Kaepernick bullshit) Nike brand here in Nepal.  We call it “Fashion” shoes which just happen to have a similar swoosh.  Of course you can find everywhere “The North Fake” brand (also known in the west as The North Face) and others.  No brand police

Acclimatizing Days Read More »

It’s In Your Mind

Feature Image is of a real cool boulder that you will find all over Nepal during the treks which has some kind of script hand carved and then painted in black and white — generally surrounded by tablets of scripture hand carved as well — I just love it.  You should always go around the

It’s In Your Mind Read More »

Put Up the Heat Please

Feature image is of  view outside my window in our 16 seater prop airplane from Kathmandu to Lukla, Nepal — traveling through the Himalayas — often the altitude of the plane is only a few hundred feet higher than the mountains surrounding our path.  Bumpy but fun ride — somehow I know that the pilot

Put Up the Heat Please Read More »

Kathmandu — We Are Here

Feature image is of the entrance to the buddhist Monkey Temple in Kathmandu, Nepal.  Its our first real look at the colorful flags that we expect to see everywhere in Nepal. It’s been real hard to get to my journal.   The last few days have been packed with either touring Dubai for a second

Kathmandu — We Are Here Read More »

It Just Doesn’t Make Sense

The feature image is from a toy store in The Dubai Mall, UAE.   Let me assure you, although I never really got into some serious intelligence on Dubai before coming. As I said, its against my best judgement for almost any trip I’ve ever taken — I just like to wing it. But that’s

It Just Doesn’t Make Sense Read More »

O guia definitivo para o Everest Base Camp Trek

Olá pessoal, no artigo de hoje vamos falar sobre o Everest Base Camp Trek para ajudar todos aqueles que tem o sonho de subir o Monte Everest aproveitando de uma trilha para lá de especial.

Em parceria com a Nepal High Trek, vamos trazer informações sobre como é a aventura para subir o Monte Everest, o que é necessário tomar de cuidados, lugares onde ficar acampado e uma sugestão de roteiro. Vamos lá!

Conteúdo desse artigo:

Visão geral do Everest Base Camp Trek

O trekking até o Acampamento Base do Everest, também muito procurado em inglês como Everest Base Camp Trek , combina o conforto de caminhos bem conservados com a beleza bruta do Himalaia, para chegar até o Everest Base Camp (EBC), na Ásia .  

A região do Everest, localizada no sopé do poderoso Himalaia, é reconhecida por sua bela paisagem e pelas pessoas acolhedoras da etnia Sherpa. Esta aventura não só leva você até a base do pico mais alto do mundo, mas também mergulha você na rica cultura e tradições do Nepal.

A subida pode ser feita tanto pelo lado sul no Nepal, assim como pelo Tibete, uma região autônoma da China , sendo que o mais comum é pelo Nepal, que é o que vamos explorar aqui no artigo.

O trekking de 14 dias até o Acampamento Base do Everest leva você a uma altitude de aproximadamente 5.364 metros e proporciona vistas panorâmicas de inúmeros picos com mais de 8.000 metros de altura.

Você pode testemunhar lá de cima, por exemplo, o imponente mar de Pumori, Lhotse, Nuptse, Lobuche e outros cumes, além do famoso Monte Everest em si.

Destaques do EBC Trek:

• Embarque em um trekking até a base do poderoso Monte Everest – Acampamento Base do Everest.
• Vistas aéreas cativantes dos Himalaias a caminho de Lukla.
• Experimente a natureza selvagem do Parque Nacional Sagarmatha.
• Descubra Namche Bazaar, o portal e coração cultural da região do Everest.
• Mergulhe na cultura viva e nas tradições da comunidade Sherpa.
• Visite o monastério mais antigo da região do Everest, o Mosteiro Tengboche.
• Tenha uma visão do glaciar de Khumbu e da cascata de gelo de Khumbu.
• Trekking pitoresco até Kala Patthar (5.555 m) e Pico Nangkartshang (5.083 m).

Guia definitivo para o Everest Base Camp Trek

Qual é o nível de dificuldade do EBC Trek?

O trekking até o Acampamento Base do Everest é difícil, pois está em uma altitude elevada. A altura do EBC é de 18.200 pés (aproximadamente 5.545 metros).

Embora o caminho seja confortável, devido à altitude elevada é necessário preparo. Não é incomum receber iniciantes, mas os requisitos de aptidão física e preparo são essenciais.

A preparação geralmente inclui condicionamento físico, aclimatação à altitude e equipamento de trekking adequado.

O trekking é uma atividade recreativa que permite aos participantes experimentarem a cultura local, a natureza e vistas espetaculares dos Himalaias sem entrar no nível técnico e arriscado da escalada.

Quando fazer a jornada até o Everest Base Camp?

Outubro e novembro oferecem o melhor clima e os céus mais claros, mas esses também são os meses mais populares.

A temporada mais famosa é de abril ao início de maio, quando as flores da primavera e as atividades de expedição trazem um interesse adicional ao caminho.

Para evitar as multidões e ainda assim apreciar os céus claros, venha em dezembro ou março com uma pitada extra de calor.

>> Leia também: 24 dos melhores lugares para escalada no Brasil

QUER SE MANTER CONECTADO A VIAGEM TODA?

Conheça os chips internacionais eSIM da Truely!

Fazer cotação gratuita!

Linda vista para o Monte Everest no Nepal

Como é a aventura até o Everest Base Camp Trail

O início de tudo em lukla.

A aventura de aproximadamente 2 semanas começa com um voo emocionante até Lukla. Lukla é uma pequena cidade no distrito de Solukhumbu, na região de Khumbu, no nordeste do Nepal.

Ela serve como o principal ponto de partida para trekkers e montanhistas que desejam explorar o Parque Nacional de Sagarmatha e, mais notavelmente, chegar ao Acampamento Base do Everest.

Lukla é conhecida principalmente por seu aeroporto, que é considerado um dos mais perigosos do mundo por sua curta pista de pouso e decolagem de apenas 527 metros de comprimento, situada em um penhasco com um declive acentuado.

De um lado da pista está uma montanha íngreme, enquanto do outro lado há um precipício que desce centenas de metros.

Primeira parada na Vila Phakding

A partir de Lukla, a jornada começa na pacata vila de Phakding, onde passamos a noite. Phakding é uma pequena vila localizada no distrito de Solukhumbu, na região de Khumbu, no Nepal.

Ela é uma das primeiras paradas no caminho para o Acampamento Base do Everest, depois que os trekkers saem de Lukla.

Situada a uma altitude de aproximadamente 2.610 metros (8.563 pés), Phakding é um ponto importante para os trekkers se aclimatarem gradualmente enquanto iniciam sua jornada pela trilha do Everest.

Portal do Everest em Namche

No dia seguinte, seguimos para o portal do Everest em Namche Bazaar, onde tudo acontece. É a maior e mais importante vila na região de Khumbu, no Nepal.

Localizada a uma altitude de aproximadamente 3.440 metros (11.286 pés), Namche Bazaar é o principal centro de comércio e um ponto de parada essencial para trekkers que estão a caminho do Acampamento Base do Everest e outras trilhas nos Himalaias.

O mosteiro de Tengboche

Tengboche é uma pequena vila e um importante ponto de parada na trilha para o Acampamento Base do Everest, localizada na região de Khumbu, no nordeste do Nepal.

A vila está situada a uma altitude de aproximadamente 3.860 metros (12.664 pés) e é especialmente conhecida pelo famoso Mosteiro de Tengboche , o maior mosteiro budista da região do Everest.

Tengboche é um lugar de grande importância espiritual e cultural, além de ser um destino popular para trekkers e alpinistas.

Aclimatação em Dingboche

Dingboche é uma vila pitoresca situada no distrito de Solukhumbu, na região de Khumbu, no Nepal.

Localizada a uma altitude de aproximadamente 4.410 metros (14.468 pés), Dingboche é um ponto de parada crucial para trekkers e alpinistas que estão a caminho do Acampamento Base do Everest e outras trilhas de alta altitude nos Himalaias.

É conhecida como uma vila de aclimatação, onde os trekkers frequentemente passam alguns dias para se ajustar à altitude antes de seguir para destinos mais altos.

Vistas espetaculares em Lobuche

Lobuche é uma pequena vila situada na região de Khumbu, no Nepal, e é uma das últimas paradas para os trekkers que estão a caminho do Acampamento Base do Everest.

Localizada a uma altitude de aproximadamente 4.940 metros (16.210 pés), Lobuche serve como um ponto importante de descanso e aclimatação antes de enfrentar a jornada para Gorak Shep e, eventualmente, o Acampamento Base do Everest.

A vila é conhecida por suas vistas espetaculares dos picos do Himalaia e pelas suas condições desafiadoras de alta altitude.

Última parada em Gorak Shep

Gorak Shep é uma pequena vila situada na região de Khumbu, no nordeste do Nepal, e é a última parada habitada para os trekkers que estão a caminho do Acampamento Base do Everest (EBC).

Localizada a uma altitude de aproximadamente 5.164 metros (16.942 pés), Gorak Shep é o assentamento mais alto da trilha do Everest.

Ele serve como ponto de partida para dois dos pontos mais icônicos da jornada: o Acampamento Base do Everest e o Kala Patthar, um famoso ponto de observação de onde se tem uma vista espetacular do Monte Everest.

Lembrando que a subida até Kalapathar, a 5.545 m é um desafio enorme.

A chegada até o Everest Base Camp

O grande destaque do trekking é chegar ao Acampamento Base. A altura do Acampamento Base do Everest é de 5.364 m (17.598,43 pés) e é cercada por vários dos picos mais altos com o glaciar Khumbu.

Este é o ponto mais alto que atingimos em nossa aventura de trekking, lugar onde recebemos recompensas incríveis, numa conexão única. É o momento de registrar tudo com muitos vídeos, fotos e contar ao mundo que você conseguiu subir o Everest!

Para quem é ainda mais aventureiro pode escalar o Everest. Tanto que se sua viagem for na primavera, você provavelmente verá expedições se preparando para a grande escalada ao cume do Everest.

Importante falar que a escalada é altamente técnica e perigosa, requer habilidades avançadas de montanhismo, experiência e preparação extensiva, além de uso de equipamentos especializados (como cordas, crampons, piolets, e cilindros de oxigênio).

>> Leia também: 12 dos melhores lugares para trekking no Brasil

Vista para o Monte Everest com bandeiras de oração budistas no Acampamento Base

Acomodação para o Everest Base Camp Trek

O trekking para o Everest Base Camp (EBC) é uma das caminhadas de alta altitude mais desafiadoras do mundo e é importante ter boas acomodações para se recuperar a cada avanço na jornada.

Aqui está um diagrama do assentamento e aclimatação realizados durante a caminhada:

De Lukla a Namche Bazaar:

• Lukla (2860 m): Seu trekking normalmente começa em Lukla. Aqui você encontrará uma variedade de hospedarias e casas de chá que oferecem quartos básicos com banheiros compartilhados.
• Phakding (2610 m): Algumas horas de Lukla, Phakding tem algumas casas de chá onde você pode ficar. Os quartos são simples e a maioria oferece chuveiros quentes por um custo adicional.
• Namche Bazaar (3440 m): Namche é a maior cidade na região de Khumbu e você encontrará uma gama mais ampla de acomodações aqui, desde alojamentos básicos a casas de chá mais confortáveis com Wi-Fi e melhores instalações.

De Namche Bazaar a Dingboche:

• Tengboche (3860 m): Uma pequena aldeia com um mosteiro famoso. A hospedagem aqui é básica, com instalações compartilhadas.
• Dingboche (4410 m): À medida que você sobe, a acomodação torna-se mais básica. Dingboche possui algumas casas de chá onde você pode ficar, oferecendo quartos simples e refeições.

De Dingboche a Gorak Shep:

• Lobuche (4940 m): As opções aqui são limitadas a algumas casas de chá e os quartos são muito básicos, com aquecimento mínimo.
• Gorak Shep (5164 m): A última parada antes de chegar ao Acampamento Base do Everest, Gorak Shep tem algumas casas de chá muito básicas. As instalações aqui são escassas e pode ser muito frio.

Acampamento Base do Everest (5364 m):

• Não há alojamentos permanentes no próprio Acampamento Base do Everest.
• Os trekkers normalmente visitam o Acampamento Base e retornam a Gorak Shep no mesmo dia.
• Durante a temporada de escalada, há tendas no acampamento base, mas elas não estão disponíveis para trekkers.

>> Leia também: Melhores lugares para acampar no Brasil

Aclimatação para o Everest Base Camp Trek

A aclimatação é vital para o trekking até o Acampamento Base do Everest devido às altas altitudes. Aqui está um cronograma comum de aclimatação:

• Primeiro Dia de Aclimatação em Namche Bazaar: Passe duas noites em Namche Bazaar. Durante o dia, você pode fazer uma caminhada até lugares como o Hotel Everest View, a Vila Khumjung ou Thame para ajudar seu corpo a se adaptar à altitude.
• Segundo Dia de Aclimatação em Dingboche: Após chegar a Dingboche, passe um dia extra aqui. Você pode fazer uma caminhada até Nagarjun Hill (5100 m) ou Chukhung Village (4730 m). Essas caminhadas ajudam na aclimatação, seguindo o princípio de “subir alto, dormir baixo”.

Outro ponto que acontece além da aclimatação é o envolvimento com a cultura local. Durante toda a subida, conversamos com os simpáticos moradores locais ao longo do caminho e nesse período você é imerso em uma visão empolgante da cultura local, por toda a rota para o Acampamento Base do Everest.

A cultura da região do Everest está profundamente enraizada nas tradições dos Sherpas e no Budismo Tibetano. Os Sherpas, o povo nativo, são conhecidos por sua hospitalidade e seus lares espirituais. Comunidades religiosas e chortens (stupas) são comuns, refletindo suas fortes crenças budistas.

Celebrações como o Losar (Ano Novo Tibetano) e cerimônias devocionais desempenham um papel significativo em suas vidas. As vestimentas tradicionais incluem trajes dinâmicos e elaboradamente planejados, e as atividades comunitárias frequentemente se concentram em celebrações religiosas e sociais.

>> Leia também: 5 destinos diferentes para o ano novo

Itinerário para subida ao Monte Everest

Vamos ver agora a sugestão de itinerário para uma viagem completa para a subida ao Monte Everest.

• Dia 01: Chegada ao Aeroporto Internacional Tribhuvan (TIA) em Katmandu, Nepal (1345 m); depois, transferência para o hotel.
• Dia 02: Voo para Lukla (35 minutos); caminhada até a vila de Phakding (Altitude: 2660 m/7 km) – 3/4 horas.
• Dia 03: Caminhada de Phakding até Namche Bazaar (Altitude: 3440 m/10 km) – 7/8 horas.
• Dia 04: Dia de aclimatação (Caminhada até o Hotel Everest View ou Vila Khumjung (3880 m/5 km)).
• Dia 05: Caminhada de Namche Bazaar até o Mosteiro Tengboche (Altitude: 3885 m/9,5 km) – 6-7 horas.
• Dia 06: Caminhada do Mosteiro Tengboche até Dingboche (Altitude: 4220 m/9 km) – 5-6 horas.
• Dia 07: Dia de aclimatação (Caminhada até o Pico Nangkartshang 5100 m ou Vale Chhukung) – 4/5 horas.
• Dia 08: Caminhada de Dingboche até a Vila Lobuche (Altitude: 4970 m/6,5 km) – 5-6 horas.
• Dia 09: Caminhada de Lobuche até Gorak Shep (Altitude: 5180 m) (3 horas/4 km) e caminhada até o Acampamento Base do Everest (Altitude: 5364 m/3,5 km) – 7/8 horas.
• Dia 10: Caminhada até Kalapathar para o nascer do sol (5545 m/1,2 km); caminhada até Pangboche (4220 m/17 km) – 7/8 horas.
• Dia 11: Caminhada de Pangboche até Namche Bazaar (Altitude: 3440 m/19 km) – 7/8 horas.
• Dia 12: Caminhada de Namche Bazaar até Lukla (Altitude: 2860 m/17 km) – 7/8 horas.
• Dia 13: Voo de volta para Katmandu (35 minutos) (Altitude: 1350 m).
• Dia 14: Partida final.

>> Leia também: 7 das melhores trilhas de caminhada no Brasil

Linda vista durante o trekking para o Monte Everest Base Camp

FAQ – Perguntas Frequentes

Qual a altura do Acampamento Base do Everest?

O Acampamento Base do Everest está situado a uma altitude de aproximadamente 5.364 metros (17.598 pés) acima do nível do mar.

Eu preciso de permissões especiais para o trekking até o Acampamento Base do Everest?

Sim, você precisará de um cartão TIMS (Trekkers’ Information Management System) e uma permissão de entrada no Parque Nacional Sagarmatha. Esses documentos geralmente podem ser obtidos por meio de uma agência de trekking em Katmandu.

Que tipo de acomodação está disponível durante o trekking?

A acomodação é principalmente em casas de chá ou lodges ao longo da rota. Elas oferecem instalações básicas, incluindo uma cama e refeições, mas o padrão pode variar.

Que tipo de equipamento é necessário para o trekking?

Equipamentos essenciais incluem roupas quentes, botas de trekking, um saco de dormir, um casaco de plumas, uma mochila, bastões de trekking e uma jaqueta impermeável de boa qualidade. O uso de camadas é importante devido às variações de temperatura.

>> Leia também: Dicas para fazer ecoturismo e turismo de aventura

Finalizando

Como você viu ao longo do texto, explorar a região do Everest é mais do que apenas uma aventura em uma das paisagens mais icônicas do mundo, é uma jornada profunda de autoconhecimento, desafio físico e conexão cultural.

Desde o trekking pelas trilhas movimentadas que levam ao Acampamento Base do Everest, passando pelas subidas desafiadoras até campos mais elevados, até a escalada ao próprio cume da montanha mais alta do mundo, cada passo é marcado por uma sensação de realização e maravilhamento.

Os trekkers e alpinistas que se aventuram pelo Everest são guiados não apenas pela busca por conquistas pessoais, mas também pelo desejo de se conectar com a rica cultura dos Sherpas e o misticismo do Budismo Tibetano, que permeiam cada vila e mosteiro ao longo do caminho.

Lugares como Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, Dingboche, Lobuche, Gorak Shep, e Kala Patthar oferecem muito mais do que vistas espetaculares. Eles oferecem uma oportunidade de imergir na hospitalidade única, nas tradições espirituais e na sabedoria de montanha que definem esta região.

No entanto, a exploração do Everest não é isenta de desafios. A altitude extrema, o clima imprevisível e a natureza remota da trilha exigem preparação cuidadosa, respeito pelo ambiente e uma abordagem consciente dos limites pessoais.

Contar com a experiência de empresas especialistas no Everest Base Camp Trek como a Nepal High Trek, faz total diferença.

Também recomendamos estar acompanhado de um seguro viagem Ásia , assim como de um chip de viagem internacional .

No final, a experiência do Everest é uma que permanece com cada pessoa para sempre. É uma história de beleza e bravura, uma lembrança de que, ao enfrentar as grandes montanhas da Terra, estamos também descobrindo a profundidade de nossas próprias forças e capacidades.

Agora queremos ouvir a sua opinião! Você tem o desejo de se superar subindo o Monte Everest? Deixe abaixo o seu comentário!

Contato com a Nepal High Trek

Nepal High Trek And Expedition Pvt. Ltd. é uma empresa local autêntica de trekking sediada em Katmandu, Nepal, especializada em tours de vários dias, trekkings, escaladas e outras atividades relacionadas para viajantes solo e grupos privados. Você pode entrar em contato pelo email [email protected] ou via WhatsApp no número +977-9851142116.

O seu endereço de e-mail não será publicado. Campos obrigatórios são marcados com *

Comentário *

Salvar meus dados neste navegador para a próxima vez que eu comentar.

• About the Seven Summits
• Everest (Asia)
• Vinson Massif (Antarctica)
• Aconcagua (South America)
• Elbrus (Europe)
• Mount Kilimanjaro (Africa)
• Denali (North America)
• Carstensz Pyramid (Oceania)
• Kosciuszko (Australia)
• Explorer’s Grand Slam
• Ecuador Volcanoes
• Mont Blanc (France)
• Australian Alpine Academy
• Mt. Baker (USA)
• Lhotse (Nepal)
• Manaslu (Nepal)
• Cho Oyu (Tibet)
• Ama Dablam (Nepal)
• Lobuche East (Nepal)
• 3 Peaks (Nepal)
• First Ascent (Nepal)
• Rugged Luxury Everest Base Camp Trek & Stay
• Everest Base Camp Trek (Nepal)
• North Pole Last Degree Ski (North Pole)
• South Pole Last Degree Ski (Antarctica)
• All-Women’s Expeditions
• Orizaba Express Mexico Trek (Mexico)
• Mt. Rainier (USA)
• About Us / Why CTSS
• How to Apply to CTSS
• Employment Opportunities
• CTSS’ “No D*ckheads” Policy*
• Letter to your Loved Ones
• Success & Testimonials
• Marginal Gains Philosophy
• CTSS Guides & Team
• Mike Hamill
• Climbing Education
• Climbing Gear Advice
• Female Climber Considerations
• Trip Insurance
• Our Speed Ascents

ELBRUS  |  Russia

Mt. elbrus climb and ski descent, share expedition.

2nd July – 13 July, 2023

Mt. Elbrus is not only a fantastic climb it offers an excellent backcountry ski descent.

Skiing off the summit of one of the “Seven Summits” is truly a once in a lifetime experience. It has a long descent of 5,000 vertical feet or more which is not only fun but saves hours of down-climbing.

This option is suited for strong climbers who have significant ski experience who are comfortable carrying ski gear in addition to their day pack and are confident on steep terrain (Must be comfortable on black diamond runs)

The ski descent option runs in conjunction with our classic Mt. Elbrus climb team which marries the best of both worlds, fantastic climbing and the opportunity to see the best of Russia with tours of both St. Petersburg and Moscow to bookend the trip.

Having met in and toured St. Petersburg, we fly together into the Elbrus region and make our way to the quaint valley of Terskol where we will stage our climb.

First, we acclimatise in the valley below the peak with beautiful hikes before moving up to our mountain hut. Here we spend a few days acclimatising with forays up the mountain and learning/refreshing and  mastering mountaineering skills, (Cramponing, harness use, self arrest technique, fixed line climbing etc) before our summit bid.

Depending on snow conditions on summit morning, climbers may elect to take a snow-cat to a previously attained high point (tagged in prior days during acclimatisation) which saves several hours and around 2,000 vertical feet giving people the advantage of reaching the summit earlier in the day and feeling more energised to enjoy their climb.

Following your summit, you will strap on your skis and enjoy the run of a lifetime all the way back to the mountain huts!

Leaving the mountain the next day, we celebrate in the valley with a traditional Russian Spa (Banya) and if time allows a day to relax and explore the valley, before flying to Moscow.

In Moscow, we take in the wonders of Red Square, St. Basils’ and the Kremlin amongst others, before waving farewell to the team and heading home.

This is a sample itinerary only. Your actual daily schedule may be refined and strategically planned to account for the best weather and summit windows etc.

• Day 1: Arrive in St Petersburg
• Day 2: A full day exploring St. Petersburg and taking in the sights
• Day 3: Fly as a team to Min Vody, transfer to Elbrus Region
• Day 4: Scenic Acclimatisation hike & free time to explore and unwind
• Day 5: Foray up the mountain for a new acclimatisation high point and full day of training, return to the valley to pack and for the evening at the hotel
• Day 6: Move up to the mountain hut and settle in
• Day 7: Acclimatisation climb up the mountain to Pastokov Rocks
• Day 8: 1st potential summit day
• Day 9: Pack up & descend to the valley, Russian Banya spa/contingency summit day
• Day 10: Free day in the valley (horseriding, hiking, rest etc)/contingency summit day
• Day 11:  Fly to Moscow and afternoon city tour
• Day 12: Morning city tour & fly home in afternoon/evening

Included / Excluded:

Our expeditions are designed to be fully inclusive, except for some services/items of a personal nature like flights, gear, insurance. Here’s a detailed list so you know what to expect

Included in the Elbrus Classic Climb & Ski Descent:

• CTSS Elbrus Guides & Support for a summit attempt on Elbrus
• Full expedition logistics
• Mountain food and team gear (ropes, anchors etc)
• City tours in St. Pete's & Moscow with English speaking guides
• Hotel Accommodation in St. Petes, Moscow & the Elbrus region
• Mountain Hut Accommodation on the climb
• In country ground transportation (i.e mini bus etc Note: this does not include your domestic flights)
• Local registration, climbing permits, and chairlift/gondola fees

Excluded in the Elbrus Classic Climb & Ski Descent:

• International flights to/from Russia and domestic flights to/from Mineralnye Vody. (You will be advised as to flight numbers of which domestic flights to book)
• The optional, but recommended, snowcat ride on summit morning to reduce the length of the summit climb. (Most climbers elect this option which is payable directly to the operator and is between $200-$300 USD)
• Russian visa fees
• Airport arrival or departure taxes
• Ski gear including boots/skis/poles, hire charges or excess baggage related to ski gear
• Associated travel expenses including: Visa, Passport, Reciprocity Fees, Vaccination Charges, Excess Baggage, transit hotels
• Optional excursions not included in the itinerary or additional days before or after the scheduled program
• Personal climbing equipment, clothing, toiletries etc
• Personal sundries including but not limited to; personal snacks, alcoholic beverages, laundry services, medical expenses, gratuities, internet, email or phone charges, bottled water, specialty coffees
• Lunch & Dinner meals in town
• Alcoholic beverages
• Guide tips (Customary but optional)
• Satellite telephone charges and any 3rd party wifi
• Costs incurred as a result of events beyond the control of CTSS above and beyond the normal expedition costs
• Required trip insurance policy (for trip cancellation, interruption, rescue & evacuation, medical treatment, repatriation, etc.)

Need an RMI account? Create an account

Register With Us

Already have an account? Sign in

• First Name *
• Last Name *
• Confirm Password *

The password must meet the following criteria:

• At least 8 characters
• At least 1 lowercase letter
• At least 1 uppercase letter
• At least 1 number
• At least 1 symbol (allowed symbols: !?@#$%^&/*()[]{}><,.+-=;)

Keep up to date with information about our latest climbs by joining our mailing list. Sign up and we'll keep you informed about new adventures, special offers, competitions, and news. Privacy Policy

Mt. Elbrus North Side

Type in the number of people in your climbing party and the list of available trips will update.

Show Trip Info

Check availability.

• Number of Climbers

• International
• Mount Rainier
• North Cascades
• Skills Clinic
• Ice Climbing
• Ski Programs
• Women's Expeditions

• Seven Summits
• Kilimanjaro
• Climb & Safari
• Vinson Massif
• Latin / South America
• Chile Ski Mountaineering
• Torres del Paine Trek
• Volcanoes - Winter
• Volcanoes - Summer
• Ecuador Seminar
• Cotopaxi Express
• Illimani and Huayna Potosi
• Orizaba & Ixtaccihuatl
• Machu Picchu
• Peru Seminar
• Everest Base Camp Trek
• Everest Base Camp & Lobuche
• Everest Custom
• Summit Climb Programs
• Four Day Climb
• Five Day Climb
• Mount Rainier Weather Information
• Mountaineering Seminars
• Emmons Seminar
• Kautz Seminar
• Muir Seminar
• Paradise Seminar
• Mountaineering Skills
• Crevasse Rescue Skills
• Denali Expeditions
• West Buttress
• Custom Expedition with Dave Hahn
• Alpine Climbing
• Little Switzerland
• Alaska Seminars
• Ruth Glacier Seminar
• Mount Baker
• North Ridge
• Easton Glacier
• Summit & Ski Descent
• Easton Seminar
• Coleman-Deming Seminar
• Backcountry Ski & Ride
• Leave No Trace Instructor Course
• LNT Level 2 Instructor Course
• Mount Shuksan
• Sulphide Glacier
• Fisher Chimneys
• Shuksan Seminar
• Glacier Peak
• Glacier Peak Climb
• Forbidden Peak
• Private & Custom Climbs
• Custom Climbs
• INTERNATIONAL
• MOUNT RAINIER
• NORTH CASCADES
• Baker Seminar
• LNT Level 2 Instructor & Baker Climb
• LNT Level 2 Course & Baker Climb
• Hyalite Intro to Ice
• Hyalite Intermediate Ice
• Ski Mountaineering
• Mount Baker Summit & Ski Descent
• Kilimanjaro Climb & Safari
• Machu Picchu Trek
• Explore something new with our Adventure Finder
• Mt Rainier Weather Information
• Mt Rainier Cultural Landscape
• Denali Cultural Landscape
• Summit Registry
• Find Your Adventure
• Fitness & Training
• Technical Skills
• Leave No Trace Videos

Sign Up for Our Newsletter

• Why Climb with RMI?
• Responsible Climbing
• Employment Opportunities
• Diversity Equity Inclusion

Price / Deposit

$5,600 / $ 1,500

Mountaineering

The north side of Mt. Elbrus is the wild and forgotten face of Europe's highest point. This is the ideal expedition for climbers interested in building their climbing skills while getting off the beaten track on one of the Seven Summits.

Qualifications

Standing 18,510’ above the nearby Black and Caspian Seas, Russia’s Mt. Elbrus is Europe’s tallest mountain. Our Elbrus North Side Expedition ascends a less traveled route on this popular mountain.

MT. ELBRUS CLIMB HIGHLIGHTS

• Visit Moscow and stroll across Red Square to explore the courtyards and cathedrals of the Kremlin, after the climb wander through St. Petersburg’s Hermitage and many canals.
• Travel through the remote countryside of Russia's Caucasus Mountains to reach the foot of Europe's highest peak.
• Climb a less traveled route on Elbrus as we ascend one of the world's Seven Summits as part of a small, independent expedition.
• Learn the subtleties and tricks of expedition style climbing as we move our camps higher up the mountain in preparation for a summit bid.
• Take part in an RMI adventure and see why we continue to set the standard in guiding excellence.

Standing in the heart of the rugged Caucasus Mountains, Mt. Elbrus rises impressively from the green plains that stretch northward into the heartland of Russia. RMI guides have been climbing Mt. Elbrus since the early 1990s and we have seen the mountain grow in popularity over the years. In our commitment to continually set the standard in mountain guiding excellence we are pleased to offer a climb of Mt. Elbrus' seldom visited North Side for a new, unique, and unmatched expedition to Europe’s highest point.

Our adventures begin a thousand miles to the North of Mt. Elbrus in Moscow - the political, economic, and cultural heart of Russia - before we fly south to the town of Mineralnye Vody, the gateway of the Caucasus. The rising green foothills dotted with shepherds mounted on horseback give way to Mt. Elbrus, framed by the jagged peaks of the Caucasus. The route takes us from the mountain's base, sitting between ancient lava flows, up the rolling and rarely traveled glaciers of Mt. Elbrus' north side to the West Summit, the mountain's highest point.

Simply reaching Base Camp gives climbers a rare glimpse of a part of Russia's countryside that has eluded the passage of time.

The climb is a moderate snow climb, comparable in difficulty to the standard route. However, there are far fewer climbers on this route and it has a reputation of being a bit more adventurous. Due to the mountain's size and seclusion we climb "expedition style", acclimatizing as we move camps higher in preparation for the summit bid.

Upon returning from our climb we fly to St. Petersburg. On the shores of the Gulf of Finland, St. Petersburg is often described as the "Venice of the North" with canals that weave between the city’s stunning architecture and famous museums that amazing works of art. Our time in St. Petersburg is the ideal way to end our Russian adventures.

THE RMI DIFFERENCE

Rainier Mountaineering, Inc . was established in 1969 and is one of America's oldest and most-trusted guide services. We are the largest guide service on Mt. Rainier and Denali and leaders in guiding climbs and treks around the globe. Our years of leading mountain adventures give us the experience and knowledge to create the best possible trips. We work hard to live up to our reputation as an industry leader.

As the only American guide service to regularly lead climbs of Mt. Elbrus' North Side, we are also one of very few expeditions to guide to Elbrus' West Summit from the North Side instead of the slightly lower East Summit.

Our climb is led by our some of our top U.S. guides who bring years of international climbing experience to the expedition. We work closely with our Russian partner, a famous Soviet-era climber, to organize and coordinate the trip. Our relationships there are the key to our trip's success and scaling Mt. Elbrus' overlooked North Side with these climbing veterans' leadership and support is an unforgettable experience. RMI’s trip preparation before departure takes care of the details for you, from hotels and airport transfers to arranging in country flights, so that you can focus on preparing for the climb instead of the distractions that come with coordinating logistics.

In Moscow and St. Petersburg we stay right in the center of the cities within a few minutes walking distance of the famous sites. While on the mountain we use RMI's own equipment brought from the U.S., ensuring that our expedition standards of quality, reliability, and comfort are met. The meals on the mountain are organized by our guides and cooked by them, keeping the team content, healthy, and strong throughout the climb. Our exceptional focus on detail, our unparalleled level of climber attention, and our genuine love of these adventures are what make our programs truly memorable.

ELBRUS SOUTHSIDE ALTERNATIVE

We also lead climbs of Mt. Elbrus' traditional route on the South Side of the mountain. This program is four days shorter and less technically and physically demanding than a North Side expedition as we use established huts on the mountain. Our Elbrus - South Side Climb is ideal for climbers looking for a slightly shorter climb or without expedition climbing experience.

Safety has always been RMI's top priority and we strive to create the safest mountain experience possible. RMI's experienced team of guides focus on leading a fun and successful climb without compromising safety. We apply the same standards of safety we bring to Alaska and the Himalayas to our climbs of Mt. Elbrus. Careful planning, precise ascent profiles, flexibility in our itinerary, daily weather forecasts via satellite, and diligent attention are taken as we venture to high altitudes. Comprehensive medical kits, rescue gear, and communications equipment are carried with the group throughout the expedition. Base Camp is also equipped with medical and rescue gear.

As you prepare for your upcoming adventure please feel free to contact our office and speak directly to one of our experienced guides regarding equipment, conditioning, the route, or any other questions you may have about our programs. We are available Monday thru Friday 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. at (888) 89-CLIMB or [email protected] .

Climber Reviews

Depart U.S.A. Depending on flight times and connections travel to Moscow, Russia typically takes almost 24 hours from the U.S.

MOSCOW • 512' | 156M

Arrive in Moscow (SVO). Hire a Yandex taxi to get to the hotel. Once we check-in to our hotel, the afternoon is free to rest and explore the city. A team orientation meeting is held at 7:00 p.m. We spend the night in Moscow at the Park Inn Sadu.

We take a walking tour to visit Lenin's Tomb, Red Square, the G.U.M., St. Basil's Cathedral, and the Kremlin. The afternoon is free to explore the city. We spend the night at the Park Inn Sadu. (B)

KISLOVODSK • 2,861' | 872M

We have an early morning flight from Moscow to Mineralnye Vody. From the airport we drive to the town of Kislovodsk, the last town before entering the lower steppes of the Caucasus. We spend the rest of the day sorting our gear and preparing for the climb. Overnight in Kislovodsk. (B)

BASE CAMP • 8,300’ | 2,530M

A four-hour drive takes us into the heart of the lush foothills of the lower Caucasus to Mt. Elbrus Base Camp (8,300'). Once we establish our Base Camp, we take a short acclimatization hike to explore the remote valley and stretch our legs after the many long days of travel. (B, D)

Carry to 11,200’ • 8,300’ | 2,530M

We pack up a portion of our supplies and make a carry to our cache site below Camp 1. After depositing our cache and enjoying the views, we descend back to Base Camp for the night. (B, D)

Move to Camp 1 • 12,300’ | 3,749M

The route from Base Camp takes us above a narrow gorge and out of the high grasslands into the alpine zone, affording stunning views of the glaciers of Mt. Elbrus and the lower steppes of the Caucasus. The last stretch of the climb leads through the jumbled rock moraine along the Mikelchiran Glacier before cresting a final steep pitch into camp. (B, D)

BACK CARRY AND ACCLIMATIZATION (11,200') • 12,300’ | 3,749M

Back Carry and Acclimatization Day at Camp 1. After a leisurely breakfast we descend to our cache site at 11,200’ below Camp 1 to retrieve our cached gear. The afternoon is spent in camp resting and preparing for higher altitudes. (B, D)

TRAINING AND ACCLIMATION CLIMB (15,200') • 12,300’ | 3,749M

We review basic mountaineering techniques such as ice axe arrest, crampon methods, and roped travel. Climbing the Mikelchiran Glacier, we ascend towards Camp 2 at Lenz Rocks at 15,200’, gaining familiarity with the route and exposure to new altitudes. We have the possibility to carry a small portion of our supplies to cache at Camp 2 in anticipation of our summit attempt. We return to our tents at Camp 1 for the night. (B, D)

MOVE TO HIGH CAMP • 15,200' | 4,633M

After establishing our camp, final preparations are made for Summit Day and we settle in early in anticipation of tomorrow's summit attempt. (B, D)

SUMMIT DAY (18,510') • 12,300’ | 3,749M

After an alpine start we climb from Lenz Rocks across the upper portion of the Mikelchiran Glacier until we reach the Saddle at 17,700'. Mt. Elbrus has two large summit domes and the Saddle separates the East Summit from the West Summit. Both are comparable in size, but the West Summit is slightly higher, and our objective. Our route gets steeper as we gain the upper summit plateau where we follow a broad ridge to the Summit. After enjoying the summit and its impressive views of the Caucasus mountain range, we descend down the route. Once we are back at High Camp, we pack up all of our gear up and continue our descent to Camp 1. (B, D)

WEATHER DAY

Weather Day. This extra day is scheduled into the itinerary in case we encounter bad weather or need additional time for acclimatization. Having this extra day has proven to dramatically improve the team's success. (B, D)

We depart Camp 1 and start the descent, retracing our steps to Base Camp. An afternoon shuttle takes us back to Kislovodsk where we enjoy a delicious celebration dinner, hot showers, and a good night's sleep. (B)

ST. PETERSBURG • 44' | 14M

We have a transfer from our hotel to Mineralnye Vody for our flight to St. Petersburg. We spend the night at the Hotel Arcadia in St. Petersburg. (B)

We take a tour of the stunning city of St. Petersburg. Must see attractions include a visit to St. Isaac's Cathedral, the Church of the Savior on Spilled Blood, the Hermitage, and walking along the banks of the city's many canals. In the evening we take a private boat cruise on the city's canals. We spend our final night in Russia at the Hotel Arcadia. (B)

Return flights from St. Petersburg (LED) to the U.S. (B)

Key: B, L, D = Breakfast, Lunch, Dinner included.

Travel Consultant

RMI has partnered with Erin Rountree to provide comprehensive travel support. We have been working with Erin for many years. As an independent agent of the Travel Society, she has booked countless miles for adventure travelers across the globe and is extremely knowledgeable about the travel needs of our programs. Please call (208) 788-2870 or send email to  [email protected] .

Travel Insurance

Travel insurance is required for this trip. Your travel insurance policy should include trip cancellation, trip interruption, trip delay, baggage loss or delay, medical expenses, and evacuation.

Navigating through the different options for travel insurance can be challenging. When purchasing Travel Insurance, here are a few items to consider:

• Read the fine print. Travel Insurance will reimburse you when canceling for a covered reason for prepaid, non-refundable trip costs that you insure. However, there are exclusions, so make sure you understand the "covered reasons."
• Confirm that your activity is a covered “activity.” Not all travel insurance policies will offer coverage for activities such as mountaineering, climbing, skiing, or trekking adventures. Policies can also exclude coverage for activities due to the gear used (crampons, ice axe), activities that go above specific elevations or activities in a particular region of the world. If there are exclusions, you may need to add an "Adventure" or "Sports" package to cover your activity.
• Verify that your state of residence is allowed with the policy that you are purchasing. Not all insurance companies offer policies in all 50 states.
• Contact your travel protection company directly for any questions you have regarding benefits or coverage.

We have partnered with  Travelex Insurance  and  Ripcord Insurance  because they offer certain policies specifically designed for adventure travel with coverages for remote areas and activities like mountaineering, climbing, skiing, and trekking, without any altitude restrictions. 

For your convenience, we offer Travelex Insurance Services, Inc.(CA Agency License #0D10209) travel protection plans to help protect you and your travel investment against the unexpected. 

For more information on the available plans visit  Travelex Insurance Services  or contact Travelex Insurance (800) 228-9792 and reference location number 47-0370. 

The product descriptions provided here are only brief summaries. The full coverage terms and details, including limitations and exclusions, are contained in the insurance policy. Travel Insurance is underwritten by Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company; NAIC #22276.

Ripcord Rescue Travel Insurance is travel insurance designed for adventurers, including the best evacuation and rescue services available.

Benefits are tailored for adventurers and include:

• Rescue and evacuation from the point of illness or emergency to your home hospital of choice.
• Trip cancellation/interruption, primary medical expense coverage, sporting goods, baggage loss, emergency dental, Accidental Death & Dismemberment (AD&D) and more.
• Completely integrated one-stop program with a single contact for emergency services to travel assistance and insurance claims.
• 24/7 access to paramedics, nurses and military veterans.
• Security extraction in case of unexpected dangerous and chaotic events.

Ripcord Rescue Travel Insurance is powered by Redpoint Resolutions, a medical and travel security risk company. Their team is comprised of special operations veterans, paramedics, Stanford Medicine affiliated physicians, former intelligence officers, insurance actuaries and global security experts with dozens of years of experience in theaters around the world. The Redpoint network covers the globe, making them uniquely equipped to provide elite rescue travel insurance – in every sense of the word. Whether it’s reimbursing you for a cancelled trip, paying your travel medical bills or evacuating you home in an emergency, Ripcord takes the worry out of your travel.

Security & Medical Evacuation

Travel Advisories / Warnings

Please confirm any current travel advisories/warnings as well as passport and visa requirements with the US Department of State .

Currently the US Department of State has a Travel Advisory pertaining the the north Caucasus, including the Mount Elbrus area. Please review the Travel Advisory before registering for this program to ensure that you are aware of the non-climbing risks associated with this program.

Getting There

Travel to Moscow’s Sheremetyevo Airport (SVO) typically takes about 24 hours from the U.S. depending on your departure city, available connections, and flight times. Flights generally arrive in the afternoon on Day 2 of the itinerary. 

Departing flights from St. Petersburg (LED) may be booked for any time on Day 17, the final day of the program.

Entry Requirements

A valid passport is required when traveling to Russia. Your passport must be valid for 6 months beyond the expected return date.

We suggest making a copy of the first two pages of your passport and keeping them in a separate bag as a backup. A copy should also be left with your emergency contact.

A Visa is also required for entry to Russia. This must be done prior to your arrival or you will not be permitted to enter the country.

Russian Visa

Our office will provide you with the current application form, a written itinerary and a letter of invitation from our hosting organization in Russia. You will need to submit these forms along with a valid passport, an additional passport photo and payment to your local Russian Consulate or a travel document company that can assist you in processing the Russian Visa. This generally takes place 2 - 3 months before the trip departure and will take 4 - 20 business days to process. Once your visa arrives, please check the date to ensure it covers your complete stay.

Airport Arrival

Upon arrival proceed to the Immigrations desk for foreign travelers. Proceed to Baggage Claim and then to Customs. There will be a random selection of bags for inspection. Be sure to keep all your bags together. You may then hire a Yandex taxi to transfer to the hotel. 

In-Country Transportation

The provided transportation in Russia as stated in the itinerary is via private vehicle.

Immunizations & Travel Medicine

For the most current information on inoculation requirements and recommendations, please refer to the Center for Disease Control and Prevention .

Traveler's Health

Travelers often suffer from upset stomachs when in foreign countries. There are some basic rules, however, that can help keep you healthy.

• Hygiene - It is important that you wash your hands thoroughly before meals and after using any bathroom. If water is not available for washing, we recommend using a hand sanitizer.
• Water - The number one rule is: don't drink the water, and that includes shower water and ice! Brush your teeth with purified water rather than tap water. You should check bottled water for a good seal and use a napkin to wipe dry excess moisture in drinking glasses. Take care with fruit juice, particularly if it has been diluted with water. Carefully clean the tops of bottled beverages before opening.
• Food - If you can cook it, boil it, or peel it; you can usually eat it. Salads and fruits should be washed with purified water or peeled where possible. Be wary of ice cream and shellfish. Always avoid any undercooked meat.

Medical Emergencies

Elbrus is a remote mountain without easy access to definitive medical care. We are our own rescue team.

The medical facilities in Moscow, St. Petersburg and other urban areas in Russia are limited except for routine, non-emergency needs. We will work with our tour operator to access an appropriate level of care should the need arise.

Russia Country Facts

Russia is the largest country in the world at almost twice the size of the United States. Officially known as the Russian Federation, its main attractions include art, magnificent (and newly restored) cathedrals and monasteries, treasures and palaces of the czars, the performing arts, health spas, river cruises, historic sites, spectacular scenery, Siberia, and Moscow's Kremlin.

Russia has a captivating history. Tradition says the Viking Rurik came to Russia in 862 and founded the first Russian dynasty in Novgorod. Through the 10th and 11th centuries, Christianity united the various tribes, but Mongol raids broke the Russian territories into smaller dukedoms. It was Ivan the Terrible (1533-1584) who is credited with founding the Russian state. The succeeding period saw power wrested into the hands of the czars and expanded Russian territory. These actions ultimately led to revolution and the creation of the Soviet Union (U.S.S.R.) in 1922. The Union dissolved in 1991 and Russia became the federal presidential republic that it is today.

Russia will appeal to travelers who have a sense of adventure and an open mind. Don't expect a relaxing vacation and, unless you're in Moscow or St. Petersburg, don't expect deluxe accommodations - a trip through Russia requires determination, flexibility and plenty of patience.

The climbing season extends from May to September, with the highest summit success rate from mid-July through mid-August. September through April comprises the rainy and winter seasons.

The weather in Moscow and while traveling to and from the mountains can be very warm.

While there can be no guarantees of perfect weather in the mountains, our expeditions take full advantage of both the weather and route conditions for this expedition, and utilize prime months for optimal climbing experiences.

Cultural Etiquette

Although it is not expected that we dress formally, we should dress modestly. Casual and comfortable clothing and shoes are suggested. Showing expensive cameras, watches, jewelry, etc. is considered unseemly and may attract unwanted attention.

Men shake hands when greeting one another and maintain direct eye contact. Women generally shake hands when meeting one another for the first time. In greetings between men and women, a light handshake is common. It is expected that you remove your gloves to shake hands, regardless of how cold it may be. The three alternating kisses used in greetings are common only between friends and family.

Chivalry, for the most part, is still valued in Russia. Men are expected to hold the door, offer their seat, or offer their coat.

Electricity

Electricity in Russia is different than in the United States. Russia has standardized on type F (Gost) sockets and plugs. Type C plugs and power points are still commonly found in older buildings. Both are used for 230 volt, 50 hertz appliances. U.S. appliances will require plug adaptors, convertors or transformers. Remember to bring any necessary adaptors if you plan to recharge electronics.

The current currency of Russia is the Ruble. Currency can be easily converted at banks, hotels and kiosks. Check a financial newspaper or www.xe.com for the current exchange rate prior to departure.

We suggest bringing $600-$900 total for personal spending money including restaurant meals, drinks, pocket money, and the Support Staff Tip Pool.

Cash machines are still the best way to get money in country, so if you are in doubt, be sure to bring your cash card. Cash machines are readily available in Moscow and St. Petersburg, but become increasingly difficult to find outside of the main urban areas.

Credit cards are accepted in most, but not all, areas.

Everyone has a preferred way to carry money. Some use money belts, others have hidden pockets. Whatever you do, be aware of pickpockets in any area which caters to tourists.

Everyone approaches tipping a little differently. Whether or not a person tips, and how much, is completely dependent upon the individual; here are some suggested tipping guidelines for your trip.

Local waiters, drivers, and other service personnel expect to be tipped. Ten to fifteen percent is standard. Some restaurants and hotels add a 10% service fee to bills in which case, no further tip is required.

Support Staff Tip Pool: We recommend that each climber contribute $75 to the Tip Pool. This is collected at the beginning of the trip and will cover group tips for all our support and mountain staff throughout the program.

Our guides work hard to ensure your well-being and success on the mountain. If you have a positive experience, gratuities are an excellent way to show your appreciation. Amounts are at your discretion and should be based on your level of enjoyment. Tips for excellent service normally average 10 – 15% of the cost of the program. If you would rather not bring the guide gratuity with you on the trip, you can send a check or call the RMI office to pay with a credit card upon your return.

http://wikitravel.org/en/Russia and https://www.lonelyplanet.com/russia offer a wealth of information.

This trip is open to all individuals in excellent physical condition and is a great first trip to altitudes above 15,000'. Prior knowledge of, and comfort with, rope travel, the use of crampons, and ice axe arrest are required.

Our experience shows that individuals perform better and enjoy the adventure more if they have a high degree of fitness and comfort with basic mountaineering skills. This program’s high altitude and snowy terrain contribute to make this a very worthwhile challenge.

Qualifying Programs

Recommended climbing experiences prior to the Mt. Elbrus North Side climb include:

Mt. Rainier Expedition Skills Seminar - Emmons

Mt. Rainier Expedition Skills Seminar - Kautz

Mt. Rainier Expedition Skills Seminar - Paradise

Mt. Rainier Mt. Rainier - Five Day Climb

Mt. Rainier Mt. Rainier - Four Day Climb

Expedition Skills Seminar - Kahiltna Glacier

Expedition Skills Seminar - Shuksan

Expedition Skills Seminar - Peru

Get In The Best Shape Of Your Life And Then Go Climb A Mountain

Create a fitness and training program, physical fitness training.

Mountaineering requires a high degree of physical stamina and mental toughness. Even for the healthiest and fittest individuals, climbing mountains qualifies as an extremely challenging endeavor.

• Start immediately. Start a rigorous fitness and training program now with the goal of arriving in top physical condition and confident in your skills.
• Be intentional. Focus on gaining the necessary strength, stamina and skills to meet the physical and technical demands of the climb.
• Be sport-specific. The best fitness and training program mimics the physical and technical demands of your climbing objective. The closer you get to your program date, the more your training should resemble the climbing.

For the Elbrus North Side climb, you are preparing for:

• Trekking and glacier climbing with a 50-60 lb load
• A 12+ hour summit day
• Mountaineering techniques requiring core strength and flexibility

Nothing ensures a personally successful adventure like your level of fitness and training. Bottom line: Plan on being in the best shape of your life and ready for a very challenging adventure!

Please refer to our Resources for Mountaineering Fitness and Training for detailed fitness and training information.

Acclimatization

The key to climbing high is proper acclimatization. Our program follows a calculated ascent profile which allows time for your body to adjust to the altitude.

Excellent physical conditioning significantly increases your ability to acclimatize as you ascend. Climbers in excellent physical condition simply have more energy to commit to the acclimatization process throughout the days and nights of the ascent, allowing their bodies to adjust to the altitude more easily.

Finally, physical performance and acclimatization are also related to how well you have taken care of yourself throughout the hours, days and weeks prior to summit day. Arriving healthy and well-rested, maintaining proper hydration and caloric intake, and protecting against unnecessary heat loss (staying warm) are all key factors in an individual’s success on an expedition such as this.

What You’ll Need

A list of required personal equipment accompanies every RMI program, and the thought process behind each item is much greater than simply “preparing for the worst and hoping for the best.” The list for your program takes into account factors such as: seasonality, route conditions, weather, elevation and more. As such, this list is framed within the broadest of contexts and is dynamic by its very nature. Therefore, certain variables (additions and/or subtractions) are inherent within such an all-encompassing list. We make every effort to recommend only top of the line clothing and technical gear and it is never our intention for you to buy or rent unnecessary gear.

The Guide Pick is an example of the listed item, giving you an idea of the material and specifications of the item. This exact item does not need to be purchased or used; however, any item you choose must have similar characteristics and performance abilities to the Guide Pick.

RMI Guides concur on the  potential   necessity  of every item, thus every item on the list is required at gear check. However, guides may also have suggestions derived from their experience, some of which will vary from a given list. The guides’ recommendation whether to bring along or leave behind certain item(s) comes during the gear check, when the team first meets. Occasionally this recommendation comes at the expense of having previously purchased an item. If a guide presents the option of leaving behind certain item(s) on the list of required equipment, it is for a reason. Their recommendation may be related to the weather, route conditions, freezing level, perceived strength of the party, or desired pack weight.

Ultimately, there will never be a consensus for a “perfect” equipment list for an ascent. It does not exist because of the multitude of variables faced by climbers throughout the climb. Please follow this equipment list closely so that you will arrive for the gear check with all the required items. Keep in mind the list is not black and white, fine tuning will occur once you meet with your guide. Have a great climb!

Shop Your Equipment List // Rent new equipment for your climb

Equipment list, pack & travel.

120+ liter bag(s) made of tough material with rugged zippers.

Bring as needed. Make sure these are TSA-compliant.

Your pack must be large enough for your layers, climbing gear, and food, as well as a portion of your tent and your share of group equipment. The pack volume you choose depends on your experience and the quality of your gear; if you opt for a smaller pack, practice packing and make sure you can fit all of your gear with room to spare. You will not need a separate summit pack.

A 25+ liter day pack to use as carry-on or while sightseeing.

Sleeping Bag & Pad

We recommend a bag rated between 20° and 0° F. Allow ample room for movement. We recommend down over synthetic for its light weight, warmth, and packability. If you know you sleep cold, consider a 0° F bag.

Full-length inflatable or closed cell pad.

Technical Gear

The length of your axe depends on your height. Use the following general mountaineering formula: up to 5'8", use a 65 cm axe; 5'8" to 6'2", use a 70 cm axe; and taller, use a 75 cm axe. If you hold the axe so that it hangs comfortably at your side, the spike of the axe should still be a few inches above the ground.

We recommend a comfortable, adjustable alpine climbing harness. Removable, drop seat, or adjustable leg loops are convenient for managing your clothing layers over the course of the climb and facilitate going to the bathroom.

Used for clipping into the climbing rope.

Used for pack ditch loop, etc.

12-point adjustable steel crampons with anti-balling plates designed for general mountaineering use.

Bring extra batteries appropriate to the duration of the climb.

We recommend lightweight and collapsible poles with snow baskets.

A UIAA (Union Internationale des Associations d’Alpinisme) or CE (European Committee for Standardization) certified climbing helmet.

Wool or synthetic. It should provide warmth but also be thin enough to fit underneath a climbing helmet.

A Buff provides versatile head and neck protection. A neck gaiter is also acceptable.

Start with fresh batteries and bring extra set(s) of batteries appropriate to the duration of the trip.

Glacier glasses are protective sunglasses that provide close to 100% frame coverage (wrap-around frames and side shields ensure no light can enter from the top, bottom, and sides of the glasses) and transmit less than 10% of visual light.

Amber or rose-tinted goggles for adverse weather. On windy days, climbers, especially contact lens wearers, may find photochromatic lenses the most versatile in a variety of light conditions.

Each glove layer is worn separately as conditions change during the climb.

Light weight liner or softshell gloves. Lighter colors absorb less sunlight while still offering UV protection.

Wind- and water-resistant, insulated mountain gloves.

Wind- and water-resistant, insulated gloves or mittens. These also serve as emergency backups if you drop or lose a lighter-weight glove.

We recommend a minimum of five upper body layers, all of which can be used in conjunction with each other. Two of these should be insulating layers, one light, and one medium, that fit well together. Today there are many different layering systems to choose from, including fleece, softshell, down, and synthetic options.

Long-sleeve wool or synthetic top. Light weight, light-colored, hooded baselayers (sun hoodys) are highly recommended for sun protection.

One step up in warmth and bulk from a baselayer. A technical fleece makes an ideal light weight insulating layer.

A down, synthetic, or softshell hoody makes a great midlayer.

An uninsulated, waterproof shell jacket with hood.

Your expedition-style heavy parka must extend below the waist, have an insulated hood, and be able to fit over the rest of your upper body layers. While the parka is worn primarily at rest breaks on summit day, it also serves as an emergency garment if needed. We recommend down rather than synthetic fill.

We recommend a moisture-wicking, active-wear bra.

We recommend a system of four layers, all of which can be used in conjunction with each other. Products which combine several layers into one garment, such as traditional ski pants, don’t work well as they don’t offer the versatility of a layering system.

Non-cotton briefs or boxers.

Synthetic or wool.

Softshell climbing pants can be worn in combination with a base layer on colder days, or alone on warmer days.

Non-insulated, waterproof shell pants must be able to fit comfortable over your baselayer bottoms and softshell climbing pants. Full side zippers or 7/8 side zippers are required so that shell pants can be put on while wearing boots and crampons.

A light weight, synthetic pair of pants is a good option for the approach trek when hiking at lower altitudes and in warm conditions. These pants have no insulation, are typically made of thin nylon, and commonly feature zippers to convert between pants and shorts.

We recommend modern hybrid double boots for this climb because they provide the best balance of weight, comfort, and insulation. Insulated single mountaineering boots are also adequate but might result in cold feet. Bring one pair of chemical foot warmers per summit day if you are using single mountaineering boots.

SINGLE BOOTS: Insulated, full-shank, and crampon-compatible leather or synthetic boots designed for mountaineering. Single boots tend to be lighter and more comfortable than double boots at the expense of warmth.

DOUBLE BOOTS:  Insulated double boots designed for mountaineering. Plastic-shelled models are acceptable, though modern synthetic models are lighter and more comfortable.

A pair of lightweight boots for approaches and hiking on rugged terrain. We recommend a waterproof, mid-top boot for better stability and ankle support.

Great for traveling and wearing around town or camp. A pair of tennis shoes or light hikers works well.

A knee-length pair of gaiters, large enough to fit over your mountaineering boots. This will protect you from catching your crampon spikes on loose clothing. Not needed if using a boot with an integrated gaiter.

Either wool or synthetic. Whatever sock combination you are accustomed to wearing during your training or previous adventures (whether single medium weight socks, a medium weight with a liner sock, two medium weight socks together, etc.), should work just fine for this climb.

First Aid & Medications

We recommend you speak with your physician about which medications you should have for high-altitude climbing. These medications are only used in emergency situations, and if someone is showing symptoms of HAPE or HACE, our standard protocol is for immediate descent. We do not take any of these medications prophylactically, and please talk with your guide before taking medications.

We require each climber to have the following medications:

Broad spectrum antibiotics for respiratory and gastrointestinal problems like Azithromycin (250mg tablets).

125mg tablets for the prevention or treatment of Acute Mountain Sickness. A normal prescription is 125mg tablets, twice a day. Recommend 15 - 20 tablets.

4mg tablets for the treatment of altitude illness. Recommend 12 tablets.

30mg slow-release tablets for the prevention or treatment of high-altitude pulmonary edema (HAPE). Recommend 8 - 10 tablets.

Our guides carry comprehensive medical kits, so keep yours small and light. We recommend a selection of adhesive bandages, antibiotic ointment, Moleskin and blister care, medical tape and/or duct tape, cough drops, basic painkillers, an antacid, an anti-diarrheal, and personal medications.

Personal Items

See the Food tab for suggestions and quantities.

Packable plastic bowl. Collapsable models can work but must be handled carefully to avoid unintended collapsing. A lid is a great feature.

Insulated outdoor-style mug. We recommed a model with a removable lid, which helps retain heat and prevent spills. You may also choose to use 0.5L insulated bottle or a 0.5L nalgene.

A spoon or spork made of durable plastic or anodized metal. A long-handled spoon can be nice, especially if eating from a freeze-dried meal pouch.

One-liter water bottles with wide mouths made of co-polyester (BPA-free plastic).

Chlorine Dioxide water purification drops. Make sure to select the 30-minute version.

Bring as needed.

Heavy-duty trash compacter bags for use as waterproof pack/stuff sack liners. You can also use a waterproof pack liner.

Include toilet paper, hand sanitizer, toothbrush and toothpaste, and wet wipes. Bring a quantity appropriate to the duration of your trip.

We recommend small tubes of SPF 30 or higher, which can be carried in pockets for easy access and to prevent freezing.

We recommend SPF 15 or higher.

Spare prescription glasses if you wear contact lenses/eyeglasses.

Practice using this before coming on the climb!

Many smartphones have excellent cameras. Action cameras, small point-and-shoots, and compact dSLRs are lightweight and work well at altitude.

A small power bank, enough to charge a phone or e-reader several times.

For charging personal electronics while traveling internationally.

Travel Clothes

We recommend bringing a selection of clothing to wear while traveling, site seeing and dining.  

Travel Documents

Valid for six months beyond your return date.

The first two pages of your passport.

Pre-Trip Checklist

Purchase travel insurance.

Purchase airplane tickets.

Reserve rental equipment.

Be in the best shape of your life!

Provided Equipment

RMI provides the following equipment for your program: tents, group cooking equipment, climbing ropes, avalanche probes and shovels.

Every guide on your climb will carry rescue equipment and a first aid kit. Each climb has two-way radios and a satellite phone for emergency contact.

On Mt. Elbrus North Side you will need 10 mountain lunches. All of your mountain lunch items should weigh 6 - 7 lb.

Breakfast and dinner meals on the mountain are included as indicated in our Trip Itinerary . With the exception of hotel breakfasts, most restaurant meals are on your own. You are responsible for your own bottled water and drinks.

Mountain Lunches

Mountain lunches are eaten during short breaks throughout the day. We continually snack to keep our energy levels up while we climb - lunch begins just after breakfast and ends just before dinner! Avoid packing any items that require preparation or hot water.

The importance of having foods that are genuinely enjoyed cannot be overstated. Eating properly is the key to maintaining strength while in the mountains. In order to combat the loss of appetite at altitude we aim to have a variety of foods that stimulate the whole palate, from sweet to sour to salty.

Recommended mountain lunch items: dry salami, smoked salmon, jerky (turkey, beef, fish), small cans of tuna fish, individually wrapped cheeses such as Laughing Cow or Baby Bell, crackers, bagels, candy bars, hard candies (Jolly Ranchers, Toffees, Life Savers), Gummy Bears, sour candies (Sweet Tarts), cookies, dried fruit, nuts, energy bars, GORP mixes, and drink mixes (Gatorade/Kool-Aid).

We may have a chance to purchase additional food in Russia, but we recommend you take what you need and only supplement with local food if necessary.

The breakfast menu includes items such as instant oatmeal, cold cereals (granola), breakfast bars, hot drinks (coffee, tea, cocoa, cider) and local fresh fruit.

Dinner usually begins with soup and ends with dessert, followed by a round of hot drinks. Healthy one-pot meals, incorporating fresh local food whenever practical, are served as the main course. One typical main course dinner might be spaghetti with fresh vegetables. There are limitations, but the menu is planned to offer good variety and ample portions.

Deposit Payments: A non-refundable deposit payment of $1,500 per person secures your reservation.

• Deposit payments may be made via MasterCard, Visa, American Express*, e-check/ACH, or check from a U.S. bank.

Balance Payments: The balance payment is due 120 days before the start of your program.

• **Wire transfers must cover all fees charged by your bank. The amount of the incoming wire to our bank must equal the balance payment amount.
• A payment reminder is emailed approximately three weeks before your payment due date. If your balance payment is not received 120 days before the start of your program, your reservation will be canceled, and all program fees will be forfeited.
• Payment in full is required when registering for a program within 120 days of the departure date.

*There is a 3% surcharge on all credit/debit card transactions. Credit/debit cards are not accepted for payments of $10,000 or more.

Cancellation

The $1,500 per person deposit is non-refundable and non-transferable .

• If you cancel 120 or more days before the start of your program, the $1,500 per person deposit will not be refunded.
• If you cancel less than 120 days before the start of your program, no refunds will be issued .

Due to the time-sensitive nature of these programs, and the amount of preparation time required for this program, we strictly adhere to our policy and cannot make exceptions for any reason.

Cancellation Insurance

We require that everyone purchase travel insurance. Please see our Travel Tab for details.

• RMI Leadership
• Hotel accommodations as indicated in the itinerary, based on double occupancy*
• All park entrance fees
• Sight seeing arrangements as indicated in the itinerary
• Airfare from Moscow to Mineralnye Vody to St. Petersburg
• All group transportation in country as stated in the itinerary
• All breakfast and dinner meals on the mountain and other meals as stated in the itinerary
• All group cooking, climbing and camping equipment

NOT INCLUDED

• International airfare
• Travel insurance, medical evacuation insurance and security evacuation insurance
• Passport and visa fees
• Excess baggage fees from U.S. or flights within Russia
• Departure taxes
• Meals not included in the itinerary
• Bottled water and personal drinks
• Customary guide gratuities
• Support Staff Tip Pool (we suggest $75 per person)
• Additional room charges including laundry service and other personal expenses
• Hotel accommodations not indicated in the itinerary
• Transfer from Airport to Moscow Hotel on arrival
• Transfer from St. Petersburg Hotel to Airport for outbound flight
• Medical, hospitalization and evacuation costs (by any means)

* Single Travelers: Accommodations are based on double occupancy.  A Single Supplement Fee will be charged to those occupying single accommodations by choice or circumstance. The single supplement is not available in huts, tents, or in all hotels.

Risk Management

Please clearly understand that mountaineering is inherently hazardous. Managing risk is RMI’s number one priority. Our guides manage significant hazards inherent in mountaineering, but they cannot eliminate them.  Objective hazards include rockfall, icefall, avalanches, slides or falls by individuals and rope teams on steeper slopes, weather-related problems including cold, heat, high winds, and other unnamed dangers that can occur while climbing.

You are choosing to engage in an activity in which guided and non-guided climbers have been injured or killed. While those accidents are indeed infrequent, they may occur at any time and be out of our control. We ask that participants acknowledge the risks and hazards of mountaineering and make their own choices about whether or not to engage in this activity.

PARTICIPANT Responsibilities

Mountaineering is both an individual challenge and a team endeavor. Each Participant is required to share in the responsibility of the safety and success of the team. For this reason, we ask that each Participant:

• Possess the climbing prerequisites required for this program.
• Possess the necessary physical and mental fitness required for this program.
• Be responsible for knowing all pre-departure information.
• Provide a signed Physician’s Certificate stating that the Participant is medically qualified to join this program.
• Update the RMI Office if there are any changes to your health or medical information before departure.
• Be properly attired and equipped as outlined in the Equipment List.
• Act in a considerate manner toward all team members and show respect for local customs, values, and traditions in the areas we travel.
• Help minimize our impact on the environment and follow appropriate Leave No Trace practices.
• Describe yourself, honestly and accurately, in terms of fitness, health, skills, abilities, and your equipment to your guide staff.
• Communicate with your guide staff on the mountain if there are any changes in your medications or health.
• Adhere to the advice of your guide staff.
• Continue to self-assess throughout the program, measuring your fitness, health, skills, and abilities against the demands required of the program.

RMI reserves the right to dismiss the Participant from a program or to send the Participant to a lower altitude at any time if the RMI Guide Staff determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant is not physically, technically, or psychologically prepared for, or capable of participating in the program, or for any other reason that may compromise the safety, health or well-being of the Participant or the entire group. If this decision is made, the Participant will not receive any refunds or credits and will be financially responsible for any additional costs associated with an early departure, including but not limited to, evacuation, transportation, hotel reservationss, meals, etc.

Zero Tolerance Harassment Policy

Rainier Mountaineering, Inc. (RMI) does not tolerate harassment or mistreatment of our participants or employees. Inappropriate conduct under this policy may include conduct that creates a disrespectful, intimidating, hostile, degrading, humiliating, or offensive environment for a participant or employee. Engaging in such conduct is a violation of this policy.

RMI may consider conduct to violate the policy even if it falls short of unlawful harassment under applicable law. When determining whether conduct violates this policy, we will consider whether a reasonable person could conclude that the conduct created an intimidating, hostile, degrading, or demeaning environment.

Violation of this policy may result in removal from a program, as well as refusal to provide services indefinitely. We place the utmost value on the safety of our participants and employees. Please report any incidents to RMI management.

Age requirements

All participants must be 18 years old at the time of registration.

Photo Release

RMI’s Photo Release outlines the terms and conditions for using your likeness in photographs, videos, or other digital media. 

I hereby grant Rainier Mountaineering, Inc. (RMI) or its affiliates permission to use my likeness in a photograph, video, or other digital media (“photo”) in any and all of its publications, including web-based publications. By granting permission, you allow RMI to utilize these media for lawful purposes. 

Here are the key points:

• Authorization: You authorize RMI to edit, alter, copy, exhibit, publish, or distribute the photos.
• Ownership: All photos become the property of RMI and will not be returned.
• Compensation: You will not be compensated for these uses.
• Rights: RMI exclusively owns all rights to the images, videos, and recordings and to any derivative works created from them. 
• Waiver: You waive the right to inspect or approve printed or electronic copies.
• Release: You release Rainier Mountaineering, Inc. and its assigns and licensees from any claims arising from these uses, including defamation, invasion of privacy, rights of publicity, or copyright.
• Hold Harmless: You hold harmless, release, and forever discharge RMI or its affiliates from any and all claims, demands, and causes of action which I, my heirs, representatives, executors, administrators, or any other persons acting on my behalf or on behalf of my estate have or may have by reason of this authorization.

Summit Attempt

RMI cannot guarantee that you will reach the summit. Weather, route conditions, your own abilities, or the abilities of other climbers may create circumstances that make an ascent unsafe, and you or your entire group may have to turnaround without reaching the summit.

Failure to reach the summit due to a person’s own lack of fitness or to any of the events associated with mountaineering (such as weather, route conditions, avalanche hazard, team dynamics, etc.), are not Rainier Mountaineering, Inc.’s responsibility and will not result in a refund, credit, or reschedule.

General Policies

RMI’s program schedule and itineraries are subject to change or adjustment based on a number of factors. These include, but are not limited to, route conditions, weather, group strength, terrain, other environmental factors, and many other factors. RMI has complete discretion to change plans to accommodate any of these or other factors, including but not limited to increases in program fees, changes to program schedule or itinerary, and changes to guides or staff, as necessary for the proper and safe conduct of the program. Once the program has started, the Lead Guide will decide on any changes to the itinerary, including ending the program early if the continuation of the program may compromise the safety, health, or well-being of the group.

We reserve the right to cancel any program due to inadequate signups, weather, route conditions, or for any other reason. In such a case, we will make every effort to reschedule the Participant on a different program date. If rescheduling is not possible, we will issue the Participant a refund for all program fees paid to RMI, less any non-refundable payments made on behalf of the Participant to secure any of the included land costs provided for this program, including, but not limited to, hotel accommodations, transportation, transfers, tours, group equipment and food, permits, and local outfitter services, prior to the cancellation of the program. Additionally, RMI cannot be responsible for any non-refundable expenses the Participant incurred in preparation for the program (i.e., airline tickets, hotel reservations, rental cars, equipment purchases or rentals, etc.).

Once a program begins, there are no refunds or credits for weather-related cancellations or for a program that may end early due to weather, route conditions, or any other circumstances that may compromise the health, safety, or well-being of the group. Furthermore, if the Participant decides for any reason not to begin a program or to discontinue a program at any time, no refunds or credits will be issued. The Participant will be responsible for all additional costs associated with an early departure, including but not limited to evacuation, transportation, hotel reservations, meals, etc.

The Participant is responsible for any costs due to COVID-19, including but not limited to, any testing fees to enter another country, tests required to return to the US, and/or costs associated with medical care and/or quarantine such as hotel accommodations, meals, separate transportation, etc.

Land Costs are provided as a package, and refunds or credits will not be issued for any unused meals, accommodations, group transportation, or other unused costs. Accommodations are based on double occupancy. A Single Supplement Fee will be charged to those Participants occupying single accommodations either by choice or circumstance. If you are willing to share a room, we will make every effort to pair you with another same-gender team member. We will match willing same-gender team members based on the order of registration date. If we are unable to match you with another same-gender team member, a single supplement fee will be charged. The availability of single accommodations is limited in most of the hotels where we stay, and single accommodations are not available while in the mountains.

The Participant understands and agrees that RMI assumes no responsibility or liability in connection with any travel and hospitality services provided to the Participant by other companies in connection with the program, including but not limited to, the services provided by airlines, hotels, rental cars, and transportation companies and that RMI is not responsible for any act, error, omission, or any injury, loss, accident, delay, irregularity, or danger by a supplier of travel or hospitality services to the Participant in connection with the RMI program. The Participant will be responsible for all costs associated with any travel delays, missed connections, or missing baggage that requires additional arrangements (separate transportation, hotel accommodations, meals, etc.) to be made on your behalf for you or your baggage to rejoin the program.

Related Trips

Mt. Elbrus South Side

Find Your Adventure

Filter results.

RMI Expeditions 30027 SR 706 East Post Office Box Q Ashford, WA 98304

Phone: 1 (888) 892‑5462

Email: [email protected]

Privacy Policy

Sign up for our Newsletter

Email Preferences